S-4
As
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
Registration No. 333- |
|
|
Registration No. 333- -01 |
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC
MEDIACOM BROADBAND CORPORATION
(Exact names of registrants as specified in their charters)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
4841
|
|
06-1615412 |
Delaware
|
|
4841
|
|
06-1630167 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Classification Code
|
|
Identification Numbers) |
|
|
Numbers) |
|
|
100 Crystal Run Road
Middletown, New York 10941
(845) 695-2600
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Rocco B. Commisso
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Mediacom Communications Corporation
100 Crystal Run Road
Middletown, New York 10941
(845) 695-2600
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Robert L. Winikoff, Esq.
Kenneth A. Rosenblum, Esq.
Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
(212) 768-6700
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the
formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the
following box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule
462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities
Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed |
|
|
Proposed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Amount of |
|
|
Title of Each Class of |
|
|
Amount to be |
|
|
Offering Price |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
Registration |
|
|
Securities to be Registered |
|
|
Registered |
|
|
Per Unit (1) |
|
|
Offering Price |
|
|
Fee |
|
|
8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2015
|
|
|
$ |
200,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
$ |
200,000,000 |
|
|
|
$ |
21,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in
accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933. |
The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary
to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically
states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section
8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these notes
until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.
This prospectus is not an offer to sell these notes and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
notes in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject
to Completion, dated December 23, 2005
Preliminary Prospectus
Mediacom Broadband LLC
Mediacom Broadband Corporation
Offer to Exchange $200,000,000 of our
8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2015
The notes being offered by this prospectus are being issued in exchange for notes sold by us
in a private placement on August 30, 2005. The exchange notes will be governed by the same
indenture governing the initial notes. The exchange notes will be substantially identical to the
initial notes, except the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the initial
notes will not apply to the exchange notes.
|
|
|
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
[ ], 2006, unless extended. |
|
|
|
|
No public market exists for the initial notes or the exchange notes. We do
not intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval
for quotation through any automated quotation system. |
Before you tender your initial notes, you should consider carefully the section entitled Risk
Factors beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has
approved or disapproved of these notes or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus.
Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
, 2006
Table of Contents
We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give you written information
other than this prospectus or to make representations as to matters not stated in this prospectus.
You must not rely on unauthorized information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities or our solicitation of your offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where that
would not be permitted or legal. Neither the delivery of this prospectus or any sales made
hereunder after the date of this prospectus shall create an implication that the information
contained in this prospectus or the affairs of Mediacom Broadband LLC and Mediacom Broadband
Corporation have not changed since the date hereof.
Each broker-dealer that receives the exchange notes offered by this prospectus for its own
account pursuant to this exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal accompanying this
prospectus states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not
be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.
This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for initial notes
where such initial notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the expiration date of
this exchange offer and ending on the close of business nine months after the expiration date of
this exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale. See Plan of Distribution.
Industry and Market Data
In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information regarding the cable television
industry and our competitors. We obtained this information from various third party sources and our
own internal estimates. We believe that these sources and estimates provided by third parties are
reliable, but we have not independently verified the information provided by third parties and
cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
- i -
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is
not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before making a decision
to exchange the initial notes. You should read the entire prospectus prior to deciding to exchange
the initial notes.
Our Manager
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom Communications Corporation, which is also our
manager. Mediacom Communications is the nations eighth largest cable television company based on
customers served and the leading cable operator focused on serving the smaller cities and towns in
the United States. Mediacom Communications was founded in July 1995 by Rocco B. Commisso, its
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.
As of September 30, 2005, our managers cable systems, which are owned and operated through
our operating subsidiaries and those of Mediacom LLC, which is also a wholly-owned subsidiary of
our manager, passed an estimated 2.80 million homes and served approximately 1.43 million basic
subscribers and 2.36 million revenue generating units (RGUs). A basic subscriber is a customer
who receives a package of cable television services. RGUs represent the sum of basic subscribers,
digital customers, high-speed data customers and phone customers.
Our managers Class A common stock is traded on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
MCCC. Mr. Commisso and the senior management team of Mediacom Communications owned in the
aggregate approximately 23.9% of Mediacom Communications common stock outstanding as of November
30, 2005.
Mediacom Broadband LLC
As of September 30, 2005, our cable systems passed an estimated 1.46 million homes and served
approximately 774,000 basic subscribers and 1.31 million RGUs. Through our
interactive broadband network we provide our customers with a wide array of broadband products and
services, including analog and digital video services, such as video-on-demand, high definition
television and digital video recorders, high-speed Internet access and phone service. We currently
offer triple-play bundles of video, high-speed Internet access and voice services.
Principal Executive Offices
Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Crystal Run Road, Middletown, New York
10941. Our telephone number is (845) 695-2600.
Initial Offering
The initial notes were originally issued by Mediacom Broadband LLC and Mediacom Broadband
Corporation on August 30, 2005 in a private offering. We are parties to a registration rights
agreement with the initial purchasers of the initial notes pursuant to which we agreed, among other
things, to file a registration statement with respect to the exchange notes on or before February
27, 2006 and to use our best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective by June
26, 2006.
Summary of Exchange Offer
We are offering to exchange $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of our exchange notes
for $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of our initial notes. To exchange your
initial notes, you must properly tender them and we must accept your tender. We
will exchange all outstanding initial notes, subject to certain restrictions, that are validly
tendered and not validly withdrawn.
|
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on , 2006, unless we
extend it. |
|
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement
|
|
You have the right, subject to certain restrictions, to
exchange the initial notes that you hold for exchange
notes that are substantially identical in all material
respects to the initial notes. This exchange
offer is intended to satisfy these rights.
Once the exchange offer is complete, you will no
longer be entitled to any exchange or registration
rights with respect to your initial notes. |
|
|
|
Accrued Interest on the Exchange Notes
and Initial Notes
|
|
The exchange notes will bear interest from their
issuance date. Holders of initial notes which
are accepted for exchange will receive, in cash,
accrued and unpaid interest on the initial notes to,
but not including, the issuance date of the exchange
notes. Such interest will be paid with the
first interest payment on the exchange notes. |
|
|
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions,
which we may waive. You should read the
discussion under Exchange OfferConditions to the
Exchange Offer for more information regarding
conditions of the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes |
|
If you are a holder of initial notes and wish to accept
the exchange offer, you must either: |
|
|
|
complete, sign and date the
accompanying letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of
the letter of transmittal; or |
|
|
|
|
arrange for The Depository Trust
Company to transmit required information to the
exchange agent in connection with a book-entry
transfer. |
|
|
|
|
|
The exchange agent must receive such documentation or
information and your initial notes on or prior to the
expiration date at the address set forth in the section
of this prospectus entitled Exchange OfferExchange
Agent. |
|
|
|
Representation Upon Tender
|
|
By tendering your initial notes in this manner, you will be representing, among other things, that: |
- 2 -
|
|
|
the exchange notes you acquire in the
exchange offer are acquired in the ordinary course of
your business; |
|
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate, in the
distribution of the exchange notes issued to you in the
exchange offer; and |
|
|
|
|
you are not a party related to us. |
|
|
|
Procedures for Beneficial Owners
|
|
If you are the beneficial owner of initial notes
registered in the name of a broker, dealer or other
nominee and you wish to tender your initial notes, you
should contact the person in whose name your initial
notes are registered and promptly instruct the person
to tender on your behalf within the time period set
forth in the section of this prospectus entitled
Exchange Offer. |
|
|
|
Procedures for Broker-Dealers
|
|
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its
own account in exchange for initial notes, where such
initial notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. |
|
|
|
Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences
|
|
The exchange of initial notes for exchange notes will
not result in any gain or loss to you for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. Your holding period for
the exchange notes will include the holding period for
the initial notes and your adjusted tax basis of the
exchange notes will be the same as your adjusted tax
basis of the initial notes at the time of the
exchange. For additional information, you
should read the discussion under U.S. Federal Tax
Considerations. |
|
|
|
Failure to Exchange Will Affect You Adversely
|
|
Initial notes that are not tendered, or that are
tendered but not accepted, will be subject to the
existing transfer restrictions on the initial notes
after the exchange offer and, subject to certain
exceptions, we will have no further obligation to
register the initial notes under the Securities Act of
1933. If you do not participate in the
exchange offer, the liquidity of your initial notes
could be adversely affected. |
|
|
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
|
|
If you wish to tender your initial notes and time will
not permit your required documents to reach the
exchange agent by the expiration date, or the procedure
for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on or prior
to the expiration date, you may tender your initial
notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures
set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled
Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedure. |
- 3 -
|
|
|
Acceptance of Initial Notes; Delivery of
Exchange Notes
|
|
Subject to customary conditions, we will accept initial
notes which are properly tendered in the exchange offer
and not withdrawn, before 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the expiration date of the exchange
offer. The exchange notes will be delivered
as promptly as practicable following the expiration
date. |
|
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange
offer. |
|
|
|
Exchange Agent
|
|
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is the exchange
agent for the exchange offer. |
- 4 -
Summary of Terms of the Exchange Notes
For a more complete description of the terms of the notes, see Description of the Notes.
The exchange notes are substantially identical to the initial notes, with limited exceptions.
The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the initial notes and are subject to the same
indenture as the initial notes.
|
|
|
Issuers
|
|
Mediacom Broadband LLC and Mediacom Broadband
Corporation. |
|
|
|
Securities Offered
|
|
$200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8 1/2%
senior notes due 2015. |
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
October 15, 2015 |
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 8
1/2% per year, payable semiannually in cash in
arrears on each April 15 and October 15, having
commenced October 15, 2005. |
|
|
|
Ranking
|
|
The notes will be our senior unsecured obligations.
They will: |
|
|
|
effectively rank behind any of our
secured debt and all existing and future
indebtedness and other liabilities of our
subsidiaries; |
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment
with our 11% senior notes due 2013; |
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment to
all of our unsecured debt that does not expressly
provide that it is subordinated to the notes; and |
|
|
|
|
rank ahead of all our future debt
that expressly provides that it is subordinated to
the notes. |
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2005, we had approximately
$1,411.5 million of debt outstanding reflected on
our consolidated balance sheet (including
approximately $811.5 million of debt of our
subsidiaries), and our subsidiaries had $493.1
million of unused credit commitments under the
revolving credit portion of the bank credit facility
of our subsidiaries, referred to as our subsidiary
credit facility. |
|
|
|
|
|
Neither our manager, any of our subsidiaries, other
than Mediacom Broadband Corporation, the co-issuer
of the exchange notes, nor any of our managers
other subsidiaries, including Mediacom LLC, will
guarantee or otherwise be an obligor under the
exchange notes, unless the covenant described in
Description of the Notes-Covenants-Limitation on
Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness applies. |
- 5 -
|
|
|
Optional Redemption
|
|
We may redeem some or all of the exchange notes at
any time on or prior to October 14, 2010 at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the notes redeemed plus an applicable
premium calculated as set forth in this prospectus.
We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time
after that date at the redemption prices set forth
in this prospectus. The redemption prices are
described in the section Description of the
NotesOptional Redemption. |
|
|
|
Change of Control
|
|
Upon a change of control, as defined under the
section entitled Description of the Notes, you
will have the right, as a holder of exchange notes,
to require us to repurchase your exchange notes at a
repurchase price equal to 101% of their principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date
of repurchase. |
|
|
|
Restrictive Covenants
|
|
The indenture governing the exchange notes contains
certain covenants that limit, among other things,
our ability and the ability of our restricted
subsidiaries to: |
|
|
|
incur additional debt; |
|
|
|
|
pay dividends on our equity
interests or repurchase our equity interests; |
|
|
|
|
make certain investments; |
|
|
|
|
enter into certain types of
transactions with affiliates; |
|
|
|
|
limit dividends or other payments
by our restricted subsidiaries to us; |
|
|
|
|
use assets as security in other
transactions; and |
|
|
|
|
sell certain assets or merge with
or into other companies. |
|
|
|
|
|
These restrictive covenants are subject to a number
of important qualifications. |
- 6 -
Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data
The summary historical consolidated financial data set forth below (except for operating data)
for the three years ended December 31, 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements. The summary historical consolidated financial data set forth below (except
for operating data) for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2005 have been derived
from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which include all adjustments (consisting of
normal recurring accruals) that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial
position and result of operations for these periods.
The data should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results Of Operations, our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, and
other financial information included in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mediacom Broadband LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
Statement of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
512,792 |
|
|
$ |
552,342 |
|
|
$ |
585,039 |
|
|
$ |
436,101 |
|
|
$ |
455,725 |
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs, exclusive of
depreciation and amortization
shown separately below |
|
|
207,053 |
|
|
|
215,310 |
|
|
|
225,764 |
|
|
|
165,458 |
|
|
|
177,283 |
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses |
|
|
105,407 |
|
|
|
118,918 |
|
|
|
126,575 |
|
|
|
96,489 |
|
|
|
101,863 |
|
Management fee expense |
|
|
6,967 |
|
|
|
9,322 |
|
|
|
10,585 |
|
|
|
8,206 |
|
|
|
8,981 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
123,704 |
|
|
|
113,007 |
|
|
|
107,592 |
|
|
|
80,300 |
|
|
|
85,575 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
69,661 |
|
|
|
95,785 |
|
|
|
114,523 |
|
|
|
85,648 |
|
|
|
82,023 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(76,790 |
) |
|
|
(82,536 |
) |
|
|
(86,125 |
) |
|
|
(64,223 |
) |
|
|
(71,481 |
) |
Gain (loss) on derivative
instruments, net |
|
|
(15,049 |
) |
|
|
2,807 |
|
|
|
10,929 |
|
|
|
6,700 |
|
|
|
6,217 |
|
Other expense |
|
|
(5,066 |
) |
|
|
(5,974 |
) |
|
|
(4,475 |
) |
|
|
(3,560 |
) |
|
|
(2,898 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(27,244 |
) |
|
$ |
10,082 |
|
|
$ |
34,852 |
|
|
$ |
24,565 |
|
|
$ |
13,861 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (end of period): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
2,281,948 |
|
|
$ |
2,287,784 |
|
|
$ |
2,258,245 |
|
|
$ |
2,253,781 |
|
|
$ |
2,280,900 |
|
Total debt |
|
|
1,298,000 |
|
|
|
1,354,668 |
|
|
|
1,363,955 |
|
|
|
1,360,534 |
|
|
|
1,411,461 |
|
Total members equity |
|
|
610,522 |
|
|
|
589,016 |
|
|
|
595,157 |
|
|
|
600,081 |
|
|
|
580,127 |
|
Other Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income before depreciation
and amortization(1) |
|
$ |
193,365 |
|
|
$ |
208,792 |
|
|
$ |
222,115 |
|
|
$ |
165,948 |
|
|
$ |
167,598 |
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or
deficiency of earnings over fixed
charges |
|
$ |
(31,186 |
) |
|
|
1.08 |
|
|
|
1.37 |
|
|
|
1.35 |
|
|
|
1.18 |
|
Operating income before depreciation
and amortization margin(2) |
|
|
37.7 |
% |
|
|
37.8 |
% |
|
|
38.0 |
% |
|
|
38.1 |
% |
|
|
36.8 |
% |
Net cash flows provided by (used in): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities |
|
|
125,059 |
|
|
|
96,627 |
|
|
|
106,304 |
|
|
|
63,939 |
|
|
|
69,940 |
|
Investing activities |
|
|
(239,310 |
) |
|
|
(116,613 |
) |
|
|
(85,394 |
) |
|
|
(62,186 |
) |
|
|
(84,758 |
) |
Financing activities |
|
|
68,980 |
|
|
|
19,058 |
|
|
|
(21,159 |
) |
|
|
(7,634 |
) |
|
|
12,284 |
|
Operating Data (end of period): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated homes passed(3) |
|
|
1,463,000 |
|
|
|
1,472,500 |
|
|
|
1,456,000 |
|
|
|
1,453,000 |
|
|
|
1,458,000 |
|
Basic subscribers(4) |
|
|
840,000 |
|
|
|
819,300 |
|
|
|
783,000 |
|
|
|
780,000 |
|
|
|
774,000 |
|
Basic penetration(5) |
|
|
57.4 |
% |
|
|
55.6 |
% |
|
|
53.8 |
% |
|
|
53.7 |
% |
|
|
53.1 |
% |
Digital customers(6) |
|
|
238,000 |
|
|
|
231,600 |
|
|
|
236,000 |
|
|
|
228,000 |
|
|
|
280,000 |
|
Data customers(7) |
|
|
110,000 |
|
|
|
157,800 |
|
|
|
205,000 |
|
|
|
197,000 |
|
|
|
252,000 |
|
Phone customers(8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
Revenue generating units(9) |
|
|
1,188,000 |
|
|
|
1,208,700 |
|
|
|
1,224,000 |
|
|
|
1,205,000 |
|
|
|
1,307,000 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating income before depreciation and amortization (OIBDA) is not a financial
measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the
United States of America. |
- 7 -
|
|
|
|
|
However, OIBDA is one of the primary measures used by management to
evaluate our performance and to forecast future results. We believe OIBDA is useful for
investors because it enables them to assess our performance in a manner similar to the method
used by management, and provides a measure that can be used to analyze, value and compare the
companies in the cable television industry, which may have different depreciation and
amortization policies. |
|
|
|
A limitation of this measure, however, is that it excludes depreciation and amortization,
which represents the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets
used in generating revenues in our business. Management utilizes a separate process to
budget, measure and evaluate capital expenditures. |
|
|
|
OIBDA should not be regarded as an alternative to either operating income or net income
(loss) as an indicator of operating performance nor should it be considered in isolation or
as a substitute for financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe that
operating income is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to OIBDA. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mediacom Broadband LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
OIBDA |
|
$ |
193,365 |
|
|
$ |
208,792 |
|
|
$ |
222,115 |
|
|
$ |
165,948 |
|
|
$ |
167,598 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(123,704 |
) |
|
|
(113,007 |
) |
|
|
(107,592 |
) |
|
|
(80,300 |
) |
|
|
(85,575 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
$ |
69,661 |
|
|
$ |
95,785 |
|
|
$ |
114,523 |
|
|
$ |
85,648 |
|
|
$ |
82,023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Represents OIBDA as a percentage of revenue. See Note 1 above. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents an estimate of the number of single residence homes, apartments and
condominium units passed by the cable distribution network in a cable systems service area. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents a dwelling with one or more television sets that receives a package of
over-the-air broadcast stations, local access channels or certain satellite-delivered cable
television services. Accounts that are billed on a bulk basis, which typically receive
discounted rates, are converted into full-price equivalent basic subscribers by dividing total
bulk billed basic revenues of a particular system by the applicable combined limited and
expanded cable rate charged to basic subscribers in that system. Basic subscribers include
connections to schools, libraries, local government offices and employee households that may
not be charged for limited and expanded cable services, but may be charged for digital cable,
video-on-demand, high-definition television, digital video recorders or high-speed Internet service. Customers who exclusively purchase high-speed
Internet service are not counted as basic subscribers. Our methodology of calculating the
number of basic subscribers may not be identical to those used by other cable companies. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents basic subscribers as a percentage of estimated homes passed. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents customers that receive digital cable services. |
|
(7) |
|
Represents residential high-speed Internet customers and small to medium-sized commercial cable
modem accounts billed at higher rates than residential customers. Small to medium-sized
commercial accounts generally represent customers with bandwidth requirements of up to 5 Mbps.
These commercial accounts are converted to equivalent residential data customers by dividing
their associated revenues by the applicable residential rate. Our high-speed Internet customers exclude large
commercial accounts and include an insignificant number of dial-up
customers. Our methodology of calculating high-speed Internet customers may not be identical to those used by other cable companies. |
|
(8) |
|
Represents customers that receive phone service. |
|
(9) |
|
Represents the sum of basic subscribers, digital customers,
high-speed Internet customers and phone customers. |
- 8 -
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other
information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before tendering your initial notes in exchange
for exchange notes.
Risks related to the exchange offer, the exchange notes and our debt levels
Your failure to participate in this exchange offer will have adverse consequences.
Holders of initial notes who do not tender their initial notes in exchange for exchange notes
pursuant to this exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of the
initial notes as a consequence of the issuance of the initial notes pursuant to an exemption from,
or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. In
general, initial notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act,
except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. We do not anticipate that we will register the initial
notes under the Securities Act.
Because of the lack of a public market for the exchange notes, you may not be able to sell
your exchange notes at all or at an attractive price.
We do not intend to have the exchange notes listed on a national securities exchange, although
we expect that they will be eligible for trading on the PORTAL system. While several
financial companies have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange
notes, they are not obligated to do so, and may discontinue market making at any time without
notice. In addition, market-making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities
Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result, we cannot assure you that an active
trading market will develop for the exchange notes or, if one does develop, that it will be
maintained.
The liquidity of the trading market in the exchange notes, if any active trading market
develops, and the market price quoted for the exchange notes, may be adversely affected by changes
in the overall market for debt securities generally or the interest of securities dealers in making
a market in the exchange notes and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the
prospects for companies in our industry generally. In addition, the market for non-investment grade
debt has historically been subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices. It is
possible that the market for the exchange notes will be subject to disruptions. Any such
disruptions may have a negative effect on you, as a holder of the exchange notes, regardless of our
prospects and financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of the
market for the exchange notes or the prices at which you may be able to sell the exchange notes.
We have substantial existing debt and have significant interest payment requirements, which
could adversely affect our ability to obtain financing in the future and require our operating
subsidiaries to apply a substantial portion of their cash flow to debt service.
We have a substantial amount of debt. As of September 30, 2005, we had approximately $1,411.5
million of debt outstanding reflected on our consolidated balance sheet (including approximately
$811.5 million of debt of our subsidiaries), and our subsidiaries had $493.1 million of unused
credit commitments under the revolving credit portion of our subsidiary credit facility. In
October 2005, we amended our credit facility to (i) increase the revolving credit commitment
portion from approximately $543.0 million to $650.5 million, of which approximately $430.3 million
is not subject to scheduled reductions prior to the termination date, and (ii) extend the
termination date of the commitments not subject to reductions from March 2010 to December 2012.
Giving effect to this amendment, as of September 30, 2005, we had $600.6 million of unused credit
commitments under the revolving credit portion of our subsidiary credit facility, of which $581.9
million could be borrowed and used for general corporate purposes based on the terms and conditions
of our debt arrangements. We expect to continue to borrow under this facility.
Our ratio of earnings to fixed charges was 1.18 and 1.35 for the nine months ended September
30, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and 1.37 and 1.08 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003,
respectively. Our deficiency of earnings over fixed charges was $31.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002. The ratio of
- 9 -
earnings to fixed charges is often used by investors to evaluate a companys capital structure
and its ability to make payments on its debt.
Subject to restrictions in our subsidiary credit facility, the indenture governing our
existing 11% senior notes due 2013 and the indenture governing the exchange notes, we may incur
significant amounts of additional debt for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and
other purposes.
Our high level of combined debt could have important consequences for you, including the
following:
|
|
|
Our ability to access new sources of financing for working capital, capital
expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be limited; |
|
|
|
|
We will need to use a large portion of our revenues to pay interest on
borrowings under our subsidiary credit facility, our existing senior notes and the
exchange notes, which will reduce the amount of money available to finance our
operations, capital expenditures and other activities; |
|
|
|
|
Some of our debt has a variable rate of interest, which exposes us to the
risk of increased interest rates; |
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under our subsidiary credit facility are secured and will mature
prior to the exchange notes; |
|
|
|
|
We may be more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments in
our business; |
|
|
|
|
We may be less flexible in responding to changing business and economic
conditions, including increased competition and demand for new products and services; |
|
|
|
|
We may be at a disadvantage when compared to our competitors that have less debt; and |
|
|
|
|
We may not be able to implement our business strategy. |
We and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt which could
exacerbate the risks described in this section.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional debt in the future. If we
or our subsidiaries do so, the risks described above could intensify. The terms of the indentures
governing the existing senior notes and the exchange notes do not fully prohibit us or our
subsidiaries from doing so. Giving effect to our recent credit facility amendment, as of
September 30, 2005, we had $600.6 million of unused credit commitments under the revolving credit
portion of our subsidiary credit facility, of which $581.9 million could be borrowed and used for
general corporate purposes based on the terms and conditions of our debt arrangements. We expect
to continue to borrow under this facility.
The exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to all debt and other liabilities of
our subsidiaries.
Mediacom Broadband LLC is a holding company. As a result, the exchange notes are effectively
subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries, including debt under our
subsidiary credit facility. If the maturity of the loans under our subsidiary credit facility were
accelerated, our subsidiaries would have to repay all debt outstanding under that credit facility
before they could distribute any assets or cash to us. Remedies to the lenders under our subsidiary
credit facility could constitute events of default under the indenture governing the exchange
notes. If these remedies were exercised, the maturity of the exchange notes could be accelerated,
and our subsidiaries obligations under our subsidiary credit facility could be accelerated also.
In such circumstances, there can be no assurance that our subsidiaries assets would be sufficient
to repay all of their debt and then to make distributions to us to enable us to meet our
obligations under the indenture. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries, including general trade
creditors, will generally have priority over holders of the exchange notes as to the assets of our
subsidiaries. Additionally, any right we may have to receive assets of any of our subsidiaries upon
such subsidiarys liquidation or reorganization will be effectively subordinated to the claims of
the subsidiarys creditors, except to the extent, if any, that we ourselves are recognized as a
creditor of such subsidiary. If we are recognized as a creditor, our claims would still be
subordinate to the claims of such creditors who hold security in the assets of
- 10 -
such subsidiary to the extent of such assets and to the claims of such creditors who hold
indebtedness of such subsidiary senior to that held by us. As of
September 30, 2005, giving effect to our recent credit facility
amendment, the aggregate
amount of the debt and other liabilities of our subsidiaries reflected on our consolidated balance
sheet as to which holders of the exchange notes are effectively subordinated was approximately
$811.5 million and our subsidiaries had $600.6 million of unused credit commitments under the
revolving credit portion of our subsidiary credit facility, of which
$581.9 million could be borrowed and used for general corporate
purposes based on the terms and conditions of our debt arrangements. Our subsidiaries may incur additional
debt or other obligations in the future and the exchange notes are effectively subordinated to such
debt or other obligations.
The exchange notes are obligations of a holding company which has no operations and depends
on its subsidiaries for cash.
As a holding company, we will not hold any assets other than our investments in and our
advances to our operating subsidiaries. Consequently, our subsidiaries conduct all of our
consolidated operations and own substantially all of our consolidated assets. Our only source of
the cash we need to pay current interest on the exchange notes and our other obligations and to
repay the principal amount of these obligations, including the exchange notes, is the cash that our
subsidiaries generate from their operations and their borrowings. Our subsidiaries are not
obligated to make funds available to us.
Our subsidiaries ability to make payments to us will depend upon their operating results and
will be subject to applicable laws and contractual restrictions. Our subsidiary credit facility
permits our subsidiaries to distribute cash to us to pay interest on the exchange notes, but only
so long as there is no default under such credit facility. If there is a default under our
subsidiary credit facility, we would not have any cash to pay interest on our obligations,
including the exchange notes.
Our ownership interests in our subsidiaries are pledged as collateral under our subsidiary
credit facility and may not be available to holders of the exchange notes.
All of our ownership interests in our subsidiaries are pledged as collateral under our
subsidiary credit facility. Therefore, if we were unable to pay principal or interest on the
exchange notes, the ability of the holders of the exchange notes to proceed against the ownership
interests in our subsidiaries to satisfy such amounts would be subject to the prior satisfaction in
full of all amounts owing under our subsidiary credit facility. Any action to proceed against such
interests by or on behalf of the holders of exchange notes would constitute an event of default
under our subsidiary credit facility entitling the lenders thereunder to declare all amounts owing
thereunder to be immediately due and payable. In addition, as secured creditors, the lenders under
our subsidiary credit facility would control the disposition and sale of our subsidiaries
interests after an event of default under our subsidiary credit facility and would not be legally
required to take into account the interests of our unsecured creditors, such as the holders of the
exchange notes, with respect to any such disposition or sale. There can be no assurance that our
assets after the satisfaction of claims of our secured creditors would be sufficient to satisfy any
amounts owing with respect to the exchange notes.
We may not be able to generate enough cash to service our debt.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt, including the exchange notes, and
to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash. This is subject,
in part, to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors
that are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that our business will generate
sufficient cash flows from operations or that future distributions will be available to us in
amounts sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, or to fund
our other liquidity needs.
We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the exchange notes,
on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our
indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
- 11 -
Under certain circumstances, federal and state laws may allow courts to void or subordinate
claims with respect to the exchange notes or to modify the contractual or structural
relationship between different classes of creditors.
Under the federal Bankruptcy Code and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws,
a court could void claims with respect to the exchange notes, or subordinate them, if, among other
things, we, at the time the exchange notes were issued:
|
|
|
received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the exchange notes; and |
|
|
|
|
were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence; |
|
|
|
|
were engaged in a business or transaction for which our remaining assets
constituted unreasonably small capital; or |
|
|
|
|
intended to incur, or believed that we would incur, debts beyond our
ability to pay such debts as they became due. |
The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent or preferential transfer laws vary
depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent or preferential
transfer has occurred. Generally, however, we would be considered insolvent if:
|
|
|
the sum of our debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than
the fair saleable value of all of our assets; |
|
|
|
|
the present fair saleable value of our assets was less than the amount that
would be required to pay our probable liability on our existing debts, including
contingent liabilities, as they became absolute and mature; or |
|
|
|
|
we could not pay our debts as they became due. |
Based upon information currently available to us, we believe that the initial notes were incurred
for proper purposes and in good faith.
In addition, if there were to be a bankruptcy of our parent and/or its subsidiaries, creditors
of our parent may attempt to make claims against us and our subsidiaries, including seeking
substantive consolidation of our and our subsidiaries assets and liabilities with the liabilities
of our parent, which, if successful, could have an adverse effect on holders of the exchange notes
and their recoveries in any bankruptcy proceeding.
Our ability to purchase your exchange notes on a change of control may be limited.
If we undergo a change of control, we may need to refinance large amounts of our debt,
including our subsidiary credit facility, and we must offer to buy back the exchange notes for a
price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase
date. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds available to make the required
repurchases of the exchange notes in that event, or that we will have sufficient funds to pay our
other debts.
In addition, our subsidiary credit facility prohibits our subsidiaries from providing us with
funds to finance a change of control offer after a change of control until our subsidiaries have
repaid in full their debt under our subsidiary credit facility. If we fail to repurchase the
exchange notes upon a change of control, we will be in default under the indenture governing the
exchange notes and the indenture governing our existing senior notes. Any future debt that we incur
may also contain restrictions on repurchases in the event of a change of control or similar event.
These repurchase requirements may delay or make it harder to obtain control of our company.
The change of control provisions may not protect you in a transaction in which we incur a
large amount of debt, including a reorganization, restructuring, merger or other similar
transaction, because that kind of transaction
- 12 -
may not involve any shift in voting power or beneficial ownership, or may not involve a shift
large enough to trigger a change of control.
You should not expect Mediacom Broadband Corporation to participate in making payments on
the exchange notes.
Mediacom Broadband Corporation is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom Broadband LLC that was
incorporated to accommodate the issuance of the existing senior notes by Mediacom Broadband LLC.
Mediacom Broadband Corporation has no operations, revenues or cash flows and has no assets,
liabilities or stockholders equity on its balance sheet, other than a one hundred dollar
receivable from an affiliate and the same dollar amount of common stock on its consolidated balance
sheets. You should not expect Mediacom Broadband Corporation to participate in servicing the
interest or principal obligations on the notes.
A default under the indentures governing our existing senior notes and the exchange notes
or under our subsidiary credit facility could result in an acceleration of our indebtedness and
other material adverse effects.
The agreements and instruments governing our own and our subsidiaries indebtedness contain
numerous financial and operating covenants. The breach of any of these covenants could cause a
default, which could result in the indebtedness becoming immediately due and payable. If this were
to occur, we would be unable to adequately finance our operations. In addition, a default could
result in a default or acceleration of our other indebtedness subject to cross-default provisions.
If this occurs, we may not be able to pay our debts or borrow sufficient funds to refinance them.
Even if new financing is available, it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us. The
membership interests of our operating subsidiaries are pledged as collateral under our subsidiary
credit facility. A default under our subsidiary credit facility could result in a foreclosure by
the lenders on the membership interests pledged under that facility. Because we are dependent upon
our operating subsidiaries for all of our revenues, a foreclosure would have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have a history of net losses.
We have a history of net losses. Although we reported net income of $13.9 million and $24.6
million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and net income of
$34.9 million and $10.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, we
reported net losses of $27.2 million and $50.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for
the period from April 5, 2001 (date of inception) through December 31, 2001, respectively. The
principal reasons for our prior net losses include the depreciation and amortization expenses
associated with our acquired assets and capital expenditures related to expanding and upgrading our
cable systems, as well as interest costs on borrowed money.
Our subsidiary credit facility imposes significant restrictions.
Our subsidiary credit facility contains covenants that restrict our subsidiaries ability to:
|
|
|
distribute funds or pay dividends to us; |
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness or issue additional equity; |
|
|
|
|
repurchase or redeem equity interests and indebtedness; |
|
|
|
|
pledge or sell assets or merge with another entity; |
|
|
|
|
create liens; and |
|
|
|
|
make certain capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions. |
The ability of our subsidiaries to comply with these provisions may be affected by events beyond
our control. If they were to breach any of these covenants, they would be in default under the
credit facilities and they would be prohibited from making distributions to us.
Under certain circumstances, lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed under our
subsidiary credit facility, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be due and payable.
If that occurred, our obligations
- 13 -
under the existing senior notes and the exchange notes could also become payable immediately.
Under such circumstances, we may not be able to repay such amounts or the senior notes.
The terms of our indebtedness could materially limit our financial and operating
flexibility.
Several of the covenants contained in the agreements and instruments governing our own and our
subsidiaries indebtedness could materially limit our financial and operating flexibility by
restricting, among other things, our ability and the ability of our operating subsidiaries to:
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness; |
|
|
|
|
create liens and other encumbrances; |
|
|
|
|
pay dividends and make other payments, investments, loans and guarantees; |
|
|
|
|
enter into transactions with related parties; |
|
|
|
|
sell or otherwise dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with another entity; |
|
|
|
|
repurchase or redeem capital stock, other equity interests or debt; |
|
|
|
|
pledge assets; and |
|
|
|
|
issue capital stock or other equity interests. |
Complying with these covenants could cause us to take actions that we otherwise would not take or
cause us not to take actions that we otherwise would take.
Risks relating to our business
We may not be able to obtain additional capital to continue the development of our
business.
We have invested substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of our cable
systems and the launch and expansion of new or additional products and services. While we have
substantially completed our planned system upgrades, if there is accelerated growth in our video,
high-speed Internet (HSD, data or cable
modem service) and voice products and services, or we decide to introduce other new
advanced products and services, or the cost to provide these products and services increases, or we
consummate one or more acquisitions, we may need to make unplanned additional capital expenditures.
We may not be able to obtain the funds necessary to finance additional capital requirements through
internally generated funds, additional borrowings or other sources. If we are unable to obtain
these funds, we would not be able to implement our business strategy and our results of operations
would be adversely affected.
If we are unsuccessful in implementing our growth strategy, our business and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
We currently expect that a substantial portion of our future growth in revenues will come from
the expansion of relatively new services, the introduction of additional new services, and,
possibly, acquisitions. Relatively new services include HSD, video-on-demand (VOD), digital video recorders (DVRs), high definition
television (HDTV) and phone service. We may not be able to successfully expand existing
services due to unpredictable technical, operational or regulatory challenges. It is also possible
that these services will not generate significant revenue growth.
The acquisition and integration of additional cable systems could adversely affect our
business and results of operations.
From time to time we evaluate opportunities to acquire additional cable systems. If we make
acquisitions in the future, we may need to incur more debt and we may incur contingent liabilities
and amortization expenses, which could adversely affect our operating results and financial
condition. If we make acquisitions in the future and the expected operating efficiencies do not
materialize, or if we fail to effectively integrate acquired cable systems into our existing
business, or if the costs of such integration exceed expectations, our operating results and
financial condition could be adversely affected.
- 14 -
Our programming costs are increasing, and our business and results of operations will be
adversely affected if we cannot pass through a sufficient part of the additional costs to
subscribers.
Our programming costs have been, and are expected to continue to be, one of our largest single
expense items. In recent years, the cable and satellite video industries have experienced a rapid
increase in the cost of programming, particularly sports programming. This increase in programming
costs is expected to continue, and we may not be able to pass on all programming cost increases to
our customers. In addition, as we add programming to our basic and expanded basic programming
tiers, we may not be able to pass on all of our costs of the additional programming to our
customers without the potential loss of basic subscribers. To the extent that we may not be able to
pass on increased or additional programming costs, particularly sports programming, to subscribers,
our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.
We also expect to be subject to increasing financial and other demands by broadcasters to
obtain the required consents for the transmission of broadcast programming to our subscribers. We
cannot predict the impact of these negotiations on our business and results of operations or the
effect on our subscribers should we be required to suspend the carriage of this programming.
We operate in a highly competitive business environment, which affects our ability to
attract and retain customers and can adversely affect our business and operations. We have lost
a significant number of customers to direct broadcast satellite competition, and further loss of
customers could have a material negative impact on our business.
The industry in which we operate is highly competitive and is often subject to rapid and
significant changes and developments in the marketplace and in the regulatory and legislative
environment. In some instances, we compete against companies with fewer regulatory burdens, easier
access to financing, greater resources and operating capabilities, greater brand name recognition
and long-standing relationships with regulatory authorities and customers.
Our video business faces competition primarily from DBS service providers. The two largest DBS
companies, DIRECTV, Inc. and EchoStar Communications, are each among the four largest providers of
multichannel video programming services based on reported customers. In addition, DIRECTVs
affiliation with News Corporation could strengthen that companys competitive positioning, as News
Corporation also owns Fox Television Network and several cable programming services. Competition
from DBS has had an adverse effect on our ability to retain customers. DBS has grown rapidly over
the past several years and continues to do so. We have lost a significant number of customers to
DBS competition, and will continue to face significant challenges from DBS providers.
Local telephone companies are capable of offering video and other services in competition with
us and they may increasingly do so in the future. Certain telephone companies have begun to deploy
fiber more extensively in their networks and some have announced plans to deploy broadband
services, including video programming services, in a manner which avoids the same regulatory
burdens imposed on our business. These deployments will enable them to begin providing video
services, as well as telephone and Internet access services, to residential and business customers.
New laws or regulations at the federal or state level may clarify, modify or enhance the ability
of the local telephone companies to provide their services either without obtaining state or local
cable franchises or to obtain such franchises under terms and conditions more favorable than those
imposed on us. If local telephone companies are not required to obtain local cable franchises
comparable to ours, it would be adverse to our business.
Certain telephone companies, together with DBS service providers, have launched bundled
offerings of satellite delivered video service combined with phone, Internet and wireless service delivered
by the telephone companies.
We also face growing competition from municipal entities that construct facilities and provide
cable television, HSD, telephony and/or other related services. In addition to hard-wired
facilities, some municipal entities are exploring building wireless fidelity networks to deliver
these services. In Iowa, our largest market, an organization named Opportunity Iowa began in early
2004 to actively encourage Iowa municipalities to construct facilities that could be used to
provide services that compete with the services we offer. Referenda were on the November 2005
ballot in thirty-two municipalities to authorize the formation of a communications utility, a
prerequisite to funding and construction of facilities that may compete with ours. Referenda were
successfully
- 15 -
passed in seventeen of those communities. In many of the communities that passed a
referendum, proponents and officials publicly stated that a second vote would be taken prior to any
actual construction or funding of a competitive system, and only after a preliminary cost benefit
analysis is undertaken. Despite the public statements, it is possible
that certain of these communities may proceed with funding and
construction without holding a second referendum or completing a
cost-benefit analysis.
Other Iowa communities may also hold elections to authorize the creation of a
telecommunications utility in their communities. Proponents or officials in those communities may
not take the same approach with regard to a second vote or a
cost-benefit analysis.
We also face competition from over-the-air television and radio broadcasters and from other
communications and entertainment media such as movie theaters, live entertainment and sports
events, newspapers and home video products. Further losses of customers to DBS or other alternative
video and HSD services could also have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our principal competitor in the HSD business, in markets where it is available, is telephone
service, or DSL. In our HSD business, we face competition primarily from telephone companies and
other providers of dial-up and DSL which already have telephone lines into the household, an
existing customer base and other operational functions in place. DSL service is competitive with
HSD service over cable systems. In addition, certain DBS providers are currently offering two-way
broadband data access services, which compete with our ability to offer bundled services to our
customers.
Our HSD business may also face competition in the future from registered utility holding
companies and subsidiaries. In 2004, the FCC adopted rules: (i) that affirmed the ability of
electric service providers to provide broadband Internet access services over their distribution
systems; and (ii) that seek to avoid interference with existing services. Electric utilities could
be formidable competitors to us.
Some of our competitors, including franchised, wireless or private cable operators, satellite
television providers and local exchange carriers, may benefit from permanent or temporary business
combinations such as mergers, joint ventures and alliances and the potential repeal of certain
ownership rules, either through access to financing, resources or efficiencies of scale, or the
ability to provide multiple services in direct competition with us. Some of our present or future
competitors may have greater financial resources or, through their affiliates, greater access to
programming or other services, than we do.
If we are unable to keep pace with technological change, our business and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change and the introduction of new
products and services. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fund the capital expenditures
necessary to keep pace with future technological developments. We also cannot assure you that we
will successfully anticipate the demand of our customers for products and services requiring new
technology. This type of rapid technological change could adversely affect our ability to maintain,
expand or upgrade our systems and respond to competitive pressures. An inability to maintain and
expand our systems and provide advanced services in a timely manner, or to anticipate the demands
of the market place, could adversely affect our ability to compete and our results of operations.
The loss of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.
If any of our managers key personnel ceases to participate in our business and operations,
our profitability could suffer. Our success is substantially dependent upon the retention of, and
the continued performance by, our managers key personnel, including Rocco B. Commisso, the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of our manager. Our manager has not entered into a long-term
employment agreement with Mr. Commisso. Neither our manager nor we currently maintain key man life
insurance on Mr. Commisso or other key personnel.
The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of our Manager has the ability to control all
major corporate decisions, which could inhibit or prevent a change of control or change in
management.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of our manager, Mediacom Communications. Rocco B. Commisso,
Mediacom Communications Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, controls approximately 75.4% of the
combined voting power of Mediacom Communications common stock. As a result, Mr. Commisso will
generally have the
- 16 -
ability to control the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the
election of its entire board of directors, the approval of any merger or consolidation and the sale
of all or substantially all of its assets.
We may not be able to obtain critical items at a reasonable cost or when required, which
could adversely affect business, financial condition and results of operations.
We depend on third-party suppliers for equipment, software, services and other items that are
critical for the operation of our cable systems and the provision of advanced services, including
digital set-top converter boxes, digital video recorders and routers, fiber-optic cable, telephone
circuits, software, the backbone telecommunications network for our high-speed data service and
construction services for expansion and upgrades of our cable systems. In certain cases, these
items are available from a limited number of suppliers. Demand for these items has increased with
the general growth in demand for Internet and telecommunications services. We typically do not
carry significant inventories of equipment. Moreover, if there are no suppliers that are able to
provide set-top converter boxes that comply with evolving Internet and telecommunications standards
or that are compatible with other equipment and software that we use, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. If we are unable to
obtain critical equipment, software, communications or other services on a timely basis and at an
acceptable cost, our ability to offer our products and services and roll out advanced services may
be impaired, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially
adversely affected.
We rely on our parent and affiliate companies for various services and joint endeavors.
We rely on our parent, Mediacom Communications, for various services such as corporate and
administrative support. In addition, as permitted by the indenture governing the existing senior
notes and the exchange notes, we enter into many types of transactions with Mediacom Communications
or its subsidiaries, such as Mediacom LLC, the primary purpose of which is to result in cost
savings and related synergies. These transactions relate to, among other things:
|
|
|
the sharing of centralized services, personnel, facilities, headends and plant; |
|
|
|
|
the joint procurement of goods and services; |
|
|
|
|
the allocation of certain costs and expenses; and |
|
|
|
|
other matters reasonably related to the foregoing. |
Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could differ from those that
would have resulted had Mediacom Broadband operated autonomously or as an entity independent of
Mediacom Communications. Similarly, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows
would be impacted if, for any reason, transactions such as those described above were unavailable
to us or if we were required to fulfill any jointly contracted obligations that an affiliate
outside of our control failed to perform. We are unable to predict or quantify the impact of any
changes that would result if joint transactions such as those described above were unavailable to
us.
Risks related to legislative and regulatory matters
Our cable television business is subject to extensive governmental regulation.
The cable television industry is subject to extensive legislation and regulation at the
federal and local levels, and, in some instances, at the state level. Many aspects of such
regulation are currently the subject of judicial and administrative proceedings and legislative and
administrative proposals, and lobbying efforts by us and our competitors. We expect that court
actions and regulatory proceedings will continue to refine our rights and obligations under
applicable federal, state and local laws. The results of these judicial and administrative
proceedings and legislative activities may materially affect our business operations. Local
authorities grant us non-exclusive franchises that permit us to operate our cable systems. We renew
or renegotiate these franchises from time to time. Local franchising authorities may demand
concessions, or other commitments, as a condition to renewal, and these concessions or other
commitments could be costly. The Communications Act of 1934, as
amended (Communications Act)
contains renewal procedures and criteria designed to protect incumbent franchisees against
arbitrary denials of renewal, and although such Act requires the local franchising authorities to
take into account the
- 17 -
costs of meeting such concessions or commitments, there is no assurance that we will not be
compelled to meet their demands in order to obtain renewals. We cannot predict whether any of the
markets in which we operate will expand the regulation of our cable systems in the future or the
impact that any such expanded regulation may have upon our business.
Similarly, due to the increasing popularity and use of commercial online services and the
Internet, certain aspects have become subject to regulation at the federal and state level such as
collection of information online from children, disclosure of certain subscriber information to
governmental agencies, commercial emails or spam, privacy, security and distribution of material
in violation of copyrights. In addition to the possibility that additional federal laws and
regulations may be adopted with respect to commercial online services and the Internet, several
individual states have imposed such restrictions and others may also impose similar restrictions,
potentially creating an intricate patchwork of laws and regulations. Future federal and/or state
laws may cover such issues as privacy, access to some types of content by minors, pricing,
encryption standards, consumer protection, electronic commerce, taxation of e-commerce, copyright
infringement and other intellectual property matters. The adoption of such laws or regulations in
the future may decrease the growth of such services and the Internet, which could in turn decrease
the demand for our cable modem service, increase our costs of providing such service or have other
adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such laws or
regulations may also require disclosure of failures of our procedures or breaches to our system by
third parties, which can increase the likelihood of claims against us by affected subscribers.
Changes in channel carriage regulations could impose significant additional costs on us.
Cable operators face significant regulation of their channel carriage. Currently, they can be
required to devote substantial capacity to the carriage of programming that they might not carry
voluntarily, including certain local broadcast signals, local public, educational and government
access programming, and unaffiliated commercial leased access programming. If the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) or Congress were to require cable systems to carry both the
analog and digital versions of local broadcast signals or to carry multiple program streams
included with a single digital broadcast transmission, this carriage burden would increase
substantially. Recently, the FCC reaffirmed that cable operators need only carry one programming
service of each television broadcaster to fulfill its must-carry obligation, however, changes in
the composition of the FCC as well as proposals currently under consideration could result in an
obligation to carry both the analog and digital version of local broadcast stations and/or to carry
multiple digital program streams. Further, this decision has been appealed to the D.C. Circuit
Court of Appeals.
Recently,
the FCC indicated that it was reevaluating whether it had the legal authority to,
and whether it would, require cable operators to offer, on an
a-la-carte basis, video programming
that is currently offered only as part of a tier of programming. As an alternative to
a-la-carte programming, some commissioners at the FCC have also publicly called for cable operators to
create new tiers of family-friendly programming that
would provide a tier devoid of cable programming that is alleged to be indecent or inappropriate for
children. Certain cable operators have responded by announcing plans
to create family-friendly programming tiers.
It is not certain whether those efforts will ultimately be regarded as a sufficient response.
Congress may also consider legislation regarding programming packaging, bundling or a-la-carte
delivery of programming. Any such requirements could fundamentally change the way in which we
package and price our services. We cannot predict the outcome of any
future FCC proceedings or litigation in this area, or the impact of such proceedings on our business at this time.
Recently, the FCC imposed reciprocal good faith retransmission consent negotiation
obligations extending the rules that apply to broadcasters to cable operators. These rules identify seven types of conduct that
would constitute per se violations of the new requirements. Thus, even though we may have no
interest in carrying a particular broadcasters programming, we may be required under the new rules
to engage in negotiations within the parameters of the FCCs rules. While noting that the parties
in retransmission consent negotiations were now subject to a heightened duty of negotiation, the
FCC emphasized that failure to ultimately reach an agreement is not a violation of the rules. The
impact of these rules on our business cannot be determined at this time.
- 18 -
Our franchises are non-exclusive and local franchising authorities may grant competing
franchises in our markets.
Our cable systems are operated under non-exclusive franchises granted by local franchising
authorities. As a result, competing operators of cable systems and other potential competitors,
such as municipal utility providers, may be granted franchises and may build cable systems in
markets where we hold franchises. Some may not require local franchises at all, such as certain
municipal utility providers. Any such competition could adversely affect our business. The
existence of multiple cable systems in the same geographic area is generally referred to as an
overbuild. As of September 30, 2005, approximately 15.9% of the estimated homes passed by our
cable systems were overbuilt by other cable operators. We cannot assure you that competition from
overbuilders will not develop in other markets that we now serve or will serve after any future
acquisitions.
Legislation recently passed in one state (in which we do not currently operate cable systems)
and similar legislation is pending, or has been proposed in certain other states and in Congress,
that would allow local telephone companies to deliver services that would compete with our cable
service, without obtaining equivalent local franchises. Such a legislatively granted advantage to
our competitors could adversely affect our business. The effect of such initiatives, if any, on our
obligation to obtain local franchises in the future or on any of our existing franchises, many of
which have years remaining in their terms, cannot be predicted.
The FCC recently issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking comment on whether the current
local franchising process constitutes an impediment to widespread issuance of franchises to
competitive cable providers in terms of the sheer number of franchising authorities, the impact of
state-level franchising authorities, the burdens some local franchising authorities seek to impose
as conditions of granting franchises and whether state level-playing field statutes also create
barriers to entry. We cannot determine the outcome of any potential new rules on our business;
however, any change that would lessen the local franchising burdens and requirements imposed on our
competitors relative to those that are or have been imposed on us could harm our business.
Pending FCC and court proceedings could adversely affect our HSD service.
The legal and regulatory status of providing high-speed Internet access service by cable
television companies is uncertain. Although the United States Supreme Court recently held that
cable modem service was properly classified by the FCC as an information service, freeing it from
regulation as a telecommunications service, it recognized that the FCC has jurisdiction to impose
regulatory obligations on facilities based Internet Service Providers. The FCC has an ongoing
rulemaking to determine whether to impose regulatory obligations on such providers, including us.
The FCC has issued a declaratory ruling that cable modem service, as it is currently offered, is
properly classified as an interstate information service that is not subject to common carrier
regulation. However, the FCC is still considering the following: whether to require cable
companies to provide capacity on their systems to other entities to deliver high-speed Internet
directly to customers, also known as open access; whether certain other regulatory requirements do
or should apply to cable modem service; and whether and to what extent cable modem service should
be subject to local franchise authorities regulatory requirements or franchise fees. The adoption
of new rules by the FCC could place additional costs and regulatory burdens on us, reduce our
anticipated revenues or increase our anticipated costs for this service, complicate the franchise
renewal process, result in greater competition or otherwise adversely affect our business. While we
cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding, we do note that the FCC recently removed the
requirement that telecommunications carriers provide access to competitors to resell their DSL
Internet access service citing the need for competitive parity with cable modem service which has
no similar access requirement.
We may be subject to legal liability because of the acts of our HSD customers or because of
our own negligence.
Our HSD service enables individuals to access the Internet and to exchange information,
generate content, conduct business and engage in various online activities on an international
basis. The law relating to the liability of providers of these online services for activities of
their users is currently unsettled both within the United States and abroad. Potentially, third
parties could seek to hold us liable for the actions and omissions of our cable modem service
customers, such as defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, fraud or other
theories based on the nature and content of information that our customers use our service to post,
download or distribute. We also could be subject to similar claims based on the content of other
Websites to which we provide links or third-party products, services or content that we may offer
through our Internet service. Due to the global nature of
- 19 -
the Web, it is possible that the governments of other states and foreign countries might
attempt to regulate its transmissions or prosecute us for violations of their laws.
It is also possible that information provided directly by us will contain errors or otherwise
be negligently provided to users, resulting in third parties making claims against us. For example,
we offer Web-based email services, which expose us to potential risks, such as liabilities or
claims resulting from unsolicited email, lost or misdirected messages, illegal or fraudulent use of
email, or interruptions or delays in email service. Additionally, we host website portal pages
designed for use as a home page by, but not limited to, our HSD customers. These portal pages offer
a wide variety of content from us and third parties which could contain errors or other material
that could give rise to liability.
To date, we have not been served notice that such a claim has been filed against us. However,
in the future someone may serve such a claim on us in either a domestic or international
jurisdiction and may succeed in imposing liability on us. Our defense of any such actions could be
costly and involve significant distraction of our management and other resources. If we are held or
threatened with significant liability, we may decide to take actions to reduce our exposure to this
type of liability. This may require us to spend significant amounts of money for new equipment and
may also require us to discontinue offering some features or our cable modem service.
Since we launched our proprietary Mediacom Online® HSD service in February 2002, from time to
time, we receive notices of claimed infringements by our cable modem service users. The owners of
copyrights and trademarks have been increasingly active in seeking to prevent use of the Internet
to violate their rights. In many cases, their claims of infringement are based on the acts of
customers of an Internet service provider-for example, a customers use of an Internet service or
the resources it provides to post, download or disseminate copyrighted music, movies, software or
other content without the consent of the copyright owner or to seek to profit from the use of the
goodwill associated with another persons trademark. In some cases, copyright and trademark owners
have sought to recover damages from the Internet service provider, as well as or instead of the
customer. The law relating to the potential liability of Internet service providers in these
circumstances is unsettled. In 1996, Congress adopted the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, which
is intended to grant ISPs protection against certain claims of copyright infringement resulting
from the actions of customers, provided that the ISP complies with certain requirements. So far,
Congress has not adopted similar protections for trademark infringement claims.
We may be required to provide access to our networks to other Internet service providers,
which could significantly increase our competition and adversely affect our ability to provide new
products and services.
Local authorities and the FCC have been asked to require cable operators to provide
nondiscriminatory access over their cable systems to other Internet service providers. The recent
decision by the United State Supreme Court upholding the FCCs classification of cable modem
service as an information service may effectively forestall efforts by competitors to obtain
access to the networks of cable operators to provide Internet access services. As noted above,
however, the FCC continues to have jurisdiction over this issue and a rulemaking initiated prior to
the Supreme Courts decision remains ongoing. While we cannot predict the outcome of this
proceeding, we do note that the FCC recently removed the requirement that telecommunications
carriers provide access to competitors to resell their DSL internet access service citing the need
for competitive parity with cable modem service which has no similar access requirement. If we are
required to provide access in this manner, it could have a significant adverse impact on our
financial results, including by: (i) increasing competition; (ii) increasing the expenses we incur
to maintain our systems; and/or (iii) increasing the expense of upgrading and/or expanding our
systems.
We may become subject to additional regulatory burdens because we offer cable telephony
service.
The regulatory treatment of VoIP services like those we and others offer remains uncertain.
The FCC, Congress, the courts and the states continue to look at issues surrounding the provision
of VoIP, including whether this service is properly classified as a telecommunications service or
an information service. The regulatory classification decided will
determine the primary source of regulation, whether it be federal or
state government. Currently, the FCC requires providers
of interconnected VoIP services, such as ours, to file a letter with the FCC certifying
compliance with certain E-911 functionality. Disputes have also arisen with respect to the rights
of VoIP providers and their telecommunications provider partners to obtain interconnection and
other rights under the Act from
- 20 -
incumbent telephone companies. We cannot predict how these issues will be resolved, but
uncertainties in the existing law as it applies to VoIP or any determination that results in
greater or different regulatory obligations than competing services would result in increased
costs, reduce anticipated revenues and impede our ability to effectively compete or otherwise
adversely affect our ability to successfully roll-out and conduct our telephony business.
Actions by pole owners might subject us to significantly increased pole attachment costs.
Our cable facilities are often attached to or use public utility poles, ducts or conduits.
Historically, cable system attachments to public utility poles have been regulated at the federal
or state level. Generally this regulation resulted in favorable pole attachment rates for
attachments used to provide cable service. The FCC clarified that the provision of Internet access
does not endanger a cable operators favorable pole rates; this approach ultimately was upheld by
the Supreme Court of the United States. That ruling, coupled with the recent Supreme Court decision
upholding the FCCs classification of cable modem service as an information service, should
strengthen our ability to resist such rate increases based solely on the delivery of cable modem
services over our cable systems. As we continue our deployment of cable telephony and certain other
advanced services, utilities may continue to invoke higher rates. A formal hearing is currently
before the FCC in which Alabama Power is attempting to demonstrate that pole attachment rates above
its marginal costs meet the just compensation test approved by the United States Court of Appeals
for the 11th Circuit. If successful, Alabama Power will be entitled to increase its pole
attachment rate above the FCC cable formula rate. Such a decision could result in higher attachment
rates for us in all states where we operate if other utilities where we attach seek to replicate
those results
Proceedings by the FCC or changes in federal law may result in a determination that our VoIP
service is a telecommunication service. As a result, our systems and/or facilities providing VoIP
services may be subject to the higher telecommunications pole attachment rates.
Our financial results could suffer a material adverse impact from any significant increased
costs, and such increased pole attachment costs could discourage system upgrades and the
introduction of new products and services.
Changes in compulsory copyright regulations might significantly increase our license fees.
Filed petitions for rulemaking with the United States Copyright Office propose revisions to
certain compulsory copyright license reporting requirements and seek clarification of certain
issues relating to the application of the compulsory license to the carriage of digital broadcast
stations. The petitions seek, among other things: (i) clarification of the inclusion in gross
revenues of digital converter fees, additional set fees for digital service and revenue from
required buy throughs to obtain digital service; (ii) reporting of dual carriage and multicast
signals; and (iii) revisions to the Copyright Offices rules and Statement of Account forms,
including increased detail regarding services, rates and subscribers, additional information
regarding non-broadcast tiers of service, cable headend location information, community definition
clarification and identification of the county in which the cable community is located and the
effect of interest payments on potential liability for late filing. The Copyright Office may open
one or more rulemakings in response to these petitions. We cannot predict the outcome of any such
rulemakings; however, it is possible that certain changes in the rules or copyright compulsory
license fee computations could have an adverse affect on our business by increasing our copyright
compulsory license fee costs or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage of certain
broadcast signals that we currently carry on a discretionary basis.
- 21 -
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements relating to future events and our
future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify those so-called forward-looking
statements by words such as may, will, should, expects, plans, anticipates,
believes, estimates, predicts, potential, or continues or the negative of those words and
other comparable words. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties
that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those we
anticipate. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those contained in the
forward-looking statements include: competition in our video, high-speed Internet access and
telephone businesses; our ability to achieve anticipated customer and revenue growth and to
successfully introduce new products and services; increasing programming costs; changes in laws and
regulations; our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations and
the other risks and uncertainties discussed in this prospectus. Statements included in this
prospectus are based upon information known to us as of the date that this prospectus, and we
assume no obligation to update or alter our forward-looking statements made in this prospectus,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by
applicable federal securities laws.
- 22 -
USE OF PROCEEDS
This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights
agreement we entered into with the initial purchasers of the initial notes. We will not
receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in this exchange offer.
We received net proceeds of approximately $193.7 million from the private offering of the
initial notes, after deducting discounts to the initial purchasers and the other fees and expenses
of the initial offering in the amount of approximately $6.3 million. We applied the net proceeds to
the repayment of borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit portion of our subsidiary credit
facility, pending use of the net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
Borrowings under this revolving facility during the past twelve months were used for general
corporate purposes. The revolving credit portion of our subsidiary credit facility expires in
December 2012 and, as of September 30, 2005, the average interest rate for borrowings thereunder
was LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum.
As of September 30, 2005, giving effect to our recent credit facility amendment, our
subsidiaries had $600.6 million of unused credit commitments under the revolving credit portion of
our subsidiary credit facility, of which $581.9 million could be borrowed and used for general
corporate purposes, based on the terms and conditions of our debt arrangements. We expect to use
these unused commitments from time to time for working capital and general corporate purposes.
While no decision to do so has been made, one possible use of borrowings under the revolving
facility might be to provide, as permitted by the terms of the indenture governing the exchange
notes, funds to Mediacom Communications to allow it to redeem all of its $172.5 million outstanding
principal amount of 5.25% convertible senior notes due July 2006.
- 23 -
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
We were organized for the purpose of acquiring cable systems from AT&T Broadband LLC in 2001.
In the table below, we provide you with:
|
|
|
selected historical financial data for the period from January 1, 2000
through July 18, 2001 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000 and July 18, 2001,
which are derived from the audited financial statements (except operating data) of
the acquired cable systems (Predecessor Company); |
|
|
|
|
selected historical consolidated financial and operating data for the
period from our inception on April 5, 2001 through December 31, 2004 and balance sheet
data as of December 31, 2001 through 2004, which are derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements (except operating data); and |
|
|
|
|
unaudited historical consolidated financial and operating data for the nine
months ended September 30, 2004 and 2005 which are derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements (except operating data). |
The data should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results Of Operations, our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, and
other financial information included in this prospectus.
- 24 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mediacom Broadband LLC |
|
|
|
Predecessor Company |
|
|
|
Mediacom Broadband LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
Inception (April |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5, 2001) through |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
January 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
through July |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
2000 |
|
|
18, 2001 |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
215,900 |
|
|
$ |
512,792 |
|
|
$ |
552,342 |
|
|
$ |
585,039 |
|
|
|
$ |
439,541 |
|
|
$ |
249,238 |
|
|
|
$ |
436,101 |
|
|
$ |
455,725 |
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs |
|
|
89,006 |
|
|
|
207,053 |
|
|
|
215,310 |
|
|
|
225,764 |
|
|
|
|
223,530 |
|
|
|
117,205 |
|
|
|
|
165,458 |
|
|
|
177,283 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
42,442 |
|
|
|
105,407 |
|
|
|
118,918 |
|
|
|
126,575 |
|
|
|
|
39,892 |
|
|
|
42,449 |
|
|
|
|
96,489 |
|
|
|
101,863 |
|
Management fee expense (1) |
|
|
2,875 |
|
|
|
6,967 |
|
|
|
9,322 |
|
|
|
10,585 |
|
|
|
|
22,267 |
|
|
|
18,625 |
|
|
|
|
8,206 |
|
|
|
8,981 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
88,463 |
|
|
|
123,704 |
|
|
|
113,007 |
|
|
|
107,592 |
|
|
|
|
137,182 |
|
|
|
83,610 |
|
|
|
|
80,300 |
|
|
|
85,575 |
|
Restructuring charge (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
570 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
(6,886 |
) |
|
|
69,661 |
|
|
|
95,785 |
|
|
|
114,523 |
|
|
|
|
16,670 |
|
|
|
(13,221 |
) |
|
|
|
85,648 |
|
|
|
82,023 |
|
Interest expense, net (3) |
|
|
(41,430 |
) |
|
|
(76,790 |
) |
|
|
(82,536 |
) |
|
|
(86,125 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64,223 |
) |
|
|
(71,481 |
) |
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,049 |
) |
|
|
2,807 |
|
|
|
10,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,700 |
|
|
|
6,217 |
|
Other expense |
|
|
(2,270 |
) |
|
|
(5,066 |
) |
|
|
(5,974 |
) |
|
|
(4,475 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,560 |
) |
|
|
(2,898 |
) |
Gain on disposition of assets (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
(50,586 |
) |
|
|
(27,244 |
) |
|
|
10,082 |
|
|
|
34,852 |
|
|
|
|
16,670 |
|
|
|
(8,038 |
) |
|
|
|
24,565 |
|
|
|
13,861 |
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,646 |
|
|
|
(3,546 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(50,586 |
) |
|
$ |
(27,244 |
) |
|
$ |
10,082 |
|
|
$ |
34,852 |
|
|
|
$ |
10,024 |
|
|
$ |
(4,492 |
) |
|
|
$ |
24,565 |
|
|
$ |
13,861 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (end of period): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
2,234,091 |
|
|
$ |
2,281,948 |
|
|
$ |
2,287,784 |
|
|
$ |
2,258,245 |
|
|
|
$ |
2,307,354 |
|
|
$ |
1,941,047 |
|
|
|
$ |
2,253,781 |
|
|
$ |
2,280,900 |
|
Total debt |
|
|
1,200,000 |
|
|
|
1,298,000 |
|
|
|
1,354,668 |
|
|
|
1,363,955 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,360,534 |
|
|
|
1,411,461 |
|
Total members equity |
|
|
666,294 |
|
|
|
610,522 |
|
|
|
589,016 |
|
|
|
595,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,081 |
|
|
|
580,127 |
|
Other Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income before depreciation and
amortization(6) |
|
$ |
81,577 |
|
|
$ |
193,365 |
|
|
$ |
208,792 |
|
|
$ |
222,115 |
|
|
|
$ |
153,852 |
|
|
$ |
70,389 |
|
|
|
$ |
165,948 |
|
|
$ |
167,598 |
|
Operating income before depreciation and
amortization margin(7) |
|
|
37.8 |
% |
|
|
37.7 |
% |
|
|
37.8 |
% |
|
|
38.0 |
% |
|
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
28.2 |
% |
|
|
|
38.1 |
% |
|
|
36.8 |
% |
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or deficiency
of earnings over fixed charges |
|
$ |
NA |
|
|
(31,186 |
) |
|
|
1.08 |
|
|
|
1.37 |
|
|
|
NA |
|
|
NA |
|
|
|
|
1.35 |
|
|
|
1.18 |
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities |
|
$ |
161,651 |
|
|
$ |
125,059 |
|
|
$ |
96,627 |
|
|
$ |
106,304 |
|
|
|
$ |
119,756 |
|
|
$ |
(34,278 |
) |
|
|
$ |
63,939 |
|
|
$ |
69,940 |
|
Investing activities |
|
|
(2,151,583 |
) |
|
|
(239,310 |
) |
|
|
(116,613 |
) |
|
|
(85,394 |
) |
|
|
|
(131,177 |
) |
|
|
(34,682 |
) |
|
|
|
(62,186 |
) |
|
|
(84,758 |
) |
Financing activities |
|
|
2,045,510 |
|
|
|
68,980 |
|
|
|
19,058 |
|
|
|
(21,159 |
) |
|
|
|
14,493 |
|
|
|
47,806 |
|
|
|
|
(7,634 |
) |
|
|
12,284 |
|
Operating Data (end of period): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated homes passed(8) |
|
|
1,430,000 |
|
|
|
1,463,200 |
|
|
|
1,472,500 |
|
|
|
1,456,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,453,000 |
|
|
|
1,458,000 |
|
Basic subscribers(9) |
|
|
824,000 |
|
|
|
840,000 |
|
|
|
819,300 |
|
|
|
783,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
780,000 |
|
|
|
774,000 |
|
Basic penetration(10) |
|
|
57.6 |
% |
|
|
57.4 |
% |
|
|
55.6 |
% |
|
|
53.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.7 |
% |
|
|
53.1 |
% |
Digital customers(11) |
|
|
233,000 |
|
|
|
238,000 |
|
|
|
231,600 |
|
|
|
236,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228,000 |
|
|
|
280,000 |
|
Data customers(12) |
|
|
77,000 |
|
|
|
110,000 |
|
|
|
157,800 |
|
|
|
205,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
197,000 |
|
|
|
252,000 |
|
Telephone customers(13) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
Revenue generating units(14) |
|
|
1,134,000 |
|
|
|
1,188,000 |
|
|
|
1,208,700 |
|
|
|
1,224,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,205,000 |
|
|
|
1,307,000 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For all periods presented prior to our inception on April 5, 2001, management fees
were paid to AT&T Broadband, LLC. Upon our acquisition of cable systems, in June and July of
2001, from AT&T Broadband, LLC, Mediacom Communications Corporation replaced AT&T Broadband as
manager and AT&T Broadband was no longer entitled to receive management fees from our cable
systems. |
|
(2) |
|
As part of a cost reduction plan undertaken by our Predecessor Company in 2001,
approximately 63 employees were terminated, resulting in a restructuring charge of
approximately $570,000. The entire charge was paid in cash by our Predecessor Company. |
- 25 -
|
|
|
(3) |
|
For all periods presented prior to our inception on April 5, 2001, our cable systems
operated as fully integrated businesses of AT&T Broadband and no debt or interest expense was
allocated to these operations. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents the gain on disposition form the sale of the Missouri systems to Mediacom
Broadband LLC on June 29, 2001 for cash proceeds of approximately $308.1 million, before final
closing adjustments. |
|
(5) |
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes in Predecessor Company combined financial
statements were based upon the AT&T cable systems contribution to the overall tax liability
or benefit of A&T Corp. and its affiliates. Under our ownership, these cable systems are
organized as limited liability companies and are subject to minimum income taxes. |
|
(6) |
|
Operating income before depreciation and amortization (OIBDA) is not a financial
measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the
United States of America. However, OIBDA is one of the primary measures used by management to
evaluate our performance and to forecast future results. We believe OIBDA is useful for
investors because it enables them to assess our performance in a manner similar to the method
used by management, and provides a measure that can be used to analyze, value and compare the
companies in the cable television industry, which may have different depreciation and
amortization policies. |
|
|
|
A limitation of this measure, however, is that it excludes depreciation and amortization,
which represents the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets
used in generating revenues in our business. Management utilizes a separate process to
budget, measure and evaluate capital expenditures. |
|
|
|
OIBDA should not be regarded as an alternative to either operating income or net income
(loss) as an indicator of operating performance nor should it be considered in isolation or
as a substitute for financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe that
operating income is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to OIBDA. |
|
|
|
The following represents a reconciliation of OIBDA to operating income (loss), which is the
most directly comparable GAAP measure: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mediacom Broadband LLC |
|
|
|
Predecessor Company |
|
|
|
Mediacom Broadband LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
Inception |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(April 5, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
|
January 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
through |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December |
|
|
July 18, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31, 2001 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
31, 2000 |
|
|
2001 |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OIBDA |
|
$ |
81,577 |
|
|
$ |
193,365 |
|
|
$ |
208,792 |
|
|
$ |
222,115 |
|
|
|
$ |
153,852 |
|
|
$ |
70,389 |
|
|
|
$ |
165,948 |
|
|
$ |
167,598 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(88,463 |
) |
|
|
(123,704 |
) |
|
|
(113,007 |
) |
|
|
(107,592 |
) |
|
|
|
(137,182 |
) |
|
|
(83,610 |
) |
|
|
|
(80,300 |
) |
|
|
(85,575 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
$ |
(6,886 |
) |
|
$ |
69,661 |
|
|
$ |
95,785 |
|
|
$ |
114,523 |
|
|
|
$ |
16,670 |
|
|
$ |
(13,221 |
) |
|
|
$ |
85,648 |
|
|
$ |
82,023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Represents OIBDA as a percentage of revenue. See Note 6 above. |
|
(8) |
|
Represents an estimate of the number of single residence homes, apartments and
condominium units passed by the cable distribution network in a cable systems service area. |
|
(9) |
|
Represents a dwelling with one or more television sets that receives a package of
over-the-air broadcast stations, local access channels or certain satellite-delivered cable
television services. Accounts that are billed on a bulk basis, which typically receive
discounted rates, are converted into full-price equivalent basic subscribers by dividing total
bulk billed basic revenues of a particular system by the applicable combined limited and
expanded cable rate charged to basic subscribers in that system. Basic subscribers include
connections to schools, libraries, local government offices and employee households that may
not be charged for limited and expanded cable services, but may be charged for digital cable,
VOD, HDTV, DVR or high-speed Internet service. Customers who exclusively purchase high-speed
Internet service are not counted as basic subscribers. Our methodology of calculating the
number of basic subscribers may not be identical to those used by other cable companies. |
- 26 -
|
|
|
(10) |
|
Represents basic subscribers as a percentage of estimated homes passed. |
|
(11) |
|
Represents customers that receive digital cable services. |
|
(12) |
|
Represents residential data customers and small to medium-sized commercial cable
modem accounts billed at higher rates than residential customers. Small to medium-sized
commercial accounts generally represent customers with bandwidth requirements of up to 5 Mbps.
These commercial accounts are converted to equivalent residential data customers by dividing
their associated revenues by the applicable residential rate. Our data customers exclude large
commercial accounts and include an insignificant number of dial-up customers. Our methodology
of calculating data customers may not be identical to those used by other cable companies. |
|
(13) |
|
Represents customers that receive telephone service. |
|
(14) |
|
Represents the sum of basic subscribers, digital customers,
data customers and phone customers. |
- 27 -
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our unaudited consolidated
financial statements as of, and for the three and nine months ended, September 30, 2005 and 2004,
and with our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Overview
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom Communications Corporation. Through our
interactive broadband network, we provide our customers with a wide array of broadband products and
services, including analog and digital video services, such as VOD,
HDTV, DVRs, HSD and phone service. We currently offer triple-play bundles of video,
HSD and voice. Bundled products and services offer our customers a single provider contact for
provisioning, billing and customer care.
As of September 30, 2005, our cable systems passed an estimated 1.46 million homes and served
774,000 basic subscribers. We provide digital video services to 280,000 digital customers and HSD
to 252,000 data customers, representing a digital penetration of 36.2% of our basic subscribers and
a data penetration of 17.3% of our estimated homes passed, respectively.
We have faced increasing levels of competition for our video programming services over the
past few years, mostly from direct broadcast satellite (DBS) service providers. Since they have
been permitted to deliver local television broadcast signals beginning in 1999, DirecTV, Inc. and
Echostar Communications Corporation, the two largest DBS service providers, have increased the
number of markets in which they deliver these local television signals. These local-into-local
launches have been the primary cause of our loss of basic subscribers in recent periods. As of
September 30, 2005 and year-end 2004, competitive local-into-local services in our markets covered
an estimated 92% of our basic subscribers, as compared to an
estimated 75% and 25% at year-end 2003 and
2002, respectively. We believe, based on publicly announced new market launches, that DBS service
providers will launch local television channels in additional markets during the rest of 2005
representing a modest amount of our subscriber base.
Actual Results of Operations
Nine months ended September 30, 2005 Compared to Nine months ended September 30, 2004
The following table sets forth the unaudited consolidated statement of operations for the nine
months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 (dollars in thousands and percentage changes that are not
meaningful are marked NM):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ Change |
|
|
% Change |
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
455,725 |
|
|
$ |
436,101 |
|
|
$ |
19,624 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
% |
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs |
|
|
177,283 |
|
|
|
165,458 |
|
|
|
11,825 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
101,863 |
|
|
|
96,489 |
|
|
|
5,374 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
% |
Management fee expense |
|
|
8,981 |
|
|
|
8,206 |
|
|
|
775 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
% |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
85,575 |
|
|
|
80,300 |
|
|
|
5,275 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
82,023 |
|
|
|
85,648 |
|
|
|
(3,625 |
) |
|
|
(4.2 |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(71,481 |
) |
|
|
(64,223 |
) |
|
|
(7,258 |
) |
|
|
11.3 |
% |
Gain on derivatives, net |
|
|
6,217 |
|
|
|
6,700 |
|
|
|
(483 |
) |
|
|
NM |
|
Other expense |
|
|
(2,898 |
) |
|
|
(3,560 |
) |
|
|
662 |
|
|
|
(18.6 |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
13,861 |
|
|
$ |
24,565 |
|
|
$ |
(10,704 |
) |
|
|
NM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- 28 -
Revenues
The following table sets forth revenue information for the nine months ended September 30,
2005 and 2004 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
$ Change |
|
|
% Change |
|
Video |
|
$ |
348,348 |
|
|
|
76.4 |
% |
|
$ |
344,624 |
|
|
|
79.0 |
% |
|
$ |
3,724 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
% |
Data |
|
|
79,313 |
|
|
|
17.4 |
% |
|
|
64,417 |
|
|
|
14.8 |
% |
|
|
14,896 |
|
|
|
23.1 |
% |
Advertising |
|
|
28,064 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
% |
|
|
27,060 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
% |
|
|
1,004 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
455,725 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
436,101 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
19,624 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video revenues represent monthly subscription fees charged to customers for our core
cable television products and services (including basic, expanded basic and digital cable
programming services, wire maintenance, equipment rental and services to commercial
establishments), pay-per-view charges, installation, reconnection and late payment fees, and other
ancillary revenues. Data revenues primarily represent monthly subscription fees charged to
customers, including commercial establishments, for our data products and services and equipment
rental fees. Franchise fees charged to customers for payment to local franchising authorities are
included in their corresponding revenue category.
Revenues rose 4.5%, primarily attributable to an increase in data revenues and in part an
increase in video and advertising revenues.
Video revenues increased 1.1%, as a result of rate increases applied on our subscribers and
higher fees from our advanced video products and services, offset in part by a 0.8% reduction in
basic subscribers from 780,000 as of September 30, 2004, to 774,000 as of September 30, 2005.
Average monthly video revenue per basic subscriber increased 2.9% from $47.89 to $49.72. Our loss
of basic subscribers resulted from continuing competitive pressures by other video providers.
To strengthen our competitiveness, we increased the emphasis on product bundling and on
enhancing and differentiating our video products and services with new digital packages, VOD, HDTV,
DVRs and more local programming. We also extended the discount periods of our promotional campaigns
for digital and data services from three and six months to six and twelve months. This has impacted
the growth of our video and data revenues.
Data revenues rose 23.1%, primarily due to a 27.9% year-over-year increase in data customers
from 197,000 to 252,000 and, to a lesser extent, the growth of our commercial services and
enterprise network businesses. Average monthly data revenue per data customer decreased from $40.35
to $38.54, largely due to promotional offers in 2005.
Advertising revenues increased 3.7%, as a result of stronger national and regional
advertising. This was offset in part by a decline in political advertising, which is expected to be
much lower in 2005 when compared to the 2004 election year.
Costs and Expenses
Service costs include: programming expenses; employee expenses related to wages and salaries
of technical personnel who maintain our cable network, perform customer installation activities,
and provide customer support; data costs, including costs of bandwidth connectivity and customer
provisioning; and field operating costs, including outside contractors, vehicle, utilities and pole
rental expenses. Programming expenses, which are generally paid on a per subscriber basis, have
historically increased due to both increases in the rates charged for existing programming services
and the introduction of new programming services to our customers.
- 29 -
Service costs increased 7.1%, primarily due to increases in programming, field operating, data
and employee costs. Programming costs increased 5.2%, as a result of lower launch support, which we
receive from our programming suppliers in return for our carriage of their services, and higher
unit costs charged by them, offset in part by a lower base of basic subscribers during the nine
months ended September 30, 2005. Field operating costs rose 22.1%, primarily due to the greater use
of outside contractors to service higher levels of customer activity and, to a lesser extent,
increases in vehicle fuel costs. Employee related costs grew 6.0%, primarily due to increased
headcount and overtime of our technicians to prepare our network for phone service and routine
repairs and maintenance, offset in part by a decrease in certain employee insurance costs. Service
costs as a percentage of revenues were 38.9% and 37.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005
and 2004, respectively.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include: wages and salaries for our call center,
customer service and support and administrative personnel; franchise fees and taxes; and office
costs related to billing, telecommunications, marketing, bad debt, advertising and office
administration.
Selling, general and administrative expenses rose 5.6%, principally due to higher employee
costs, office costs, and marketing expenses, offset in part by a decrease in bad debt expense.
Employee costs increased 15.3%, primarily due to higher staffing, commissions and benefit costs of
customer service and direct sales personnel. Office costs increased by 16.3% primarily from higher
telephone expenses. Marketing costs grew 4.5%, as a result of an increase in contracted direct
sales and television and radio advertising, offset in part by a decrease in print mail advertising
campaigns. These increases were offset in part by a 16.2% decrease in bad debt expense as a result
of more effective customer credit and collection activities and better collection experience in our
advertising business. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were
22.4% and 22.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
We expect continued revenue growth in advanced services, which include digital video, HDTV,
DVRs, HSD and phone. As a result, we expect our service costs and selling, general and
administrative expenses to increase.
Management fee expense reflects charges incurred under our management arrangements with our
parent, Mediacom Communications. Management fee expense increased 9.4%, which reflects greater
overhead costs charged by Mediacom Communications during the nine month period ended September 30,
2005. As a percentage of revenues, management fee expense was 2.0% and 1.9% for the nine months
ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Depreciation and amortization increased 6.6%, principally due to increased depreciation for
ongoing investments to continue the rollout of products and services and for investments in our
cable network.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net, increased 11.3%, due to higher market interest rates on variable rate
debt and replacement of lower cost bank debt with the issuance of our
81/2% Senior Notes due 2015.
Gain on Derivatives, Net
We enter into interest rate exchange agreements, or interest rate swaps, with counterparties
to fix the interest rate on a portion of our variable rate debt to reduce the potential volatility
in our interest expense that would otherwise result from changes in variable market interest rates.
As of September 30, 2005, we had interest rate swaps with an aggregate principal amount of $400.0
million. The changes in their mark-to-market values are derived from changes in market interest
rates, the decrease in their time to maturity and the creditworthiness of the counterparties. As a
result of the mark-to-market valuation of these interest rate swaps, we recorded a gain on
derivatives amounting to $6.2 million and $6.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005
and 2004, respectively.
- 30 -
Other Expense
Other expense was $2.9 million and $3.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005
and 2004, respectively. Other expense primarily represents amortization of deferred financing costs
and fees on unused credit commitments.
Net Income
As a result of the factors described above, we generated net income for the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 of $13.9 million, as compared to net income of $24.6 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2004.
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003
The following table sets forth the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003 (dollars in thousands and percentage changes that are not meaningful are
marked NM):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
$ Change |
|
|
% Change |
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
585,039 |
|
|
$ |
552,342 |
|
|
$ |
32,697 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs |
|
|
225,764 |
|
|
|
215,310 |
|
|
|
10,454 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative
expenses |
|
|
126,575 |
|
|
|
118,918 |
|
|
|
7,657 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
% |
Management fee expense |
|
|
10,585 |
|
|
|
9,322 |
|
|
|
1,263 |
|
|
|
13.5 |
% |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
107,592 |
|
|
|
113,007 |
|
|
|
(5,415 |
) |
|
|
(4.8 |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
114,523 |
|
|
|
95,785 |
|
|
|
18,738 |
|
|
|
19.6 |
% |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(86,125 |
) |
|
|
(82,536 |
) |
|
|
(3,589 |
) |
|
|
4.3 |
% |
Gain (loss) on derivatives, net |
|
|
10,929 |
|
|
|
2,807 |
|
|
|
8,122 |
|
|
|
NM |
|
Other expense |
|
|
(4,475 |
) |
|
|
(5,974 |
) |
|
|
1,499 |
|
|
|
(25.1 |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
34,852 |
|
|
$ |
10,082 |
|
|
$ |
24,770 |
|
|
|
NM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
The following table sets forth revenue information for the years ended December 31, 2004 and
2003 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
$ Change |
|
|
% Change |
|
Video |
|
$ |
457,513 |
|
|
|
78.2 |
% |
|
$ |
450,831 |
|
|
|
81.6 |
% |
|
$ |
6,682 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
% |
Data |
|
|
88,060 |
|
|
|
15.1 |
% |
|
|
66,667 |
|
|
|
12.1 |
% |
|
|
21,393 |
|
|
|
32.1 |
% |
Advertising |
|
|
39,466 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
34,844 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
% |
|
|
4,622 |
|
|
|
13.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
585,039 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
552,342 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
32,697 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues rose 5.9%, largely attributable to an increase in broadband data customers and basic
rate increases applied on our video customers, driven in large part by our own video programming
cost increases, offset by a reduction in basic subscribers during the period.
- 31 -
Video revenues rose 1.5% as a result of the aforementioned basic rate increases, substantially
offset by a decline in basic subscribers from 819,300 to 783,000. Digital customers increased 1.9%
to 236,000 as compared to 231,600 a year ago. Our loss in basic subscribers resulted primarily from
increased competitive pressures by DBS service providers, particularly in those markets where we
experienced their local-into-local launches and, to a lesser extent, from our tighter customer
credit policies. In an effort to reverse this video subscriber trend, we have been increasing our
customer retention efforts and our emphasis on product bundling, enhancing and differentiating our
video products and services with new digital packages, VOD, HDTV, DVR and more local programming.
Data revenues rose 32.1%, due primarily to a 29.9% growth in data customers from 157,800 to
205,000 and an increased contribution from our relatively new commercial enterprise business.
Advertising revenues increased 13.3%, primarily as a result of political advertising and
stronger local advertising. Political advertising accounted for 82.6% of the growth. We do not
expect growth in advertising revenues to continue at the same rate in 2005, due to the likely
reduction in political advertising.
Costs and Expenses
Service costs increased 4.9%, primarily due to increases in employee and plant operating costs
and programming expenses. Employee and plant operating costs rose 21.5%, primarily due to greater
expensing of such operational costs resulting from the continued transition from upgrade
construction in 2003 to maintenance activities in 2004, and higher operational insurance claims and
employee benefits. Programming related expense, the largest component of service costs, increased
1.3%, as a result of rate increases on basic and premium services, significantly offset by a
reduction in basic subscribers and an increase in launch support received from programmers in
return for our carriage of their programming services. Service costs as a percentage of revenues
were 38.6% for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared with 39.0% for the year ended December
31, 2003.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 6.4%, principally due to higher
marketing, advertising and employee costs, and higher taxes and fees, partially offset by a
decrease in bad debt expense. Marketing costs rose 25.1%, as a result of mass media campaigns to
support the rollout of new advanced services, and to promote customer retention and acquisition
initiatives. Advertising costs rose 13.2%, primarily as a result of employee commissions on
increased revenues. Employee costs increased 4.9%, as a result of increases in employee
compensation, benefit costs and customer service overtime, driven by increased activity related to
the rollout of new products. Taxes and fees increased 5.1% due to higher state property taxes. This
increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was partly offset by a 7.0% decrease in
bad debt expense as a result of improved customer credit and collection policies. Selling, general
and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were 21.6% for the year ended December 31,
2004, as compared with 21.5% for the year ended December 31, 2003.
We expect continued revenue growth in advanced services, which include digital cable and
broadband data access and, in the second quarter of 2005, the launch of cable telephony service. As
a result, we expect our service costs and selling, general and administrative expenses to increase.
Management fee expense increased 13.5% due to greater overhead costs charged by Mediacom
Communications. As a percentage of revenues, management fee expense was 1.8% for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared with 1.7% for the year ended December 31, 2003.
Depreciation and amortization decreased 4.8%, primarily due to changes, effective July 1,
2003, in the estimated useful lives of our cable systems and equipment in conjunction with the
completion of our network upgrade and rebuild program, offset in part by increased depreciation for
investments in our cable network and ongoing investments to continue the rollout of products and
services including VOD, HDTV, DVRs and HSD. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net, increased by 4.3%, primarily due to lower interest expense
capitalization associated with the substantial reduction of upgrade/rebuild capital expenditures
and slightly higher market interest rates on variable rate debt.
- 32 -
Gain on Derivatives, net
We enter into interest rate exchange agreements, or interest rate swaps, with counterparties
to fix the interest rate on a portion of our variable rate debt to reduce the potential volatility
in our interest expense that would otherwise result from changes in market interest rates. As of
December 31, 2004 we had interest rate swaps with an aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million.
The changes in their mark-to-market values are derived from changes in market interest rates, the
decrease in their time to maturity and the creditworthiness of the counterparties. As a result of
the quarterly mark-to-market valuation of these interest rate swaps, we recorded a gain on
derivatives amounting to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to a gain
on derivatives of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.
Other Expense
Other expense was $4.5 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and
2003, respectively. Other expense primarily represents amortization of deferred financing costs and
fees on unused credit commitments.
Net Income
As a result of the factors described above, we generated net income for the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003 of $34.9 million and $10.1 million, respectively.
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002
The following table sets forth the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2002 (dollars in thousands and percentage changes that are not meaningful are
marked NM):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
$ Change |
|
|
% Change |
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
552,342 |
|
|
$ |
512,792 |
|
|
$ |
39,550 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
% |
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs |
|
|
214,091 |
|
|
|
207,053 |
|
|
|
7,038 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
120,137 |
|
|
|
105,407 |
|
|
|
14,730 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
% |
Management fee expense |
|
|
9,322 |
|
|
|
6,967 |
|
|
|
2,355 |
|
|
|
33.8 |
% |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
113,007 |
|
|
|
123,704 |
|
|
|
(10,697 |
) |
|
|
(8.6 |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
95,785 |
|
|
|
69,661 |
|
|
|
26,124 |
|
|
|
37.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(82,536 |
) |
|
|
(76,790 |
) |
|
|
(5,746 |
) |
|
|
7.5 |
% |
Gain on derivatives, net |
|
|
2,807 |
|
|
|
(15,049 |
) |
|
|
17,856 |
|
|
|
NM |
|
Other expense |
|
|
(5,974 |
) |
|
|
(5,066 |
) |
|
|
(908 |
) |
|
|
17.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
10,082 |
|
|
$ |
(27,244 |
) |
|
$ |
37,326 |
|
|
|
NM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- 33 -
Revenues
The following table sets forth revenue information for the years ended December 31, 2003 and
2002 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
$ Change |
|
|
% Change |
|
Video |
|
$ |
450,831 |
|
|
|
81.6 |
% |
|
$ |
433,069 |
|
|
|
84.4 |
% |
|
$ |
17,762 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
% |
Data |
|
|
66,667 |
|
|
|
12.1 |
% |
|
|
45,026 |
|
|
|
8.8 |
% |
|
|
21,641 |
|
|
|
48.2 |
% |
Advertising |
|
|
34,844 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
% |
|
|
34,697 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
552,342 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
512,792 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
39,550 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues rose 7.7% attributable to a 43% increase in high-speed data customers and basic rate
increases applied on our video customers, driven in large part by our own programming cost
increases.
Video revenues increased 4.1% as a result of the aforementioned basic rate increases,
partially offset by a 2.2% decline in basic subscribers, after adjusting for small acquisitions and
divestitures during 2003. Our loss in basic subscribers resulted primarily from greater competitive
pressures by DBS service providers, particularly in those markets where we experienced their
local-to-local launches.
Data revenues rose 48.2% due, in large part, to a 43% increase in data customers from 110,000
to 157,800.
Advertising revenues increased slightly by 0.4% primarily as a result of weak conditions in
local markets.
Costs and Expenses
Service costs increased 4.0% over the prior year, which included $3.0 million of one-time
incremental costs related to our transition to our Mediacom Online high-speed Internet access
service. These costs represented the excess over the agreed-upon charges owed to our former
high-speed provider that were incurred in the first quarter of 2002. Excluding these incremental
costs, service costs would have increased 5.5% or $11.3 million. Approximately 68% of this increase
was due to the growth in our data customers of 47,800, with the balance primarily represented by
increases in unit costs for basic programming. The increase in total programming costs, however,
was primarily offset by the aforementioned decline in basic subscribers as well as a decrease in
analog premium service units. As a percentage of revenues, service costs were 39.0% for the year
ended December 31, 2003, as compared to 40.4% for the year ended December 31, 2002.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 12.8%, principally due to higher
customer support, bad debt and marketing expenses, and higher taxes and fees. Customer support
expenses increased 38.2% as a result of higher staffing levels and employee commissions. Bad debt
expense rose 23.6% primarily as a result of higher customer churn and the implementation throughout
the year of tighter customer credit controls. Marketing expenses rose 18.4% to support the digital
television and data products and services, to cover the costs of advertising campaigns we deployed
to counter competitive pressures from DBS, and to pay commissions to our marketing personnel.
Expenses relating to taxes and fees increased 11.2% due to higher levels of franchise fees and
property taxes. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses were
21.5% for the year ended December 31, 2003, as compared with 20.6% for the year ended December 31,
2002.
Management fee expense increased 33.8% due to greater overhead costs charged by Mediacom
Communications. As a percentage of revenues, management fee expense was 1.7% for the year ended
December 31, 2003, as compared with 1.4% for the year ended December 31, 2002.
Depreciation and amortization decreased 8.6%, primarily due to changes, effective July 1,
2003, in the estimated useful lives of our cable systems and equipment in conjunction with the
completion of our network upgrade and rebuild program. These changes reduced depreciation by $22.3
million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This decrease was offset in part by increased
depreciation for investments in our cable network
- 34 -
and ongoing investments to continue the rollout
of products and services such as video-on-demand, high-definition television and high-speed
Internet access. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net, increased 7.5%, primarily due to higher average indebtedness, offset in
part by a decrease in market interest rates on our variable rate debt.
Gain (loss) on Derivative Instruments, net
As of December 31, 2003 we had interest rate swaps with an aggregate principal amount of
$500.0 million, compared to $400.0 million as of December 31, 2002. As a result of the quarterly
mark-to-market valuations of these interest rate swaps, we recorded a gain on derivatives amounting
to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, as compared to loss on derivative
instruments, net of $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.
Other Expense
Other expense was $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, as compared to $5.1
million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Other expense primarily represents amortization of
deferred financing costs and fees on unused credit commitments.
Net Income (loss)
Due to the factors described above, net income was $10.1 million for the year ended December
31, 2003, as compared to a net loss of $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
As an integral part of our business plan, we have invested, and will continue to invest,
significant amounts in our cable systems to enhance their reliability and capacity, which allows
for the introduction of new advanced broadband services. Our capital investments, however, have
recently shifted away from upgrading the cable systems broadband network to the deployment of new
products and services, including digital video, VOD, HDTV, DVRs, HSD and phone service. In the nine
months ended September 30, 2005, we made $84.8 million of capital expenditures.
We have a significant level of debt. As of September 30, 2005, our total debt was $1.41
billion. Of this amount, $42.0 million matures within the twelve months ending September 30, 2006.
We continue to extend our debt maturities through the refinancing of debt, as discussed below.
Given our level of indebtedness, we also have significant interest expense obligations. During the
nine months ended September 30, 2005, we paid cash interest of $81.4 million. Our cash interest
payments have historically been higher in the first and third calendar quarters of the year due to
the timing of the cash interest payments on our 11% senior note.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2005, we generated $69.9 million of net cash flows
from operating activities, which together the cash provided by financing activities of $12.3
million and the $2.5 million decrease in our cash balances, funded net cash flows used in investing
activities of $84.8 million. Our cash
requirements for investing activities were predominantly capital expenditures during the nine
months ended September 30, 2005.
We have a $1.4 billion bank credit facility that expires in 2014 and consists of a revolving
credit commitment, a $300.0 million term loan and a $500.0 million term loan. In October 2005, we
amended our credit facility (i) to increase the revolving credit commitment portion from
approximately $543.0 million to approximately $650.5 million, of which approximately $430.3 million
is not subject to scheduled reductions prior to the termination date, and (ii) to extend the
termination date of the commitments not subject to reductions from March 2010 to December 2012.
- 35 -
As of September 30, 2005, we had unused credit commitments of $493.1 million under our bank
credit facility, all of which could be borrowed and used for general corporate purposes based on
the terms and conditions of our debt arrangements. As of that same date, giving effect to the
amendment, we had unused credit commitments of $600.6 million, of which $581.9 million could be
borrowed and used for general corporate purposes based on the terms and conditions of our debt
arrangements. For all periods through September 30, 2005, we were in compliance with all of the
covenants under our debt arrangements. Continued access to our credit facilities is subject to our
remaining in compliance with the covenants of these credit facilities, including covenants tied to
our operating performance. We believe that we will not have any difficulty in the foreseeable
future complying with these covenants and that we will meet our current and long-term debt service,
capital spending and other cash requirements through a combination of our net cash flows from
operating activities, borrowing availability under our bank credit facilities and our ability to
secure future external financing. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain
sufficient future financing, or, if we were able to do so, that the terms would be favorable to us.
Operating Activities
Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $69.9 million and $63.9 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. This increase was principally due to
the timing of cash receipts and expenses in our working capital accounts, offset in part by a
decline in operating income.
Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $106.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared to $96.6 million for the prior year, and reflected an increase in
operating income before depreciation and amortization, slightly offset by a decrease in working
capital.
- 36 -
Investing Activities
Net cash flows used in investing activities were $84.8 million and $62.2 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. All of the cash flows used in investing
activities have been for capital expenditures. Capital expenditures rose $23.2 million from $61.6
million for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 to $84.8 million for the same period in 2005,
resulting mainly from greater levels of customer connection activities and, to a lesser extent,
from network upgrades and the planned investment in our regional fiber network. The capital
expenditures to cover the higher customer connection activity include increased unit purchases of
customer premise equipment, including the more expensive HDTV and DVR set-tops, and the related
installation costs of our technicians and outside contractors.
Net cash flows used in investing activities were $85.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2004, as compared to $116.6 million for the prior year, and principally comprised capital
expenditures. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we made capital expenditures of $83.7 million,
including $2.2 million to fund our cable telephony initiative. This compares to $118.0 million and
$234.8 million we invested in 2003 and 2002, respectively, which reflected significantly higher
levels of capital expenditures for network upgrade and rebuild activities than in 2004.
Financing Activities
Net cash flows provided by financing activities were $12.3 million compared to net cash flows
used in financing activities of $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004,
respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2005, our financing activities included
the following:
|
|
|
In May 2005, we refinanced a $496.3 million term loan with a new term loan in
the amount of $500.0 million. Borrowings under the new term loan bear interest at a
rate that is 0.5% less than the interest rate of the term loan it replaced. The new
term loan matures in February 2014, whereas the term loan it replaced had a
maturity of September 2010. |
|
|
|
|
In January 2005, we borrowed $88.0 million in the form of a demand note from
Mediacom LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom Communications. We repaid the
demand note in April 2005. |
|
|
|
|
In August 2005, we issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of
81/2% senior notes due October 2015 (the
81/2% Senior Notes). The
81/2% Senior Notes are unsecured obligations of
Mediacom Broadband, and the indenture governing the
81/2% Senior Notes stipulates, among other things,
restrictions on incurrence of Indebtedness, distributions, mergers and asset sales
and has cross-default provisions related to other debt of Mediacom Broadband. The
proceeds from this offering were used to reduce outstanding balances under our
revolving credit facilities. We incurred approximately $6.3 million in financing
costs related to the issuance of the 81/2% Senior
Notes, which included $3.3 million of original issue discount. |
During the nine months ended September 30, 2005, we paid dividends of $15.4 million to
Mediacom Communications and dividends on preferred members interest of $13.5 million to Mediacom
LLC.
Net cash flows used in financing activities were $21.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2004, as compared to $19.1 million of net cash flows provided by financing activities the prior
year, primarily due to a decrease in net borrowings under our credit facility. In 2004, our net
borrowings were $9.3 million, compared to $51.3 million for the prior year.
- 37 -
Other
We have entered into interest rate exchange agreements with counterparties, which expire from
July 2006 through March 2007, to hedge $400.0 million of floating rate debt. Under the terms of all
of our interest rate exchange agreements, we are exposed to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by the other parties of the agreements. However, due to the high creditworthiness of
our counterparties, which are major banking firms with investment grade ratings, we do not
anticipate their nonperformance. As of September 30, 2005, about 71.0% of our outstanding
indebtedness was at fixed interest rates or subject to interest rate protection and our annualized
cost of debt capital was approximately 7.4%.
As of September 30, 2005, approximately $9.9 million of letters of credit were issued to
various parties as collateral for our performance relating primarily to insurance and franchise
requirements.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commercial commitments, and the
effects they are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow, for the five years subsequent to
September 30, 2005 and thereafter (dollars in thousands)*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Operating |
|
|
Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt |
|
|
Leases |
|
|
Leases |
|
|
Expense |
|
|
Total |
|
October 1, 2005 to
September 30, 2006 |
|
$ |
40,625 |
|
|
$ |
1,347 |
|
|
$ |
1,835 |
|
|
$ |
114,501 |
|
|
$ |
158,308 |
|
October 1, 2006 to
September 30, 2007 |
|
|
59,375 |
|
|
|
1,016 |
|
|
|
1,363 |
|
|
|
112,363 |
|
|
|
174,117 |
|
October 1, 2007 to
September 30, 2008 |
|
|
65,000 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
|
109,384 |
|
|
|
175,506 |
|
October 1, 2008 to
September 30, 2009 |
|
|
81,875 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
872 |
|
|
|
105,812 |
|
|
|
188,559 |
|
October 1, 2009 to
September 30, 2010 |
|
|
89,625 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
711 |
|
|
|
98,030 |
|
|
|
188,366 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
1,072,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,153 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,073,653 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash obligations |
|
$ |
1,409,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,461 |
|
|
$ |
6,958 |
|
|
$ |
540,089 |
|
|
$ |
1,958,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Refer to Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our long-term debt. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Interest payments on floating rate debt and interest rate swaps are estimated using
amounts outstanding as of September 30, 2005 and the average interest rates applicable under
such debt obligations. |
Critical Accounting Policies
The foregoing discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is
based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these
financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. Periodically, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to doubtful
accounts, long-lived assets, capitalized costs and accruals. We base our estimates on historical
experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Actual results may
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the
application of the critical accounting policies discussed below requires significant judgments and
estimates on the part of management. For a summary of our accounting policies, see Note 1 of our
audited consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from video, data and phone services are recognized when the services are provided to
the customers. Credit risk is managed by disconnecting services to customers who are delinquent.
Installation revenues obtained from the connection of customers to our communications network are
less than direct installation costs.
- 38 -
Therefore, installation revenues are recognized as connections are completed. Advertising
sales are recognized in the period that the advertisements are exhibited. Under the terms of our
franchise agreements, we are required to pay up to 5% of our gross revenues, derived from providing
cable services, to the local franchising authorities. We normally pass these fees through to our
customers. Franchise fees are collected on a monthly basis and are periodically remitted to local
franchise authorities. Franchise fees are reported in their respective revenue categories and
included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The allowance for doubtful accounts represents our best estimate of probable losses in the
accounts receivable balance. The allowance is based on the number of days outstanding, customer
balances, historical experience and other currently available information. During the three months
ended September 30, 2005, we revised our estimate of probable losses in the accounts receivable of
our advertising business to better reflect historical experience. The change in the estimate of
probable losses resulted in a benefit to the consolidated statement of operations of $0.9 million
for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005.
Programming Costs
We have various fixed-term carriage contracts to obtain programming for our cable systems from
content suppliers whose compensation is generally based on a fixed monthly fee per customer. These
programming contracts are subject to negotiated renewal. We recognize programming costs when we
distribute the related programming. These programming costs are usually payable each month based on
calculations performed by us and are subject to adjustments based on the results of periodic audits
by the content suppliers. Historically, such audit adjustments have been immaterial to our total
programming costs. Some content suppliers offer financial incentives to support the launch of a
channel and ongoing marketing support. When such financial incentives are received, we defer them
within non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet and recognize such amounts as a
reduction of programming costs (which are a component of service costs in our consolidated
statement of operations) over the carriage term of the programming contract.
Property, Plant and Equipment
We capitalize the costs of new construction and replacement of our cable transmission and
distribution facilities; the addition of network and other equipment, and new customer service
installations. Capitalized costs include all direct labor and materials as well as certain indirect
costs and are based on historical construction and installation costs. Capitalized costs are
recorded as additions to property, plant and equipment and depreciate over the life of the related
asset. We perform periodic evaluations of certain estimates used to determine the amount and extent
of such costs that are capitalized. Any changes to these estimates, which may be significant, are
applied prospectively in the periods in which the evaluations were completed.
Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets, we periodically evaluate the recoverability and estimated lives of our long-lived assets,
including property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable or the useful
life has changed. When the carrying amount is not recoverable, the measurement for such impairment
loss is based on the fair value of the asset, typically based upon the future cash flows discounted
at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Any loss is included as a component of either
depreciation expense or amortization expense, as appropriate, unless it is material to the period
in question whereby we would present it separately.
Intangible Assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, the amortization of
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is prohibited and requires such assets to be tested
annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. We have determined that
our cable franchise costs are indefinite-lived assets. We completed our most recent annual
impairment test as of October 1, 2004, which reflected no
- 39 -
impairment of our franchise costs and goodwill. As of September 30, 2005, there were no events
since then that would require an analysis to be completed before the next annual test date.
Derivative Instruments
We account for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133 Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, SFAS No. 138 Accounting for Certain Derivative
Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133, and SFAS No.
149 Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. Our primary
objective for holding derivative financial instruments is to manage interest rate risk. Our
derivative instruments are recorded at fair value and are included in other current assets, other
assets and other liabilities. Our accounting policies for these instruments are based on whether
they meet our criteria for designation as hedging transactions, which include the instruments
effectiveness in risk reduction and, in most cases, a one-to-one matching of the derivative
instrument to its underlying transaction. We have no derivative financial instruments designated as
hedges. Gains and losses from changes in the mark-to-market values are currently recognized in the
consolidated statement of operations. Short-term valuation changes derived from changes in market
interest rates, time to maturity and the creditworthiness of the counterparties may increase the
volatility of earnings.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, Amendment of Statement 123 on Share-Based
Payment. SFAS No. 123R requires companies to expense the value of employee stock options, stock
granted through the employee stock purchase program and similar awards. SFAS No. 123R was
originally effective for interim periods beginning after June 15, 2005. On April 14, 2005, the
Securities and Exchange Commission approved a new rule delaying the effective date until the
beginning of a companys next fiscal year that commences after June 15, 2005.
SFAS No. 123R permits companies to adopt its requirements using either a modified
prospective method, or a modified retrospective method. Under the modified prospective method,
compensation cost is recognized in the financial statements beginning with the effective date,
based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after that date, and
based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all unvested awards granted prior to the effective date
of SFAS 123R. Under the modified retrospective method, the requirements are the same as under the
modified prospective method, but also permits entities to restate financial statements of
previous periods based on proforma disclosures made in accordance with SFAS 123.
We will adopt SFAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006 and plans to utilize the modified
prospective method. We believe the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will have a material impact on our
consolidated statement of operations. We currently utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model
to measure the fair value of stock options granted to employees. While SFAS 123R permits entities
to continue to use such a model, the standard also permits the use of a lattice model. We have
not yet determined which model we will use to measure the fair value of employee stock options
granted after the adoption of SFAS 123R.
Inflation and Changing Prices
Our systems costs and expenses are subject to inflation and price fluctuations. Such changes
in costs and expenses can generally be passed through to subscribers. Programming costs have
historically increased at rates in excess of inflation and are expected to continue to do so. We
believe that under the Federal Communications Commissions existing cable rate regulations we may
increase rates for cable television services to more than cover any increases in programming.
However, competitive conditions and other factors in the marketplace may limit our ability to
increase rates.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
In the normal course of business, we use interest rate swaps to fix the interest rate on our
variable interest rate debt. As of September 30, 2005, we had $400.0 million of interest rate swaps
with various banks at a weighted average fixed rate of approximately 3.4%. The fixed rates of the
interest rate swaps are offset against the applicable three-month London Interbank Offering Rate to
determine the related interest expense. Under the terms of the
- 40 -
interest rate exchange agreements, which expire from 2006 through 2007, we are exposed to
credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other parties. However, due to the high
creditworthiness of our counterparties, which are major banking firms with investment grade
ratings, we do not anticipate their nonperformance. At September 30, 2005, based on the
mark-to-market valuation, we would have received approximately $4.9 million, including accrued
interest, if we terminated these agreements.
The table below provides the expected maturity and estimated fair value of our debt as of
September 30, 2005 (dollars in thousands). See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank Credit |
|
|
Capital Lease |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes |
|
|
Facilities |
|
|
Obligations |
|
|
Total |
|
Expected Maturity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2005 to
September 30, 2006 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
40,625 |
|
|
$ |
1,347 |
|
|
$ |
41,972 |
|
October 1, 2006 to
September 30, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,375 |
|
|
|
1,016 |
|
|
|
60,391 |
|
October 1, 2007 to
September 30, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,000 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
65,098 |
|
October 1, 2008 to
September 30, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,875 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,875 |
|
October 1, 2009 to
September 30, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
89,625 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89,625 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
|
472,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,072,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
600,000 |
|
|
$ |
809,000 |
|
|
|
2,461 |
|
|
|
1,411,461 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
627,750 |
|
|
$ |
809,000 |
|
|
|
2,461 |
|
|
|
1,439,211 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Interest Rate |
|
|
10.2 |
% |
|
|
5.5 |
% |
|
|
3.1 |
% |
|
|
7.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- 41 -
BUSINESS
Our Manager
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom Communications Corporation, who is also our
manager. Mediacom Communications is the nations eighth largest cable television company based on
customers served and the leading cable operator focused on serving the smaller cities and towns in
the United States. As of September 30, 2005, our managers cable systems, which are owned and
operated through our operating subsidiaries and those of Mediacom LLC, which is also a wholly-owned
subsidiary of our manager, passed an estimated 2.80 million homes and served approximately 1.43
million basic subscribers and 2.36 million RGUs. A basic subscriber
is a customer who subscribes to a package of cable television services. RGUs represent the sum of
basic subscribers, digital customers, HSD customers and phone customers. Our
manager is a publicly-owned company whose Class A common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol MCCC.
Our managers principal executive offices are located at 100 Crystal Run Road, Middletown, New
York 10941 and our managers telephone number at that address is (845) 695-2600. Our managers
website is located at www.mediacomcc.com. The information on our managers website is not part of
this prospectus.
Mediacom Broadband LLC
As of September 30, 2005, our cable systems passed an estimated 1.46 million homes and served
approximately 774,000 basic subscribers and 1.31 million RGUs. Through our interactive broadband
network we provide our customers with a wide array of products and services, including analog and
digital video services, advanced video services such as VOD, HDTV, DVRs, HSD, and phone service. We
currently offer video and HSD bundles and, with the introduction of cable telephony in certain
markets, we have begun to offer triple-play bundles of video, HSD and voice services.
Business Strategy
Our strategy is to be the leading single-source provider of advanced video, data and voice
products and services in our markets, which will allow us to deepen relationships with our existing
customers, attract new customers and further diversify our revenue streams. We believe that our
interactive broadband network is the superior platform today for the delivery of these products and
services within our service areas. We have a local presence, with facilities and employees in the
communities where our customers live. We believe that offering products and services in bundles,
together with reliable customer service and our local community presence, will enable us to execute
our strategy and compete effectively.
Network Technology
We operate high-capacity, fiber-optic cable systems, substantially all of which are activated
with two-way communications capability. We have also interconnected more than 90% of our estimated
homes passed with a regional fiber network. This year, we deployed synchronous optical network
(SONET) technology to our regional fiber network to create full redundancy. SONET is a
fiber-optic transmission system using a self-healing ring architecture to reroute traffic if a
break in communications occurs. This technology allows us to extend the reach and expand the
capabilities of our broadband network.
- 42 -
Product Development and New Applications
Our network technology allows us to offer an array of advanced video, data and voice products
and services. As of September 30, 2005, our digital cable service was available to substantially
all of our basic subscribers, and we served approximately 280,000 digital customers. Our VOD and
HDTV services were available to approximately 86% and 100% of our digital customers, respectively,
and DVRs were available to our entire digital customer base. As of the same date, HSD was marketed
to substantially all of the estimated homes passed by our cable systems, and we served
approximately 252,000 data customers. As of the same date, phone services were marketed to
approximately 1.0 million of the estimated homes passed by our cable systems, and we served
approximately 1,000 phone customers. We will continue to capitalize on the capabilities of our
network technology to develop new products and services that will further differentiate us from our
competitors.
Bundling of Broadband Products and Services
We believe that bundled products and services offer our customers the convenience of having a
single provider contact for ordering, scheduling, provisioning, billing and customer care. Our
customers can also realize greater value through bundle discounts as they obtain additional
products and services from us. We currently offer triple-play bundles of video, HSD and voice
services. We also believe that, as we become more effective in bundling products and services, it
will help us to attract new customers and reduce customer churn.
Customer Service
Attaining higher levels of customer satisfaction is critical to our success in the
increasingly competitive environment we face today. We continue to invest in our customer care
personnel and call center technology to improve our capabilities in customer service and have
attained internal customer service measures that generally meet or exceed those standards
established by the National Cable and Telecommunications Association on a 24 hour per day, seven
day per week basis. In 2004, we completed our investment in virtual contact center technology
across our call centers and, as a result, raised our level of customer service and improved the
productivity of our call center personnel.
Community Presence
Historically, one of our key objectives was to bridge the digital divide, or technology gap,
that had developed between the smaller cities and towns and the large urban markets in the United
States. Today, due to the significant investments we have made in our cable systems, substantially
all of the communities we serve now have access to the latest in broadband products and services.
We continue our efforts to build good relationships with the communities we serve by
participating in a wide range of local educational and community service initiatives. Our major
company-wide programs include the Mediacom Cable in the Classroom program which provides
approximately 1,350 schools with free video service and 205 schools with free high-speed Internet
access. We also provide free cable service to over 1,100 government buildings, libraries, and
not-for-profit hospitals in our franchise areas. We develop and offer exclusive local programming
in our communities in an effort to foster community awareness. For example, in the communities we
serve in Iowa, the Mediacom Connections channel currently airs 60 to 70 hours of programming per
week, including high school and college sporting events and statewide public affairs programs.
Products and Services
Video
We receive a majority of our revenues from video subscription services. Subscribers typically
pay us on a monthly basis and generally may discontinue services at any time. We design our channel
line-ups for each system according to demographics, programming preferences, channel capacity,
competition, price sensitivity and local regulation. Monthly subscription rates and related charges
vary according to the type of service selected and the type of equipment used by subscribers. Our
video services include the following:
- 43 -
Basic Service. Our basic service includes, for a monthly fee, local broadcast channels,
network and independent stations, limited satellite-delivered programming, and local public,
government, home-shopping and leased access channels.
Expanded Basic Service. Our expanded basic service includes, for an additional monthly fee,
various satellite-delivered channels such as CNN, MTV, USA Network, ESPN, Lifetime, Nickelodeon and
TNT.
Pay-Per-View Service. Our pay-per-view services allow customers to pay to view a single
showing of a feature film, live sporting event, concert and other special event, on an unedited,
commercial-free basis.
Digital Cable Service. Customers who subscribe to our digital cable offerings receive up to
230 digital channels in many of our cable systems. We currently offer several digital cable
programming packages that include digital basic channels, multichannel premium services,
pay-per-view movie and sports channels, digital music channels, and an interactive on-screen
program guide. Our digital offerings of multichannel premium services include premium channels in
HD format and unlimited access to subscription-based VOD (SVOD). We believe that these offerings
highlight both the value of our digital cable services and our technologically advanced broadband
network, and encourage basic subscribers to upgrade to digital cable service. Customers pay a
monthly fee for digital cable service, which varies according to the level of service and the
number of digital converters selected by the subscriber. A digital converter or cable card is
required to receive our digital cable service.
Video-On-Demand. Our VOD service provides on-demand access to approximately 1,200 hours of
movies, special events and general interest titles stored at our headend facilities. With this
service, our customers enjoy full functionality, including the ability to pause, rewind and fast
forward selected programming. Our VOD service is either free of charge, offered as part of an SVOD
premium package, such as Starz!, Showtime or HBO, or ordered on a pay-per-view basis. We currently
offer VOD service to approximately 86% of our digital customers.
High-Definition Television. HDTV features improved, high-resolution picture quality, improved
audio quality and a wide-screen, theater-like display. Our HDTV service includes high definition
signals for local broadcast stations that make these signals available to us, and, as part of
premium channel subscriptions, Starz! HD, Showtime HD and HBO HD. We also provide, as part of our
HD Pak tier for an additional monthly fee, certain premium HDTV programming, such as ESPNHD, HDNet,
HDNet Movies, Universal HD and Discovery HD. As of September 30, 2005, 78 local broadcast channels
in our service areas were transmitting in HDTV, and we had secured agreements to carry 43 of them.
We currently offer HDTV service in markets serving substantially all of our digital customers. Our
HDTV service requires the use of an advanced digital converter for which we charge a monthly fee.
Digital Video Recorders. We offer our customers digital converters that have digital video
recording capability. Using the interactive program guide, our customers with DVRs can record
programming on the hard drive component of the digital converter and view the recorded programming
using the play, pause, rewind and fast forward functions. The DVR can also pause live television,
and rewind or fast-forward it, as well as record one show while watching another, or record two
shows simultaneously. The DVRs we provide our customers are HDTV-capable.
High-Speed Data
We offer several packages of HSD services with differing speeds and prices. Our HSD services
are always activated, and as a result, the customer does not need to dial into an Internet service
provider and await authorization. Our HSD services include our interactive portal, which provides
multiple e-mail addresses and personal webspace for customers, as well as local content, such as
community Chamber of Commerce news, which we solicit and support.
Commercial Data
Through our network technology, we provide a range of advanced data and communications
services for the commercial market. We leverage our existing cable systems and cable modem services
to offer small and medium-sized businesses a range of high-speed data access products. For larger
enterprise customers, we capitalize on the broad reach and capabilities of our regional fiber
network, with nearly 3,000 route miles of high-capacity
- 44 -
fiber optic cable, to build customized solutions, which may include transparent LAN services,
virtual private networks, and high-volume, high-speed data access.
Telephony
In June 2005, we launched phone service in certain of our cable systems. Our service uses
technology that makes it possible to have a telephone conversation over a dedicated Internet
Protocol (IP) network instead of dedicated voice transmission lines. This allows the elimination
of circuit switching and the associated waste of bandwidth. Instead, packet switching is used,
where IP packets with voice data are sent over the network only when data needs to be sent, i.e.
when a caller is talking. Its advantages over traditional telephony include: lower costs per call,
especially for long-distance calls; lower infrastructure costs because once the IP infrastructure
is installed, little or no additional telephony infrastructure is needed; and new advanced
features.
Our telephony service competes primarily with the phone service offered by the incumbent local
phone company. Its features include: unlimited local and long-distance calling throughout the U.S.
and North America; ability to keep the existing phone number where local number portability is
supported; the ability to access enhanced Emergency 911 dialing; and the ability to use existing
phones and in-home wiring.
As of September 30, 2005, we marketed phone service to approximately 1.0 million of the
estimated homes passed by our cable systems.
Advertising
We generate revenues from the sale of advertising time on up to 44 satellite-delivered
channels such as CNN, Lifetime, Discovery, ESPN, TBS and USA. We have an advertising sales
infrastructure that includes in-house production facilities, production and administrative
employees and a locally based sales workforce. In 2004, we completed the process of extending our
advertising infrastructure to our cable systems that previously had third-party advertising
agreements. In many of our markets, we have entered into agreements with other cable operators to
jointly sell local advertising, simplifying our prospective clients purchase of local advertising
and expanding the reach of advertising they purchase. In some of these markets, we represent the
advertising sales efforts of other cable operators; in other markets, other cable operators
represent us.
- 45 -
Description of Our Cable Systems
Overview
The following table provides an overview of selected operating and cable network data for our
cable systems as of and for the years ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
2001 |
Operating Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Core Video |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated homes passed (1) |
|
|
1,458,000 |
|
|
|
1,456,000 |
|
|
|
1,472,500 |
|
|
|
1,463,000 |
|
|
|
1,430,000 |
|
Basic subscribers (2) |
|
|
774,000 |
|
|
|
783,000 |
|
|
|
819,300 |
|
|
|
840,000 |
|
|
|
824,000 |
|
Basic penetration(3) |
|
|
53.1 |
% |
|
|
53.8 |
% |
|
|
55.6 |
% |
|
|
57.4 |
% |
|
|
57.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Digital Cable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Digital customers(4) |
|
|
280,000 |
|
|
|
236,000 |
|
|
|
231,600 |
|
|
|
238,000 |
|
|
|
233,000 |
|
Digital penetration (5) |
|
|
36.2 |
% |
|
|
30.1 |
% |
|
|
28.3 |
% |
|
|
28.3 |
% |
|
|
28.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data customers(6) |
|
|
252,000 |
|
|
|
205,000 |
|
|
|
157,800 |
|
|
|
110,000 |
|
|
|
77,000 |
|
Data penetration(7) |
|
|
17.3 |
% |
|
|
14.1 |
% |
|
|
10.7 |
% |
|
|
7.5 |
% |
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Phone Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Phone
customers(8) |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue Generating Units (9) |
|
|
1,307,000 |
|
|
|
1,224,000 |
|
|
|
1,208,700 |
|
|
|
1,188,000 |
|
|
|
1,134,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer Relationships (10) |
|
|
798,000 |
|
|
|
802,000 |
|
|
|
834,100 |
|
|
|
851,000 |
|
|
|
833,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable Network Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miles of plant |
|
|
19,600 |
|
|
|
19,500 |
|
|
|
19,750 |
|
|
|
19,500 |
|
|
|
19,100 |
|
Density(10) |
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the estimated number of single residence homes, apartments and
condominium units passed by the cable distribution network in a cable systems service area. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents a dwelling with one or more television sets that receives a
package of over-the-air broadcast stations, local access channels or certain
satellite-delivered cable television services. Accounts that are billed on a bulk basis, which
typically receive discounted rates, are converted into full-price equivalent basic subscribers
by dividing total bulk billed basic revenues of a particular system by the most prevalent
combined limited and expanded cable rate charged to basic subscribers in that system. Basic
subscribers include connections to schools, libraries, local government offices and employee
households that may not be charged for limited and expanded cable services, but may be charged
for digital cable, VOD, HDTV, DVR or high-speed Internet service. Customers who exclusively
purchase high-speed Internet service are not counted as basic subscribers. Our methodology of
calculating the number of basic subscribers may not be identical to those used by other cable
companies. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents basic subscribers as a percentage of estimated homes passed. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents customers that receive digital cable services. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents digital customers as a percentage of basic subscribers. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents residential data customers and small to medium-sized
commercial cable modem accounts billed at higher rates than residential customers. Small to
medium-sized commercial accounts generally represent customers with bandwidth requirements of
up to 5 Mbps. These commercial accounts are converted to equivalent residential data customers
by dividing their associated revenues by the applicable residential rate. Our data customers
exclude large commercial accounts and include an insignificant number of dial-up |
- 46 -
|
|
|
|
|
customers. Our methodology of calculating data customers may not be identical to those used by other
cable companies. |
|
(7) |
|
Represents the number of total data customers as a percentage of
estimated homes passed. |
|
(8) |
|
Represents customers receiving phone services.
|
|
(9) |
|
Represents the sum of basic subscribers, digital customers, data
customers and phone customers. |
|
(10) |
|
Represents the total number of customers that receive at least one level
of service, encompassing video and data services, without regard to which service(s) customers
purchase. |
|
(11) |
|
Represents estimated homes passed divided by miles of plant. |
Technology Overview
We believe in investing in our broadband network, our facilities and other equipment to
improve our competitive position. During our planned network upgrade, which was completed in 2003,
we made substantial investments in our cable network. The primary features of our network are:
|
|
|
hybrid fiber-optic coaxial, or HFC, architecture; |
|
|
|
|
100% of the network miles with bandwidth capacity of 550MHz to 870MHz; |
|
|
|
|
100% of estimated homes passed with two-way communications capability; and |
|
|
|
|
the ability to provide advanced broadband services across virtually our entire footprint. |
A central feature of our cable network is the deployment of high capacity, HFC architecture.
The HFC architecture combines the use of fiber optic cable, which can carry hundreds of video, data
and voice channels over extended distances, with coaxial cable, which requires more extensive
signal amplification in order to obtain the desired levels for delivering channels. In most
systems, we deliver our signals via fiber optic cable to individual nodes serving an average of 350
homes or commercial buildings. A node is a single connection to a cable systems main,
high-capacity fiber optic cable. Coaxial cable is then connected from each node to the individual
homes or buildings. Our network design generally provides for six strands of fiber to each node,
with two strands active and four strands reserved for future services. We believe that our design
provides high capacity and superior signal quality, as well as providing reserve capacity for the
addition of future services.
The following table describes the technological state of our cable network as of September 30,
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Cable Network |
|
|
Greater than |
|
|
|
Two-Way |
550 MHz |
|
550 MHz |
|
|
|
Capable |
0.2% |
|
|
99.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
100 |
% |
A headend facility is the location where signals are received and processed for distribution
over a cable system. As of September 30, 2005, our cable systems were operated from 19 headend
facilities. Fiber optics and advanced transmission technologies make it cost effective to
consolidate our headend facilities, allowing us to realize operating efficiencies and resulting in
lower fixed capital costs on a per home basis as we introduce new products and services.
As part of our headend consolidation program, which was substantially completed in 2003, we
deployed nearly 3,000 route miles of fiber optic cable, creating a large regional fiber network
with the potential to provide advanced telecommunications services to over 90% of our estimated
homes passed. In 2005, we installed SONET technology on our regional fiber network in order to
create full redundancy. SONET is a fiber-optic transmission system using a self-healing ring
architecture to reroute traffic if a break in communications occurs. This regional network has
excess fiber optic capacity which (i) can accommodate new and expanded products and services, such
as our commercial data business, and (ii) allows us to reach more households and commercial
establishments from a single head end, making it more efficient for us to introduce new and
advanced services.
- 47 -
Programming Supply
We have various fixed-term contracts, to obtain directly and indirectly, programming for our
cable systems from programming suppliers whose compensation is typically based on a fixed monthly
fee per customer. We negotiate programming contract renewals both directly and through a
programming cooperative of which we are a member. Most of our contracts are secured directly due to
the need to tailor contracts to our specific business concerns. We attempt to secure longer-term
programming contracts which may include marketing support and incentives from programming
suppliers.
We expect our programming costs to remain our largest single expense item for the foreseeable
future. In recent years, we have experienced a substantial increase in the cost of our programming,
particularly sports programming, well in excess of the inflation rate or the change in the consumer
price index. Our programming costs will continue to rise in the future due to increased costs to
purchase programming and as we provide additional programming to our customers.
We also have various retransmission consent arrangements with commercial broadcast stations,
which generally expire in December 2005. In some cases, retransmission consents have been
contingent upon our carriage of satellite delivered cable programming offered by companies
affiliated with the stations owners or the broadcast network carried by such stations.
Customer Service
System reliability, a motivated and productive workforce and customer satisfaction are
cornerstones of our business strategy. We expect that investments in our cable network and our
regional contact centers significantly strengthen customer service, enhance the reliability of our
cable network and allow us to introduce new services to our customers. We benefit from
locally-based customer technical support staff who are available to visit customers premises if
problems arise. We maintain three regional contact centers staffed with dedicated customer service
representatives, or CSRs, and technical service representatives, or TSRs, who are available to
respond to customer calls 24 hours a day, seven days a week. We believe our regional contact
centers allow us to effectively manage resources and reduce response times to customer inquiries.
TSRs handle our HSD customers, ensuring prompt and efficient resolution of technical inquiries or
issues.
In 2004, we completed the implementation of virtual contact center technology to provide our
customers with extensive self-service capabilities, such as making a payment and verifying service
appointments, and to enable us to re-route customer calls among our three regional contact centers
and other satellite offices to minimize hold times. Our virtual contact centers also give our CSRs
and TSRs instant access to the calling customers file and our products and services in the
customers market. We believe our virtual contact centers will help us ensure the most efficient
utilization of our call center personnel and the most effective customer interactions. Reinforcing
our commitment to customer service, we have attained customer service standards that meet or exceed
those standards established by the National Cable and Telecommunications Association. Also in 2004,
we completed the rollout of interactive voice response, or IVR, technology, and today over 30% of
all inbound calls to our customer contact centers are handled through the IVR, further enhancing
the efficiencies of our customer service operations.
We continue to invest in personnel, equipment and technology to improve our customer care. In
2004, we implemented a web-based customer service platform called e-Care for bill presentment
purposes, and we are currently expanding our e-Care capabilities to include customer
self-fulfillment.
Community Relations
We are dedicated to fostering strong community relations in the communities served by our
cable systems. We support local charities and community causes in various ways, including staged
events and promotional campaigns to raise funds and supplies for persons in need and in-kind
donations that include production services and free airtime on cable networks. We participate in
the Cable in the Classroom program, which provides approximately 1,350 schools with free video
service and 205 schools with free high-speed Internet service. We also provide free cable
television service to over 1,100 government buildings, libraries and not-for-profit hospitals in
our franchise areas.
- 48 -
We also develop and offer exclusive local programming to our communities, a capability not
available to direct broadcast satellite service providers, our primary competition in the video
business. Several of our cable systems have production facilities for the creation of local
programming, which includes local school sports events, fund-raising telethons by local chapters of
national charitable organizations, local concerts and other entertainment. In Iowa, we are the
exclusive broadcaster of city council meetings, the Little League Championships in Des Moines and
the Iowa High School State Football Championships. We believe increasing our emphasis on local
programming builds customer loyalty.
Franchises
Cable systems are generally operated under non-exclusive franchises granted by local
governmental authorities. These franchises typically contain many conditions, such as: time
limitations on commencement and completion of construction; conditions of service, including number
of channels, types of programming and the provision of free service to schools and other public
institutions; and the maintenance or posting of insurance or indemnity bonds by the cable operator.
Many of the provisions of local franchises are subject to federal regulation under the
Communications Act of 1934, or Communications Act, as amended.
As of September 30, 2005, we held 390 cable television franchises. These franchises provide
for the payment of fees to the issuing authority. In most of the cable systems, such franchise fees
are passed through directly to the customers. The Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984, or 1984
Cable Act, prohibits franchising authorities from imposing franchise fees in excess of 5% of gross
revenues from specified cable services and also permits the cable operator to seek renegotiation
and modification of franchise requirements if warranted by changed circumstances.
Substantially all of the basic subscribers of our cable systems are in service areas that
require a franchise. The table below groups the franchises of our cable systems by year of
expiration and presents the approximate number and percentage of basic subscribers for each group
as of September 30, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Number of |
|
Percentage of |
|
|
Number of |
|
Total |
|
Basic |
|
Total Basic |
Year of Franchise Expiration |
|
Franchises |
|
Franchises |
|
Subscribers |
|
Subscribers |
September 30, 2005 through 2008 |
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
39.2 |
% |
|
|
371,000 |
|
|
|
47.9 |
% |
2009 and thereafter |
|
|
237 |
|
|
|
60.8 |
% |
|
|
403,000 |
|
|
|
52.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
390 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
774,000 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
We have never had a franchise revoked or failed to have a franchise renewed. In addition,
substantially all of our franchises eligible for renewal have been renewed or extended prior to
their stated expirations, and no franchise community has refused to consent to a franchise transfer
to us. The 1984 Cable Act provides, among other things, for an orderly franchise renewal process in
which franchise renewal will not be unreasonably withheld or, if renewal is denied and the
franchising authority acquires ownership of the cable system or effects a transfer of the cable
system to another person, the cable operator generally is entitled to the fair market value for
the cable system covered by such franchise. In addition, the 1984 Cable Act established
comprehensive renewal procedures, which require that an incumbent franchisees renewal application
be assessed on its own merits and not as part of a
comparative process with competing applications. We believe that we have satisfactory
relationships with our franchising communities.
Competition
Our manager is the eighth largest cable television company based on subscribers and we compete
with various communications and entertainment providers. Our competitive positioning is
significantly influenced by several factors, such as changes in technology and regulation and the
corporate size and affiliations of our competitors. We operate in a constantly changing
technological environment, and new technologies may give rise to new products and services that
compete against our own. Recent regulatory policies have created a more favorable operating
environment for new and existing technologies that provide, or may provide, both opportunities and
- 49 -
threats. Acquisitions or combinations that significantly change a companys size, or permanent and
temporary alliances also impact competitiveness as these may provide benefits, such as improved
access to resources (including financing, content and equipment), efficiencies of scale and the
ability to provide multiple services. We expect the number and types of our competitors to increase
as the expansion of our products and services brings us into new businesses and as new providers of
alternative products and services enter our markets. We are unable to predict the effects, if any,
of such future developments on our business.
We also face growing competition from municipal entities that construct facilities and provide
cable television, HSD, telephony and/or other related services. In addition to hard-wired
facilities, some municipal entities are exploring building wireless fidelity networks to deliver
these services. In Iowa, our largest market, an organization named Opportunity Iowa, is actively
encouraging Iowa municipalities to construct facilities that could be used to provide services that
compete with the services we offer.
In video services our principal competitors are direct broadcast satellite (DBS) services.
In high-speed data we compete with digital subscriber line (DSL) services in markets where it has
been made available by telephone companies. In phone services we compete with providers of various
types of telephone services, including providers of traditional circuit switched and wireless
telephony. Telephone companies now bundle voice and data and are currently marketing DBS video as
part of their product bundles. Major telephone companies have also begun to carry out their
announced plans to construct new fiber networks over the next several years, which will allow them
to offer video services over their own networks. These phone companies may become significant
direct video competitors if they deploy new fiber networks and offer video, data and voice bundles
on a large scale in our markets.
We seek to compete effectively by using our broadband network to continue to provide a rich
variety of video programming and new products and services including VOD, HDTV, DVRs, HSD and,
beginning this year, cable telephony. We believe our ability to deliver multiple services from a
single platform and to bundle these services strengthens our competitive position. We also believe
it is important for us to continue to provide high quality customer service and foster good
community relationships through our locally-based personnel and facilities.
Video
Direct Broadcast Satellite Providers
DBS service providers are the cable industrys most significant competitors, having grown
their customer base rapidly over the past several years, far exceeding the basic subscriber growth
rate of the cable industry. According to recent industry reports, DBS service providers currently
deliver video programming services to over 24 million customers in the United States. The two
largest DBS companies, DIRECTV, Inc., or DIRECTV and EchoStar Communications Corporation, or
EchoStar, provide service to substantially all of these DBS customers and are each among the four
largest providers of multichannel video programming services based on reported customers. The News
Corporation Limited, or News Corporation, which acquired a controlling interest in DIRECTV in 2003,
owns the Fox Television Network and several cable programming services, as well as DBS operations
in Europe, Asia and Latin America. Affiliation with News Corporation could provide DIRECTV with
access to financial, programming and other resources that strengthen its competitive position. In
early 2005, EchoStar entered into a definitive agreement to acquire from Cablevision Systems
Corporation the broadcast satellite and certain related assets of VOOM, a recently launched DBS
service offering primarily HDTV services on
a national basis. DBS service providers have also entered into alliances with certain
telephone companies that allow the telephone companies to bundle DBS video with their voice and
data services.
DBS differs from cable television in certain areas that impact competitiveness. DBS service
providers use high-powered satellites to offer their customers services with typically more than
300 channels of programming. DBS service can be received virtually anywhere in the continental
United States through the installation of a small rooftop or side-mounted antenna, with the only
requirement being an unobstructed view of the southern sky. DBS service providers do not pay the
franchise fees of up to 5% of revenues and property taxes that cable operators are required by many
localities to pay. These fundamental differences allow DBS providers to offer uniform nationwide
service, pricing and branding, giving them greater operating efficiencies overall and allowing them
to compete effectively. Furthermore, the initial investment by a DBS customer for equipment has
decreased substantially with offers by DBS service providers of discounted or free equipment,
installation and multiple units.
- 50 -
DBS service providers have also benefited meaningfully from a change in legislation in 1999
that allowed them to deliver local broadcast signals, eliminating a significant competitive
advantage which we and other cable system operators had over them. As of September 30, 2005, DBS
service providers delivered local broadcast stations in markets representing an estimated 92% of
our basic subscribers.
The technological limitations of DBS give us and other cable operators certain advantages. DBS
technology has limited two-way interactivity, which restricts its ability to compete in interactive
video, HSD and voice services. In contrast, our broadband network allows full two-way interactivity
and greater varieties of advanced services. In video, we are able to offer VOD, SVOD and DVR
products and services while DBS is limited to DVRs. We also believe our cable-delivered VOD and
SVOD services are superior to DBS DVR service, as our VOD/SVOD customer can access and
independently control thousands of titles stored at a headend facility, while a DBS DVR customer is
limited to the much smaller number of titles that can be stored in the disk drive of the DVR box
sitting in the home. We are also able to deliver greater quantities of HDTV programming for the
foreseeable future, as DBS service providers currently face technological and other limitations on
their ability to deliver local HDTV broadcast signals in most of our markets.
Our broadband network allows single platform delivery of video, HSD and cable telephony. DBS
service providers and certain phone companies have partnered to provide these services in bundles.
However, we believe our ability to deliver comparable bundles from one platform is an advantage, as
it allows us to provide customers a single provider contact for ordering, provisioning, billing and
customer care.
We also believe our subscribers continue to prefer our meaningful presence in their
communities and the proprietary local content we produce and broadcast in several of our systems.
DBS service providers are not locally-based and do not have the ability to offer locally-produced
programming.
Traditional Overbuilds
Cable television systems are operated under non-exclusive franchises granted by local
authorities. More than one cable system may legally be built in the same area by another cable
operator, a local utility or another service provider. Some of these competitors, such as
municipally-owned entities, may be granted franchises on more favorable terms or conditions or
enjoy other advantages such as exemptions from taxes or regulatory requirements to which we are
subject. Well-financed businesses from outside the cable industry, such as utilities which already
possess or are developing fiber optic and other transmission facilities in the areas they serve,
are also competitors. We believe that various entities are currently offering cable service to an
estimated 15.9% of the estimated homes passed in the service areas of our franchises.
We also face growing competition from municipal entities that construct facilities and provide
cable television, HSD, telephone and/or other related services. In addition to hard-wired
facilities, some municipal entities are exploring building wireless fidelity networks to deliver
these services. In Iowa, our largest market, an organization named
Opportunity Iowa began in early 2004 to actively encourage Iowa municipalities to construct facilities that could be used to provide
services that compete with the services we offer. Referenda were on the November 2005 ballot in
thirty-two municipalities to authorize the formation of a communications utilities, a prerequisite
to funding and construction of systems that may compete with ours. Referenda were successfully
passed in seventeen of those communities. In many of the communities that passed a referendum,
proponents and officials publicly stated that a
second vote would be taken prior to any actual construction or funding of a competitive
system, and only after a preliminary cost-benefit analysis is
undertaken. Despite the public statements, it is possible that
certain of these communities may proceed to with funding and
construction without holding a second referendum or completing a cost
benefit analysis.
Other Iowa communities may also hold elections to authorize the creation of a
telecommunications utility in their communities. Proponents or officials in those communities may
not take the same approach with regard to a second vote or a cost-benefit analysis.
Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Systems
Multichannel multipoint distribution systems (MMDS), or wireless cable systems, deliver
programming services over microwave channels licensed by the FCC and received by subscribers with
special antennas. These wireless cable systems are less capital intensive and subject to fewer
regulatory requirements than cable systems, and are not required to obtain local franchises or pay
franchise fees. Although relatively few wireless cable systems
- 51 -
in the United States are currently
in operation or under construction, virtually all markets have been licensed or tentatively
licensed. The use of digital compression technology, and the FCCs recent amendment to its rules to
permit reverse path or two-way transmission over wireless facilities, enable multichannel
multipoint distribution systems to deliver more channels and additional services, including
Internet related services. Digital compression technology refers to the conversion of the standard
video signal into a digital signal and the compression of that signal to facilitate multiple
channel transmissions through a single channels signal. Generally, wireless cable operators are
now concentrated on data transmission services rather than video-service. We have very limited
competition from MMDS operators.
Private Cable Television Systems
Private cable television systems, known as satellite master antenna television (SMATV)
systems, compete with conventional cable television systems for the right to service condominiums,
apartment complexes and other multiple dwelling unit facilities. SMATV systems typically use a
single satellite dish for an entire building or complex to provide improved reception of local
television stations and many of the same satellite-delivered programming services offered by
franchised cable systems. SMATV systems typically are not subject to regulation like local
franchised cable operators.
Under the Telecommunications Act of 1996, or 1996 Telecom Act, SMATV systems can interconnect
non-commonly owned buildings without having to comply with local, state and federal regulatory
requirements that are imposed upon cable systems providing similar services, as long as they do not
use public rights of way. The FCC has held that the latter provision is not violated so long as
interconnection across public rights of way is provided by a third party.
SMATV system operators often enter into exclusive agreements with apartment building owners or
homeowners associations that preclude franchised cable television operators from serving residents
of such private complexes. However, the 1984 Cable Act gives franchised cable operators the right
to use existing compatible easements within their franchise areas on nondiscriminatory terms and
conditions. Accordingly, where there are preexisting dedicated compatible easements, cable
operators may not be unfairly denied access or discriminated against with respect to access to the
premises served by those easements. Conflicting judicial decisions have been issued interpreting
the scope of the access right granted by the 1984 Cable Act with respect to easements located
entirely on private property.
Providers of Broadcast Television and Other Entertainment
The extent to which a cable system competes with over-the-air broadcasting, which provides
signals that a viewer is able to receive directly, depends upon the quality and quantity of the
broadcast signals available by direct antenna reception compared to the quality and quantity of
such signals and alternative services offered by a cable system. As local over-the-air broadcasters
continue their federally-mandated transition to digital-only signal formats, the extent to which
those local broadcasters offer digital feeds of their analog programming, additional programming on
other digital channels and/or HDTV signals may increase competition for customers with digital or
HDTV receivers where such signals are not carried on the cable system. The FCC has issued digital
television (DTV) licenses that give traditional broadcasters the ability to deliver HDTV and
advanced digital services such as data
transmission and subscription video. Over-the-air DTV subscription service is now available in
a few cities in the United States.
Cable systems also face competition from other sources of entertainment such as live sporting
events, movie theaters and home video products, including videotape recorders and videodisc
players.
Telephone companies
The 1996 Telecom Act eliminated many restrictions on the ability of local telephone companies
to offer video programming. In addition to their joint-marketing alliances with DBS service
providers, certain local telephone companies have recently announced that they are now constructing
new fiber networks to replace their existing networks, which will enhance their ability to offer
video services in addition to improved voice and high speed data services. If these and other
telephone companies decide to rebuild their networks in our markets and offer video services they
will compete with us and other video providers, which includes DBS service providers.
- 52 -
Local telephone companies may have a number of different ways to enter the video programming
business, some of which do not require obtaining a local franchise. Local telephone companies and
other potential competitors have the ability to certify their competing video service as an open
video system. Open video system operators are not subject to certain requirements imposed by the
1984 Cable Act upon more traditional cable operators. Legislation recently passed in one state (in
which we do not currently operate cable systems) and similar legislation is pending or has been
proposed in certain other states and in Congress that could allow local telephone companies to
deliver services that would compete with our cable service without obtaining equivalent local
franchises.
High speed data
We offer HSD, or cable modem service, in many of our cable systems. Our cable modem service
competes mainly with the high-speed Internet access services offered by local and long distance
telephone companies. These competitors have substantial resources.
DSL services offered by telephone companies provide Internet access at data transmission
speeds greater than that of standard telephone line or dial-up modems, putting DSL service in
direct competition with our cable modem service. Telephone companies that have made the necessary
plant investment have introduced DSL services in many of our markets, however, we believe their
serviceable areas currently do not match our network reach in those markets. The FCC has an ongoing
rulemaking proceeding that may materially reduce existing regulation of DSL service, essentially
freeing such service from traditional telecommunications regulation. Federal legislation or
judicial decisions may also reduce regulation of Internet services offered by incumbent telephone
companies.
As discussed above, certain major telephone companies are currently constructing new fiber
networks. These companies have indicated that this will create a new platform that will allow them
to offer significantly faster high-speed data services compared to the offerings available under
current DSL technology.
DBS service providers are currently offering two alternatives of satellite-delivered
high-speed data. The first is a one-way service that utilizes a telephone return path, in contrast
to our two-way, high-speed service, which does not require a telephone line. The other alternative
is a two-way, high-speed service, which requires additional equipment purchases by the customer and
is offered at higher prices than our own equivalent service. Due to these differences we believe
our high-speed data service is superior to the satellite-delivered service.
Some Internet service providers or ISPs offer dial-up Internet access service over standard
telephone lines in our markets. Dial-up service operates at much lower speeds than cable modem
service and is therefore not competitive with our high-speed data service. A number of these ISPs
have asked local authorities and the FCC to give them rights of access to cable systems broadband
infrastructure so that they can deliver their services directly to cable systems customers. This
kind of access is often called open access. Many local franchising authorities have examined the
issue of open access and a few have required cable operators to provide such access. Several
Federal courts have ruled that localities are not authorized to require open access. The FCC has
classified cable modem service as an information service, not as a telecommunications service.
As an information service, the FCC has held that cable systems are not required to open their
networks for use by others to provide ISP services. Although the United States Supreme Court
recently held that cable modem service was properly classified by the
FCC as an information service, freeing it from regulation as a telecommunications service,
it recognized that the FCC has jurisdiction to impose regulatory obligations on facilities based
Internet Service Providers. The FCC has an ongoing rulemaking to determine whether to impose
regulatory obligations on such providers, including us. While we cannot predict the outcome of this
proceeding, we do note that the FCC recently removed the requirement that telecommunications
carriers provide access to competitors to resell their DSL Internet access service citing the need
for competitive parity with cable modem service which has no similar access requirement. If we were
required to provide open access to ISPs as a result of FCC action, other companies could use our
cable system infrastructure to offer Internet services competitive with our own.
Certain telecommunications companies are seeking to provide high-speed broadband services,
including interactive online services, using wireless technologies that may transcend present
service boundaries and avoid certain regulatory restrictions. Moreover, some electric utilities
have announced plans to deliver broadband services over their electrical distribution networks. The
FCC has an on-going rulemaking which, to date, appears limited to basic regulations to avoid
technical interference with existing services. If electric utilities provide broadband
- 53 -
services over their existing electrical distribution networks, they could become formidable competitors
given their resources.
Cable Telephony
We began to roll out our cable telephony service in certain markets beginning in the second
quarter of 2005 and plan to expand to additional markets through the end of 2006. Our phone service
provides both local and long distance calling. As such, it directly competes with the incumbent
local phone company and long-distance service providers. Other competitors include competitive
local exchange carriers, which are non-incumbent local phone companies that provide local services
and access to long distance services over their own networks or over leased networks, wireless
telephone carriers and IP-based service providers. IP phone is becoming more widely deployed by an
increasing number of telecommunication service providers, which may result in heightened
competition for our cable telephony service. We believe the addition of cable telephony to our
video and data service bundles helps us compete with other providers of bundled services, including
telephone companies that bundle DBS video with their voice and data services, and the new providers
of IP phone service.
Other Competition
Advances in communications technology, as well as changes in the marketplace and the
regulatory and legislative environment, are constantly occurring. The FCC has authorized a new
interactive television service that permits non-video transmission of information between an
individuals home and entertainment and information service providers. This service, which can be
used by DBS systems, television stations and other video programming distributors, including cable
systems, is an alternative technology for the delivery of interactive video services. It does not
appear at the present time that this service will have a material impact on the operations of cable
systems.
The FCC has allocated spectrum in the 28GHz range for a new multichannel wireless service
called Local Multipoint Distribution Service that can be used to provide video and
telecommunications services. The FCC completed the process of awarding licenses to use this
spectrum via a market-by-market auction. We do not know whether such a service would have a
material impact on the operations of cable systems.
The 1996 Telecom Act directed the FCC to establish, and the FCC has adopted, regulations and
policies for the issuance of licenses for digital television to incumbent television broadcast
licensees. Digital television can deliver high-definition television pictures and multiple
digital-quality program streams, as well as CD-quality audio programming and advanced digital
services, such as data transfer or subscription video. The FCC also has authorized television
broadcast stations to transmit text and graphic information that may be useful to both consumers
and businesses. The FCC also permits commercial and non-commercial FM stations to use their
subcarrier frequencies to provide non-broadcast services, including data transmission.
The quality of real-time or streaming of video over the Internet and into homes and businesses
continues to improve. These services are also becoming more available as the use of high speed
Internet access becomes more widespread. In the future, it is possible that video streaming will
compete with the video services offered by cable operators and other providers of video services.
For instance, certain broadcast and cable programming suppliers have announced agreements to market
their content on a per-episode basis directly to consumers through video
streaming over the Internet, bypassing cable operators or DBS providers as video distributors,
although the cable operators may remain as the providers of high speed Internet access service.
Employees
As of September 30, 2005, we employed 2,140 full-time employees and 34 part-time employees.
Approximately 30 of our employees have organized but are not covered by a collective bargaining
agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory.
- 54 -
LEGISLATION AND REGULATION
General
Federal, state and local laws regulate the development and operation of cable communications
systems. In the following paragraphs, we summarize the federal laws and regulations materially
affecting us and other cable operators and the level of competition that we face. We also provide a
brief description of certain relevant state and local laws. Currently few laws or regulations apply
to Internet services. Existing federal, state and local laws and regulations and state and local
franchise requirements are currently the subject of judicial proceedings, legislative hearings and
administrative proceedings that could change, in varying degrees, the manner in which cable systems
operate. Neither the outcome of these proceedings nor their impact upon the cable industry or our
business or operations can be predicted at this time.
Federal regulation
The principal federal statutes governing the cable industry, the Communications Act of 1934,
as amended by the Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984, the Cable Television Consumer Protection
and Competition Act of 1992 and the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (collectively, the Cable Act),
establish the federal regulatory framework for the industry. The Cable Act allocates principal
responsibility for enforcing the federal policies among the Federal Communications Commission, or
FCC and state and local governmental authorities.
The Cable Act and the regulations and policies of the FCC affect significant aspects of our
cable system operations, including:
|
|
|
subscriber rates; |
|
|
|
|
the content of the programming we offer to subscribers, as well as the way
we sell our program packages to subscribers; |
|
|
|
|
the use of our cable systems by the local franchising authorities, the
public and other unrelated companies; |
|
|
|
|
our franchise agreements with local governmental authorities; |
|
|
|
|
cable system ownership limitations and prohibitions; and |
|
|
|
|
our use of utility poles and conduit. |
The FCC and some state regulatory agencies regularly conduct administrative proceedings to
adopt or amend regulations implementing the statutory mandate of the Cable Act. At various times,
interested parties to these administrative proceedings challenge the new or amended regulations and
policies in the courts with varying levels of success. Further court actions and regulatory
proceedings may occur that might affect the rights and obligations of various parties under the
Cable Act. The results of these judicial and administrative proceedings may materially affect the
cable industry and our business and operations.
Subscriber rates
The Cable Act and the FCCs regulations and policies limit the ability of cable systems to
raise rates for basic services and customer equipment. No other rates are subject to regulation.
Federal law exempts cable systems from all rate regulation in communities that are subject to
effective competition, as defined by federal law and where affirmatively declared by the FCC.
Federal law defines effective competition as existing in a variety of circumstances that
historically were rarely satisfied but are increasingly likely to be satisfied with the recent
increase in DBS penetration and the announced plans of some local phone companies to offer
comparable video service. Although the FCC is conducting a proceeding that may streamline the
process for obtaining effective competition determinations, neither the outcome of this proceeding
nor its impact upon the cable industry or our business or operations can be predicted at this time.
- 55 -
Where there is no effective competition to the cable operators services, federal law gives
local franchising authorities the ability to regulate the rates charged by the operator for:
|
|
|
the lowest level of programming service offered by the cable operator,
typically called basic service, which includes, at a minimum, the local broadcast
channels and any public access or governmental channels that are required by the
operators franchise; |
|
|
|
|
the installation of cable service and related service calls; and |
|
|
|
|
the installation, sale and lease of equipment used by subscribers to
receive basic service, such as converter boxes and remote control units. |
Local franchising authorities who wish to regulate basic service rates and related equipment
rates must first affirmatively seek and obtain FCC certification to regulate by following a
simplified FCC certification process and agreeing to follow established FCC rules and policies when
regulating the cable operators rates. Currently, the majority of the communities we serve have not
sought such certification to regulate our rates.
Several years ago, the FCC adopted detailed rate regulations, guidelines and rate forms that a
cable operator and the local franchising authority must use in connection with the regulation of
basic service and equipment rates. The FCC adopted a benchmark methodology as the principal method
of regulating rates. However, if this methodology produces unacceptable rates, the operator may
also justify rates using either a detailed cost-of-service methodology or an add-on to the
benchmark rate based on the additional capital cost and certain operating expenses resulting from
qualifying upgrades to the cable plant. The Cable Act and FCC rules also allow franchising
authorities to regulate equipment rates on the basis of actual cost plus a reasonable profit, as
defined by the FCC.
If the local franchising authority concludes that a cable operators rates are too high under
the FCCs rate rules, the local franchising authority may require the cable operator to reduce
rates and to refund overcharges to subscribers, with interest. The cable operator may appeal
adverse local rate decisions to the FCC.
The FCCs regulations allow a cable operator to modify regulated rates on a quarterly or
annual basis to account for changes in:
|
|
|
the number of regulated channels;
|
|
|
|
|
inflation; and |
|
|
|
|
certain external costs, such as franchise and other governmental fees,
copyright and retransmission consent fees, taxes, programming fees and
franchise-imposed obligations. |
The Cable Act and/or the FCCs regulations also:
|
|
|
require cable operators to charge uniform rates throughout each franchise
area that is not subject to effective competition; |
|
|
|
|
prohibit regulation of non-predatory bulk discount rates offered by cable
operators to subscribers in multiple dwelling units; and |
|
|
|
|
permit regulated equipment rates to be computed by aggregating costs of
broad categories of equipment at the franchise, system, regional or company level. |
The FCC recently conducted an inquiry into the advisability of mandating the a-la-carte
offering of programming, as opposed to the cable industrys practice of packaging numerous channels
into tiers. Although the FCC recommended against an a-la-carte mandate, more recently, it indicated
that it was reevaluating whether it had the legal authority to, and
whether it would, require cable
operators to offer, on an a-la-carte basis, video programming that is
currently offered only as part of a tier of programming. As an
alternative to a-la-carte programming, some commissioners at
the FCC have also publicly called for cable operators to create new tiers of family-friendly
programming that would provide a tier devoid of cable
programming that is alleged to be indecent or inappropriate for children. Certain cable operators
have responded by creating family-friendly programming tiers. It is not certain whether those
efforts will ultimately be regarded as a sufficient response. Congress may also consider
legislation regarding programming packaging, bundling or a-la-carte delivery of programming. Any
such requirements could fundamentally change the way in which we package and price our
- 56 -
services.
We cannot predict the outcome of any future FCC proceedings or
litigation in this area, or the
impact of such proceedings on our business at this time.
Content requirements
Must carry and retransmission consent
The FCCs regulations contain broadcast signal carriage requirements that allow local
commercial television broadcast stations to elect once every three years whether to require a cable
system:
|
|
|
to carry the station, subject to certain exceptions; or |
|
|
|
|
to negotiate the terms by which the cable system may carry the station on
its cable systems, commonly called retransmission consent. |
The Cable Act and the FCCs regulations require a cable operator to devote up to one-third of
its activated channel capacity for the carriage of local commercial television stations. The Cable
Act and the FCCs rules also give certain local non-commercial, educational television stations
mandatory carriage rights, but not the option to negotiate retransmission consent. Additionally,
cable systems must obtain retransmission consent for carriage of:
|
|
|
all distant commercial television stations, except for certain commercial
satellite-delivered independent superstations such as WGN; |
|
|
|
|
commercial radio stations; and |
|
|
|
|
certain low-power television stations. |
Under legislation enacted in 1999, Congress barred broadcasters from entering into exclusive
retransmission consent agreements (through 2006) and required that broadcasters negotiate
retransmission consent agreements in good faith. In November 2004, Congress extended the ban on
exclusive retransmission consent agreements to cover all multi-channel video programming
distributors, including cable operators.
In the Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act of 2004 (SHVERA), Congress
directed the FCC to conduct an inquiry and submit a report to Congress regarding the impact on
competition in the multichannel video programming distribution market of the Cable Acts provisions
and the FCCs rules on retransmission consent, network-non-duplication, syndicated exclusivity, and
sports blackouts. The FCC completed this inquiry and submitted the required report to Congress in
September 2005. While generally recommending that Congress continue its efforts to harmonize the
rules applicable to cable, DBS and other multichannel video programming distributors to the extent
feasible in light of technological differences, the FCC found that it was unnecessary to recommend
any specific statutory amendments at this time. Rather, the FCC concluded that specific
suggestions for change should await the results of a pair of companion studies to be conducted by
the Copyright Office pursuant to SHVERA. The Copyright Offices reports are due December 31, 2005
and June 30, 2008 and neither the outcome of those proceedings nor their impact on subsequent
legislation, regulations, the cable industry, or our business and operations can be predicted at
this time.
Recently, the FCC imposed reciprocal good faith retransmission consent negotiation
obligations extending the rules that apply to broadcasters to cable operators. These rules identify seven types of conduct that
would constitute per se violations of the new requirements. Thus, even though we may have no
interest in carrying a particular broadcasters programming, we may be required under the new rules
to engage in negotiations within the parameters of the FCCs rules. While noting that the parties
in retransmission consent negotiations were now subject to a heightened duty of negotiation, the
FCC emphasized that failure to ultimately reach an agreement is not a violation of the rules. The
impact of these rules on our business cannot be determined at this time.
Must-carry obligations may decrease the attractiveness of the cable operators overall
programming offerings by including less popular programming on the channel line-up, while cable
operators may need to provide some form of consideration to broadcasters to obtain retransmission
consent to carry more popular programming. We carry both broadcast stations based on must-carry
obligations and others that have granted retransmission consent.
- 57 -
The FCC has issued a decision that effectively requires mandatory carriage of local television
stations that surrender their analog channel and broadcast only digital signals. These stations are
entitled to request carriage in their choice of digital or converted analog format. Stations
transmitting in both digital and analog formats (Dual Format Broadcast Stations), which is
permitted during the current several-year transition period, have no carriage rights for the
digital format during the transition unless and until they turn in their analog channel. The FCC
has recently reaffirmed that cable operators are not required to carry the digital signal of Dual
Format Broadcast Stations that currently have must-carry rights for their analog signals, however,
changes in the composition of the Commission as well as proposals currently under consideration
could result in an obligation to carry both the analog and digital version of local broadcast
stations or to carry multiple digital program streams. In addition to rejecting a dual carriage
requirement during the transition, the FCC also confirmed that a cable operator need only carry a
broadcasters primary video service (rather than all of the digital multi-cast services), both
during and after the transition. In addition, in November 2004, Congress passed a non-binding
resolution urging that legislation be considered in 2005 that would set a firm date for the
broadcasters to return their analog spectrum. The adoption, by legislation or FCC regulation, of
additional must-carry requirements would have a negative impact on us because it would reduce
available channel capacity and thereby could require us to either discontinue other channels of
programming or restrict our ability to carry new channels of programming that may be more desirable
to our customers.
Tier buy through
The Cable Act and the FCCs regulations require our cable systems, other than those systems
which are subject to effective competition, to permit subscribers to purchase video programming we
offer on a per channel or a per program basis without the necessity of subscribing to any tier of
service other than the basic service tier.
The FCC has opened a matter with respect to another cable operator to determine whether
certain charges routinely assessed by many cable operators, including us, to obtain access to
digital services, violate this anti-buy-through provision. An adverse decision that could require
us to restructure or eliminate such charges would have an adverse effect on our business.
Program access
To increase competition between cable operators and other video program distributors, the
Cable Act and the FCCs regulations:
|
|
|
preclude any satellite video programmer affiliated with a cable company, or
with a common carrier providing video programming directly to its subscribers, from
favoring an affiliated company over competitors; |
|
|
|
|
require such programmers to sell their programming to other unaffiliated
video program distributors; and |
|
|
|
|
limit the ability of such programmers to offer exclusive programming
arrangements to their related parties. |
Other programming
Federal law actively regulates other aspects of our programming, involving such areas as:
|
|
|
our use of syndicated and network programs and local sports broadcast programming; |
|
|
|
|
advertising in childrens programming; |
|
|
|
|
political advertising; |
|
|
|
|
origination cablecasting; |
|
|
|
|
adult programming; |
|
|
|
|
sponsorship identification; and |
|
|
|
|
closed captioning of video programming. |
- 58 -
Use of our cable systems by the government and unrelated third parties
The Cable Act allows local franchising authorities and unrelated third parties to obtain
access to a portion of our cable systems channel capacity for their own use. For example, the
Cable Act:
|
|
|
permits franchising authorities to require cable operators to set aside
channels for public, educational and governmental access programming; and |
|
|
|
|
requires a cable system with 36 or more activated channels to designate a
significant portion of its channel capacity for commercial leased access by third
parties to provide programming that may compete with services offered by the cable
operator. |
The FCC regulates various aspects of third party commercial use of channel capacity on our
cable systems, including:
|
|
|
the maximum reasonable rate a cable operator may charge for third party
commercial use of the designated channel capacity; |
|
|
|
|
the terms and conditions for commercial use of such channels; and |
|
|
|
|
the procedures for the expedited resolution of disputes concerning rates or
commercial use of the designated channel capacity. |
Franchise matters
We have non-exclusive franchises in virtually every community in which we operate that
authorize us to construct, operate and maintain our cable systems. Although franchising matters are
normally regulated at the local level through a franchise agreement and/or a local ordinance, the
Cable Act provides oversight and guidelines to govern our relationship with local franchising
authorities.
For example, the Cable Act and/or FCC regulations and determinations:
Provide guidelines for the exercise of local regulatory authority that:
|
|
|
affirm the right of franchising authorities, which may be state or local,
depending on the practice in individual states, to award one or more franchises within
their jurisdictions; |
|
|
|
|
generally prohibit us from operating in communities without a franchise; |
|
|
|
|
permit local authorities, when granting or renewing our franchises, to
establish requirements for cable-related facilities and equipment, but prohibit
franchising authorities from establishing requirements for specific video programming
or information services other than in broad categories; and |
|
|
|
|
permit us to obtain modification of our franchise requirements from the
franchise authority or by judicial action if warranted by commercial impracticability. |
Generally prohibit franchising authorities from:
|
|
|
imposing requirements during the initial cable franchising process or
during franchise renewal that require, prohibit or restrict us from providing
telecommunications services; |
|
|
|
|
imposing franchise fees on revenues we derive from providing
telecommunications or information services over our cable systems; |
|
|
|
|
restricting our use of any type of subscriber equipment or transmission
technology; and |
|
|
|
|
requiring payment of franchise fees to the local franchising authority in
excess of 5.0% of our gross revenues derived from providing cable services over our
cable system. |
Encourage competition with existing cable systems by:
|
|
|
allowing municipalities to operate their own cable systems without franchises; and
|
- 59 -
|
|
|
preventing franchising authorities from granting exclusive franchises or
from unreasonably refusing to award additional franchises covering an existing cable
systems service area. |
Provide renewal procedures:
|
|
|
The Cable Act contains renewal procedures designed to protect us against
arbitrary denials of renewal of our franchises although, under certain circumstances,
the franchising authority could deny us a franchise renewal. Moreover, even if our
franchise is renewed, the franchising authority may seek to impose upon us new and more
onerous requirements, such as significant upgrades in facilities and services or
increased franchise fees as a condition of renewal to the extent permitted by law.
Similarly, if a franchising authoritys consent is required for the purchase or sale of
our cable system or franchise, the franchising authority may attempt to impose more
burdensome or onerous franchise requirements on the purchaser in connection with a
request for such consent. Historically, cable operators providing satisfactory services
to their subscribers and complying with the terms of their franchises have almost
always obtained franchise renewals. We believe that we have generally met the terms of
our franchises and have provided quality levels of service. We anticipate that our
future franchise renewal prospects generally will be favorable. |
|
|
|
|
Various courts have considered whether franchising authorities have the
legal right to limit the number of franchises awarded within a community and to impose
substantive franchise requirements. These decisions have been inconsistent and, until
the U.S. Supreme Court rules definitively on the scope of cable operators First
Amendment protections, the legality of the franchising process generally and of various
specific franchise requirements is likely to be in a state of flux. Furthermore, the
FCC recently issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking comment on whether the
current local franchising process constitutes an impediment to widespread issuance of
franchises to competitive cable providers in terms of the sheer number of franchising
authorities, the impact of state-level franchising authorities, the burdens some local
franchising authorities seek to impose as conditions of granting franchises and whether
state level-playing field statutes also create barriers to entry. We cannot
determine the outcome of any potential new rules on our business; however, any change
that would lessen the local franchising burdens and requirements imposed on our
competitors relative to those that are or have been imposed on us could harm our
business. |
The Cable Act and the FCC allow cable operators to pass franchise fees on to subscribers and
to separately itemize them on subscriber bills. In 2003 an appellate court affirmed an FCC ruling
that franchise fees paid by cable operators on non-subscriber related revenue (such as cable
advertising revenue and home shopping commissions) may be passed through to subscribers and
itemized on subscriber bills regardless of the source of the revenues on which they were assessed.
In connection with its decision in March 2002 classifying high-speed Internet services
provided over a cable system as interstate information services, the FCC stated that revenues
derived from cable operators Internet services should not be included in the revenue base from
which franchise fees are calculated. Although the United States Supreme Court recently held that
cable modem service was properly classified by the FCC as an information service, freeing it from
regulation as a telecommunications service, it recognized that the FCC has jurisdiction to impose
regulatory obligations on facilities based Internet Service Providers. The FCC has an ongoing
rulemaking to determine whether to impose regulatory obligations on such providers, including us.
Because of the FCCs decision, we are no longer collecting and remitting franchise fees on our
high-speed Internet service revenues. We are unable to predict the ultimate resolution of these
matters but do not expect that any additional franchise fees we may be required to pay will be
material to our business and operations.
Ownership limitations
The FCC previously adopted nationwide limits on the number of subscribers under the control of
a cable operator and on the number of channels which can be occupied on a cable system by video
programming in which the cable operator has an interest. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the District
of Columbia Circuit overturned the FCCs rules implementing these statutory provisions and remanded
the case to the FCC for further proceedings.
The 1996 amendments to the Cable Act eliminated the statutory prohibition on the common
ownership, operation or control of a cable system and a television broadcast station in the same
service area. The identical FCC
- 60 -
regulation has been invalidated by a federal appellate court. The FCC has eliminated its
regulatory restriction on cross-ownership of cable systems and national broadcasting networks.
The 1996 amendments to the Cable Act made far-reaching changes in the relationship between
local telephone companies and cable service providers. These amendments:
|
|
|
eliminated federal legal barriers to competition in the local telephone and
cable communications businesses, including allowing local telephone companies to offer
video services in their local telephone service areas; |
|
|
|
|
preempted legal barriers to telecommunications competition that previously
existed in state and local laws and regulations; |
|
|
|
|
set basic standards for relationships between telecommunications providers;
and |
|
|
|
|
generally limited acquisitions and prohibited joint ventures between local
telephone companies and cable operators in the same market. |
Pursuant to these changes in federal law, local telephone companies may now provide service as
traditional cable operators with local franchises or they may opt to provide their programming over
open video systems, subject to certain conditions, including, but not limited to, setting aside a
portion of their channel capacity for use by unaffiliated program distributors on a
non-discriminatory basis. Open video systems are exempt from certain regulatory obligations that
currently apply to cable operators. The decision as to whether an operator of an open video system
must obtain a local franchise is left to each community.
The 1996 amendments to the Cable Act allow registered utility holding companies and
subsidiaries to provide telecommunications services, including cable television, notwithstanding
the Public Utilities Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended. In 2004, the FCC adopted rules: 1)
that affirmed the ability of electric service providers to provide broadband Internet access
services over their distribution systems; and 2) that seek to avoid interference with existing
services. Electric utilities could be formidable competitors to cable system operators.
Legislation was recently passed in one state (in which we do not currently operate cable
systems) and similar legislation is pending or has been proposed in certain other states and in
Congress to allow local telephone companies to deliver services would compete with our cable
service without obtaining equivalent local franchises. Such a legislatively granted advantage to
our competitors could adversely affect our business. The effect of such initiatives, if any, on our
obligation to obtain local franchises in the future or on any of our existing franchises, many of
which have years remaining in their terms, cannot be predicted.
The Cable Act generally prohibits us from owning or operating a satellite master antenna
television system or multichannel multipoint distribution system in any area where we provide
franchised cable service and do not have effective competition, as defined by federal law. We may,
however, acquire and operate a satellite master antenna television system in our existing franchise
service areas if the programming and other services provided to the satellite master antenna
television system subscribers are offered according to the terms and conditions of our local
franchise agreement.
Cable equipment
The Cable Act and FCC regulations seek to promote competition in the delivery of cable
equipment by giving consumers the right to purchase set-top converters from third parties as long
as the equipment does not harm the network, does not interfere with services purchased by other
customers and is not used to receive unauthorized services. Over a multi-year phase-in period, the
rules also require multichannel video programming distributors, other than direct broadcast
satellite operators, to separate security from non-security functions in set-top converters to
allow third party vendors to provide set-tops with basic converter functions. Beginning July 1,
2007 cable operators will be prohibited from leasing digital set-top terminals that integrate
security and basic navigation functions.
To promote compatibility of cable television systems and consumer electronics equipment the
FCC recently adopted rules implementing plug and play specifications for one-way digital
televisions. The rules require
- 61 -
cable operators to provide CableCard security modules and support for digital televisions
equipped with built-in set-top functionality.
Pole attachment regulation
The Cable Act requires certain public utilities, defined to include all local telephone
companies and electric utilities except those owned by municipalities and co-operatives, to provide
cable operators and telecommunications carriers with nondiscriminatory access to poles, ducts,
conduit and rights-of-way at just and reasonable rates. This right to access is beneficial to us.
Federal law also requires the FCC to regulate the rates, terms and conditions imposed by such
public utilities for cable systems use of utility pole and conduit space unless state authorities
have demonstrated to the FCC that they adequately regulate pole attachment rates, as is the case in
certain states in which we operate. In the absence of state regulation, the FCC will regulate pole
attachment rates, terms and conditions only in response to a formal complaint. The FCC adopted a
new rate formula that became effective in 2001 which governs the maximum rate certain utilities may
charge for attachments to their poles and conduit by companies providing telecommunications
services, including cable operators.
Increases in attachment rates due to the FCCs new rate formula are phased in over a five-year
period in equal annual increments, beginning in February 2001. This new formula will result in
higher attachment rates than at present, but they will apply only to cable television systems which
elect to offer telecommunications services. The FCC ruled that the provision of Internet services
will not, in and of itself, trigger use of the new formula. The Supreme Court affirmed this
decision and also held that the FCCs authority to regulate rates for attachments to utility poles
extended to attachments by cable operators and telecommunications carriers that are used to provide
Internet service or for wireless telecommunications service. The recent Supreme Court decision
upholding the FCCs classification of cable modem service as an information service, should
strengthen our ability to resist such rate increases based solely on the delivery of cable modem
services over our cable systems. As we continue our deployment of cable telephony and certain other
advanced services, utilities may continue to invoke the higher rates.
At present there is a formal hearing before the FCC in which Alabama Power is attempting to
demonstrate that pole attachment rates above its marginal costs meet the just compensation test
approved by the United States Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit. As a result of the
Supreme Court case upholding the FCCs classification of cable modem service as an information
service, the 11th Circuit has considered whether there are circumstances in which a
utility can ask for and receive rates from cable operators over and above the rates set by FCC
regulation. If successful, Alabama Power and perhaps all utilities in areas served by us may have
a similar claim thereby increasing their ability to raise rates. It is not known at this time
what, if any financial impact could occur.
Other regulatory requirements of the Cable Act and the FCC
The FCC has adopted cable inside wiring rules to provide a more specific procedure for the
disposition of residential home wiring and internal building wiring that belongs to an incumbent
cable operator that is forced by the building owner to terminate its cable services in a building
with multiple dwelling units.
The Cable Act and/or FCC rules include provisions, among others, regulating other parts of our
cable operations, involving such areas as:
|
|
|
equal employment opportunity; |
|
|
|
|
consumer protection and customer service; |
|
|
|
|
technical standards and testing of cable facilities; |
|
|
|
|
consumer electronics equipment compatibility; |
|
|
|
|
registration of cable systems; |
|
|
|
|
maintenance of various records and public inspection files; |
|
|
|
|
microwave frequency usage; and |
|
|
|
|
antenna structure notification, marking and lighting. |
- 62 -
The FCC may enforce its regulations through the imposition of fines, the issuance of cease and
desist orders or the imposition of other administrative sanctions, such as the revocation of FCC
licenses needed to operate transmission facilities often used in connection with cable operations.
The FCC routinely conducts rulemaking proceedings that may change its existing rules or lead to new
regulations. We are unable to predict the impact that any further FCC rule changes may have on our
business and operations.
Copyright
Our cable systems typically include in their channel line-ups local and distant television and
radio broadcast signals, which are protected by the copyright laws. We generally do not obtain a
license to use this programming directly from the owners of the programming, but instead comply
with an alternative federal compulsory copyright licensing process. In exchange for filing certain
reports and contributing a percentage of our revenues to a federal copyright royalty pool, we
obtain blanket permission to retransmit the copyrighted material carried on these broadcast
signals. The nature and amount of future copyright payments for broadcast signal carriage cannot be
predicted at this time.
In a report to Congress, the U.S. Copyright Office recommended that Congress make major
revisions to both the cable television and satellite compulsory licenses. In 1999, Congress
modified the satellite compulsory license in a manner that permits DBS service providers to become
more competitive with cable operators. Congress recently adopted legislation extending this
authority through 2009. The possible simplification, modification or elimination of the cable
communications compulsory copyright license is the subject of continuing legislative review. The
elimination or substantial modification of the cable compulsory license could adversely affect our
ability to obtain suitable programming and could substantially increase the cost of programming
that remains available for distribution to our subscribers. We are unable to predict the outcome of
this legislative activity related to either the cable compulsory license or the right of direct
broadcast satellite providers to deliver local broadcast signals.
Two recently filed petitions for rulemaking with the United States Copyright Office propose
revisions to certain compulsory copyright license reporting requirements and seek clarification of
certain issues relating to the application of the compulsory license to the carriage of digital
broadcast stations. The petitions seek, among other things: (i) clarification of the inclusion in
gross revenues of digital converter fees, additional set fees for digital service and revenue from
required buy throughs to obtain digital service; (ii) reporting of dual carriage and multicast
signals; and (iii) revisions to the Copyright Offices rules and Statement of Account forms,
including increased detail regarding services, rates and subscribers, additional information
regarding non-broadcast tiers of service, cable headend location information, community definition
clarification and identification of the county in which the cable community is located and the
effect of interest payments on potential liability for late filing. The Copyright Office may open
one or more rulemakings in response to these petitions. We cannot predict the outcome of any such
rulemakings; however, it is possible that certain changes in the rules or copyright compulsory
license fee computations could have an adverse affect on our business by increasing our copyright
compulsory license fee costs or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage of certain
broadcast signals that we currently carry on a discretionary basis.
Copyrighted material in programming supplied to cable television systems by pay cable networks
and basic cable networks is licensed by the networks through private agreements with the copyright
owners. These entities generally offer through to-the-viewer licenses to the cable networks that
cover the retransmission of the cable networks programming by cable television systems to their
customers.
Our cable systems also utilize music in other programming and advertising that we provide to
subscribers. The rights to use this music are controlled by various music performing rights
organizations from which performance licenses must be obtained. Cable industry representatives
negotiated standard license agreements with the largest music performing rights organizations
covering locally originated programming, including advertising inserted by the cable operator in
programming produced by other parties. These standard agreements require the payment of music
license fees for earlier time periods, but such license fees have not had a significant impact on
our business and operations.
- 63 -
Interactive television
The FCC has issued a Notice of Inquiry covering a wide range of issues relating to interactive
television (ITV). Examples of ITV services are interactive electronic program guides and access
to a graphic interface that provides supplementary information related to the video display. In the
near term, cable systems are likely to be the platform of choice for the distribution of ITV
services. The FCC posed a series of questions including the definition of ITV, the potential for
discrimination by cable systems in favor of affiliated ITV providers, enforcement mechanisms, and
the proper regulatory classification of ITV service.
Privacy
The Cable Act imposes a number of restrictions on the manner in which cable television
operators can collect, disclose and retain data about individual system customers and requires
cable operators to take such actions as necessary to prevent unauthorized access to such
information. The statute also requires that the system operator periodically provide all customers
with written information about its policies including the types of information collected; the use
of such information; the nature, frequency and purpose of any disclosures; the period of retention;
the times and places where a customer may have access to such information; the limitations placed
on the cable operator by the Cable Act; and a customers enforcement rights. In the event that a
cable television operator is found to have violated the customer privacy provisions of the Cable
Act, it could be required to pay damages, attorneys fees and other costs. Certain of these Cable
Act requirements have been modified by certain more recent federal laws. Other federal laws
currently impact the circumstances and the manner in which we disclose certain customer information
and future federal legislation may further impact our obligations. In addition, some states in
which we operate have also enacted customer privacy statutes that are in some cases more
restrictive than those in federal law.
Cable modem service
There are currently few laws or regulations that specifically regulate communications or
commerce over the Internet. Section 230 of the Communications Act declares it to be the policy of
the United States to promote the continued development of the Internet and other interactive
computer services and interactive media, and to preserve the vibrant and competitive free market
that presently exists for the Internet and other interactive computer services, unfettered by
federal or state regulation. One area in which Congress did attempt to regulate content over the
Internet involved the dissemination of obscene or indecent materials.
The Digital Millennium Copyright Act is intended to reduce the liability of online service
providers for listing or linking to third-party Websites that include materials that infringe
copyrights or other rights or if customers use the service to publish or disseminate infringing
materials. The Childrens Online Protection Act and the Childrens Online Privacy Protection Act
are intended to restrict the distribution of certain materials deemed harmful to children and
impose additional restrictions on the ability of online services to collect user information from
minors. In addition, the Protection of Children From Sexual Predators Act of 1998 requires online
service providers to report evidence of violations of federal child pornography laws under certain
circumstances.
A number of ISPs have asked local authorities and the FCC to give them rights of access to
cable systems broadband infrastructure so that they can deliver their services directly to cable
systems customers, which is often called open access. Many local franchising authorities have
examined the issue of open access and a few have required cable operators to provide such access,
although several federal courts have ruled that localities are not authorized to require open
access. The FCC, in connection with its review of the AOL-Time Warner merger, imposed, together
with the Federal Trade Commission, limited multiple access and other requirements related to the
merged companys Internet and Instant Messaging platforms.
In March of 2002, the FCC announced that it was classifying Internet access service provided
through cable modems as an interstate information service, a classification that is currently under
review by the United States Supreme Court. At the same time, the FCC initiated a rulemaking
proceeding designed to address a number of issues resulting from this regulatory classification,
including the following:
|
|
|
the FCC confirmed that there is no current legal requirement for cable
operators to grant open access now that cable modem service is classified as an
information service. The FCC is considering, however, whether it has the authority to
impose open access requirements and, if so, whether it should do so, or whether to
permit local authorities to impose such a requirement. |
- 64 -
|
|
|
the FCC found that cable modem service is an information service, not a
cable service, which has resulted in several court rulings that local franchise
authorities may not collect franchise fees on cable modem service revenues under
existing laws and regulations. |
|
|
|
|
the FCC concluded that federal law does not permit local franchise
authorities to impose additional franchise requirements on cable modem service. It is
considering, however, whether local franchise authorities nonetheless have the
authority to impose restrictions, requirements or fees because cable modem service is
delivered over cable using public rights of way. |
|
|
|
|
the FCC is considering whether cable operators providing cable modem
service should be required to contribute to a universal service fund designed to
support making service available to all consumers, including those in low income, rural
and high-cost areas at rates that are reasonably comparable to those charged in urban
areas. |
|
|
|
|
the FCC is considering whether it should take steps to ensure that the
regulatory burdens on cable systems providing cable modem service are comparable to
those of other providers of Internet access service, such as telephone companies. One
method of achieving comparability would be to make cable operators subject to some of
the regulations that do not now apply to them, but are applicable to telephone
companies. |
Challenges to the FCCs classification of cable Internet access service as an information
service and not a cable service or a telecommunications service have been filed in federal court.
Although the United States Supreme Court recently held that cable modem service was properly
classified by the FCC as an information service, freeing it from regulation as a
telecommunications service, it recognized that the FCC has jurisdiction to impose regulatory
obligations on facilities based Internet Service Providers. The FCC has an ongoing rulemaking to
determine whether to impose regulatory obligations on such providers, including us. The adoption of
new rules by the FCC could impose additional costs and regulatory burdens on us, reduce our
anticipated revenues or increase our anticipated costs for this service, complicate the franchise
renewal process, result in greater competition or otherwise adversely affect our business. While we
cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding, we do note that the FCC recently removed the
requirement that telecommunications carriers provide access to competitors to resell their DSL
Internet access service citing the need for competitive parity with cable modem service which has
no similar access requirement. Any such requirements could adversely affect our results of
operations.
Voice-over-Internet protocol telephony
The 1996 amendments to the Cable Act created a more favorable regulatory environment for cable
operators to enter the phone business. Currently, numerous cable operators are exploring, planning
or have commenced offering Voice-over-Internet-Protocol (VoIP) telephony as a competitive
alternative to traditional circuit-switched telephone service. Various states, including states
where we operate, have adopted or are considering differing regulatory treatment, ranging from
minimal or no regulation to full-blown common carrier status. As part of the proceeding to
determine any appropriate regulatory obligations for VoIP telephony, the FCC recently decided that
alternative voice technologies, like certain types of VoIP telephony, should be regulated only at
the federal level, rather than by individual states. Many implementation details remain unresolved,
and there are substantial regulatory changes being considered that could either benefit or harm
VoIP telephony as a business operation. While the final outcome of the FCC proceedings cannot be
predicted, it is generally believed that the FCC favors a light touch regulatory approach for
VoIP telephony, which might include preemption of certain state or local regulation.
State and local regulation
Our cable systems use local streets and rights-of-way. Consequently, we must comply with state
and local regulation, which is typically imposed through the franchising process. Our cable systems
generally are operated in accordance with non-exclusive franchises, permits or licenses granted by
a municipality or other state or local government entity. Our franchises generally are granted for
fixed terms and in many cases are terminable if we fail to comply with material provisions. The
terms and conditions of our franchises vary materially from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Each
franchise generally contains provisions governing:
|
|
|
franchise fees; |
|
|
|
|
franchise term; |
- 65 -
|
|
|
system construction and maintenance obligations; |
|
|
|
|
system channel capacity; |
|
|
|
|
design and technical performance; |
|
|
|
|
customer service standards; |
|
|
|
|
sale or transfer of the franchise; |
|
|
|
|
territory of the franchise; |
|
|
|
|
indemnification of the franchising authority; |
|
|
|
|
use and occupancy of public streets; and |
|
|
|
|
types of cable services provided. |
In the process of renewing franchises, a franchising authority may seek to impose new and more
onerous requirements, such as upgraded facilities, increased channel capacity or enhanced services,
although protections available under the Cable Act require the municipality to take into account
the cost of meeting such requirements. The Cable Act also contains renewal procedures and criteria
designed to protect incumbent franchisees against arbitrary denials of renewal.
A number of states subject cable systems to the jurisdiction of centralized state governmental
agencies, some of which impose regulation of a character similar to that of a public utility.
Attempts in other states to regulate cable systems are continuing and can be expected to increase.
To date, other than Delaware, no state in which we operate has enacted such state level regulation.
State and local franchising jurisdiction is not unlimited; it must be exercised consistent with
federal law. The Cable Act immunizes franchising authorities from most monetary damage awards
arising from regulation of cable systems or decisions made on franchise grants, renewals, transfers
and amendments.
Legislation was recently passed in one state (in which we do not currently operate cable
systems) and similar legislation is pending or has been proposed in certain other states and in
Congress to allow local telephone companies to deliver services that would compete with our cable
service without obtaining equivalent local franchises. Such a legislatively granted advantage to
our competitors could adversely affect our business. The effect of such initiatives, if any, on our
obligation to obtain local franchises in the future or on any of our existing franchises, many of
which have years remaining in their terms, cannot be predicted.
- 66 -
MANAGEMENT
Mediacom Communications is our sole voting member and manager. Mediacom Communications serves
as manager of our operating subsidiaries. Our executive officers and the directors and executive
officers of Mediacom Communications and Mediacom Broadband Corporation are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Rocco B. Commisso
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Mediacom Communications; Manager,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Mediacom Broadband LLC; and President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director of
Mediacom Broadband Corporation |
Mark E. Stephan
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Director of Mediacom
Communications; Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of
Mediacom Broadband LLC; and Treasurer and
Secretary of Mediacom Broadband
Corporation |
John G. Pascarelli
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Operations of
Mediacom Communications |
Italia Commisso Weinand
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Programming and
Human Resources of Mediacom
Communications |
Joseph E. Young
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary of Mediacom Communications |
Charles J. Bartolotta
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Customer
Operations of Mediacom Communications |
Calvin G. Craib
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Business
Development of Mediacom Communications |
Brian Walsh
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
Senior Vice President and Corporate
Controller of Mediacom Communications |
Craig S. Mitchell
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Director of Mediacom Communications |
William S. Morris III
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
Director of Mediacom Communications |
Thomas V. Reifenheiser
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
Director of Mediacom Communications |
Natale S. Ricciardi
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
Director of Mediacom Communications |
Robert L. Winikoff
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
Director of Mediacom Communications |
Rocco B. Commisso has 27 years of experience with the cable television industry and has served
as our Manager, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since our inception in April 2001 and our
managers Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since founding its predecessor company in July 1995.
Mr. Commisso has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Mediacom Broadband
Corporation since its inception in May 2001. From 1986 to 1995, he served as Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and a director of Cablevision Industries Corporation. Prior to
that time, Mr. Commisso served as Senior Vice President of Royal Bank of Canadas affiliate in the
United States from 1981, where he founded and directed a specialized lending group to media and
communications companies. Mr. Commisso began his association with the cable industry in 1978 at The
Chase Manhattan Bank, where he managed the banks lending activities to communications firms
including the cable industry. He serves on the board of directors and executive committees of the
National Cable Television Association and Cable Television Laboratories, Inc., and on the board of
directors of C-SPAN. Mr. Commisso holds a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering and a
Master of Business Administration from Columbia University.
Mark E. Stephan has 18 years of experience with the cable television industry and has served
as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since November 2003. Prior
to that, he was Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since the commencement
of our operations in March 1996. Before joining us, Mr. Stephan served as Vice President, Finance
for Cablevision Industries from July 1993. Prior to that time, Mr. Stephan served as Manager of the
telecommunications and media lending group of Royal Bank of Canada.
John G. Pascarelli has 24 years of experience in the cable television industry and has served
as our managers Executive Vice President, Operations since November 2003. Prior to that he was our
managers Senior Vice President, Marketing Consumer Services from June 2000 and our managers Vice
President of Marketing from 1998. Before joining our manager in March 1998, Mr. Pascarelli served
as Vice President, Marketing for Helicon
- 67 -
from January 1996 to February 1998 and as Corporate Director of Marketing for Cablevision
Industries from 1988 to 1995. Prior to that time, Mr. Pascarelli served in various marketing and
system management capacities for Continental Cablevision, Cablevision Systems and Storer
Communications. Mr. Pascarelli is a member of the board of directors of the Cable and
Telecommunications Association for Marketing.
Italia Commisso Weinand has 28 years of experience in the cable television industry. Before
joining our manager in April 1996, Ms. Weinand served as Regional Manager for Comcast Corporation
from July 1985. Prior to that time, Ms. Weinand held various management positions with
Tele-Communications, Inc, Times Mirror Cable and Time Warner Inc. Ms. Weinand is the sister of Mr.
Commisso.
Joseph E. Young has 20 years of experience with the cable television industry. Before joining
our manager in November 2001 as Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Mr. Young served as
Executive Vice President, Legal and Business Affairs, for LinkShare Corporation, an Internet-based
provider of marketing services, from September 1999 to October 2001. Prior to that time, he
practiced corporate law with Baker & Botts, LLP from January 1995 to September 1999. Previously,
Mr. Young was a partner with the Law Offices of Jerome H. Kern and a partner with Shea & Gould.
Charles J. Bartolotta has 22 years of experience in the cable television industry. Before
joining our manager in October 2000, Mr. Bartolotta served as Division President for AT&T
Broadband, LLC from July 1998, where he was responsible for managing an operating division serving
nearly three million customers. Prior to that time, he served as Regional Vice President of
Tele-Communications, Inc. from January 1997 and as Vice President and General Manager for TKR Cable
Company from 1989. Prior to that time, Mr. Bartolotta held various management positions with
Cablevision Systems Corporation.
Calvin G. Craib has 23 years of experience in the cable television industry and has served as
our managers Senior Vice President, Business Development since August 2001. Prior to that he was
our managers Vice President, Business Development since April 1999. Before joining us in April
1999, Mr. Craib served as Vice President, Finance and Administration for Interactive Marketing
Group from June 1997 to December 1998 and as Senior Vice President, Operations, and Chief Financial
Officer for Douglas Communications from January 1990 to May 1997. Prior to that time, Mr. Craib
served in various financial management capacities at Warner Amex Cable and Tribune Cable.
Brian M. Walsh has 17 years of experience in the cable television industry and has served as
our managers Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller since February 2005. Prior to that he
was our managers Senior Vice President, Financial Operations from November 2003, our managers
Vice President, Finance and Assistant to the Chairman from November 2001, our managers Vice
President and Corporate Controller from February 1998 and our managers Director of Accounting from
April 1996. Before joining us in April 1996, Mr. Walsh held various management positions with
Cablevision Industries from 1988 to 1995.
Craig S. Mitchell has held various management positions with Morris Communications Company LLC
for more than the past five years. He currently serves as its Senior Vice President of Finance,
Treasurer and Secretary and is also a member of its board of directors.
William S. Morris III has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Morris
Communications for more than the past five years. He was the Chairman of the board of directors of
the Newspapers Association of America for 1999-2000.
Thomas V. Reifenheiser served for more than five years as a Managing Director and Group
Executive of the Global Media and Telecom Group of Chase Securities Inc. until his retirement in
September 2000. He joined Chase in 1963 and had been the Global Media and Telecom Group Executive
since 1977. He also had been a director of the Management Committee of The Chase Manhattan Bank.
Mr. Reifenheiser is also a member of the board of directors of Cablevision Systems Corporation and
Lamar Advertising Company.
Natale S. Ricciardi has held various management positions with Pfizer Inc. for more than the
past five years. Mr. Ricciardi joined Pfizer in 1972 and currently serves as its President/Team
Leader, Global Manufacturing, with responsibility for all of Pfizers manufacturing facilities.
- 68 -
Robert L. Winikoff has been a partner of the law firm of Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal, LLP
since August 2000. Prior thereto, he was a partner of the law firm of Cooperman Levitt Winikoff
Lester & Newman, P.C. for more than five years. Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal, LLP currently serves
as Mediacom Communications outside general counsel, and prior to such representation, Cooperman
Levitt Winikoff Lester & Newman, P.C. served as Mediacom Communications outside general counsel
from 1995.
Since we are not a listed company, we are not required to establish an audit committee.
Rather, the functions of an audit committee for our company are performed by Mediacom
Communications audit committee. The audit committee of Mediacom Communications consists of three
directors, all of whom are independent directors as defined by the listing standards of the Nasdaq
Stock Market. The current members of the audit committee are Thomas V. Reifenheiser (Chairman),
Craig S. Mitchell, and Natale S. Ricciardi. The board of directors of Mediacom Communications has
determined that Mr. Reifenheiser meets the Securities and Exchange Commission definition of an
audit committee financial expert.
The board of directors of Mediacom Communications has adopted a code of ethics applicable to
all of our employees, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief
accounting officer. This code of ethics was filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2003.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The executive officers and directors of Mediacom Communications are compensated exclusively by
Mediacom Communications and do not receive any separate compensation from us or Mediacom Broadband
Corporation. Mediacom Communications acts as our manager and in return receives a management fee.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Mediacom Broadband Corporation is our wholly-owned subsidiary. Mediacom Communications is our
sole voting member. The address of Mediacom Communications is 100 Crystal Run Road, Middletown, New
York 10941.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Management Agreements
Pursuant to management agreements between Mediacom Communications and our operating
subsidiaries, Mediacom Communications is entitled to receive annual management fees in amounts not
to exceed 4.0% of our gross operating revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and
2002 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005, Mediacom Communications received $10.6 million,
$9.3 million, $7.0 million and $9.0 million, respectively, of such management fees.
Other Relationships
On June 29, 2001, we received a $336.4 million equity contribution from Mediacom
Communications. We received an additional $388.6 million equity contribution from Mediacom
Communications on July 18, 2001.
On July 18, 2001, we received a $150.0 million preferred equity investment from Mediacom LLC.
The preferred equity investment has a 12% annual dividend, payable quarterly in cash. For the years
ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005, we paid in
aggregate $18.0 million, $18.0 million, $18.0 million and $13.5 million, respectively, in cash
dividends on the preferred equity.
In July and October 2002, we paid cash dividends of $4.5 million and $6.0 million,
respectively, to Mediacom Communications.
On January 25, 2005, we borrowed $88.0 million from Mediacom LLC. The loan was funded with
borrowings under Mediacom LLCs bank credit facility. The loan was in the form of a demand note,
which had a
- 69 -
6.7% annual interest rate, payable semi-annually in cash. The proceeds from the loan were used
to repay outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We repaid this loan and
accrued interest in April 2005.
Investment banking firms or their affiliates have in the past engaged in transactions with and
performed services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business, including
commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services. Furthermore, these
companies or their affiliates may perform similar services for us and our affiliates in the future.
Affiliates of certain of these companies are agents and lenders under our subsidiary credit
facility.
- 70 -
DESCRIPTION OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
Mediacom Broadband Operating Agreement
Mediacom Broadband was formed as a limited liability company on April 5, 2001, pursuant to the
provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act. The following is a summary of the
material provisions of the operating agreement of Mediacom Broadband.
The operating agreement provides that the overall management, operation, and control of the
business, activities, and affairs of Mediacom Broadband be vested exclusively in its managing
member, Mediacom Communications. The managing member serves without compensation, but is entitled
to reimbursement for all costs and expenses incurred by it in performing its duties under the
operating agreement. The managing member may delegate any of the duties, powers, and authority
vested in it under the operating agreement. Anyone to whom it delegates any duties is subject to
removal at any time at the managing members discretion and must report to and consult with the
managing member.
The operating agreement provides for the establishment of a three member executive committee.
Pursuant to the operating agreement, Rocco B. Commisso, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
the managing member, serves as Chairman of the executive committee and is entitled to designate the
other members, each of whom must be a member of senior management or a director of Mediacom
Communications or its subsidiaries. The other current members of the executive committee are Mark
E. Stephan and John Pascarelli. Approval of the executive committee (acting by majority vote) is
required for certain actions, including certain affiliate transactions. See Description of the
Notes. None of the members of the executive committee are compensated for their services as such
members, but are entitled to reimbursement for travel expenses.
As of the date of this prospectus, Mediacom Communications is our sole voting member. Upon the
consummation of the AT&T acquisitions, (i) Mediacom Communications made capital contributions to us
in an aggregate amount of $725.0 million and (ii) operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC purchased
preferred membership interests in us aggregating $150.0 million. The preferred membership interests
entitle the holders to receive, in preference to any distributions to be made to other holders of
membership interests, dividends on the investment at a rate per annum equal to 12.0%, payable in
cash in quarterly installments. The preferred membership interests are non-voting interests.
No member has the right to withdraw its capital contribution or to demand and receive property
of Mediacom Broadband or any distribution in return for its capital, prior to dissolution of
Mediacom Broadband. The holders of the preferred membership interests have the right to have us
redeem these interests at any time following the maturity of the notes offered hereby.
Under the operating agreement, members may not transfer their interests without the consent of
the managing member.
Management Agreements
Mediacom Communications manages each of our operating subsidiaries pursuant to a management
agreement with each operating subsidiary. Pursuant to the management agreements, Mediacom
Communications has full and exclusive authority to manage the day to day operations and conduct the
business of our operating subsidiaries. Our operating subsidiaries remain responsible for all
expenses and liabilities relating to the construction, development, operation, maintenance, repair,
and ownership of their systems.
As compensation for the performance of its services, subject to certain restrictions contained
in the notes and in our subsidiary credit facility, Mediacom Communications is entitled under each
management agreement to receive management fees in an amount not to exceed 4.0% of the annual gross
operating revenues of each of our operating subsidiaries. Mediacom Communications is also entitled
to the reimbursement of all expenses necessarily incurred in its capacity as manager.
- 71 -
The management agreements will terminate upon the dissolution or liquidation of the respective
operating subsidiary, and are also terminable by any operating subsidiary as follows:
|
|
|
if Mediacom Communications materially breaches the management agreement and
fails to cure the breach within 20 days of receipt of written notice of the breach (or,
if the breach is not susceptible to cure within 20 days, if Mediacom Communications
fails to cure the breach as promptly as possible, but in any event, within 60 days of
the written notice); |
|
|
|
|
if Mediacom Communications engages in any act of gross negligence,
dishonesty, willful malfeasance or gross misconduct that is materially injurious to the
respective operating subsidiary; |
|
|
|
|
if any lender consummates foreclosure proceedings following default under
any loan agreement with respect to the equity interests or assets of the respective
operating subsidiary; and |
|
|
|
|
if Mediacom Communications is unable to pay its debts as such debts become due. |
- 72 -
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
Subsidiary Credit Facility
Our operating subsidiaries have a bank credit facility (the subsidiary credit facility)
consisting of a $650.5 million revolving credit facility, a $300.0 million tranche A term loan and
a $500.0 million tranche C term loan. The following is a summary of the principal terms of our
subsidiary credit facility.
Commitments of $220.2 million under the revolving credit facility will expire on March 31,
2010 and such commitments are subject to reduction in quarterly installments. Commitments of
$430.3 million under the revolving credit facility will expire on December 31, 2012 and such
commitments are not subject to scheduled reductions. A portion of the revolving credit facility is
available for the issuance of letters of credit.
The tranche A term loan will mature on March 31, 2010 and the tranche C term loan will mature
in February 2014. The term loans are payable in quarterly installments beginning on September 30,
2004.
Our subsidiary credit facility provides us with two interest rate options, at our election, to
which a margin is added: a base rate, the higher of the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1%
and the prime commercial lending rate, and a eurodollar rate, based on the London interbank
eurodollar interest rate. Interest rate margins for our subsidiary credit facility depend upon the
performance of our operating subsidiaries measured by its leverage ratio, or the ratio of
indebtedness to the immediately preceding quarters system cash flow, multiplied by four. The
interest rate margins for our subsidiary credit facility are as follows:
|
|
|
interest on outstanding revolving loans and the tranche A term loan is
payable at either the eurodollar rate plus a floating percentage ranging from 1.00% to
2.50% depending on the leverage ratio or the base rate plus a floating percentage
ranging from 0.25% to 1.50% depending on the leverage ratio; and |
|
|
|
|
interest on the tranche C term loan is payable at either the eurodollar rate
plus 2.00% or
the base rate plus 1.00%. |
We may enter into interest rate swap agreements to hedge any underlying eurodollar rate exposure
under our subsidiary credit facility.
In general, our subsidiary credit facility requires our operating subsidiaries to use the
proceeds from specified insurance condemnation awards, debt issuances and asset dispositions to
prepay borrowings under our subsidiary credit facility and to reduce permanently commitments
thereunder. Our subsidiary credit facility also requires mandatory prepayments of amounts
outstanding and, with respect to $220.2 million of the commitments under the revolving credit
facility, permanent reductions of such commitments, based on a percentage of excess cash flow for
the prior year.
Our subsidiary credit facility is secured by a pledge of our ownership interests in our
operating subsidiaries, and will be guaranteed by us on a limited recourse basis to the extent of
such ownership interests. In addition, the holders of certain intercompany indebtedness of Mediacom
Broadband and our operating subsidiaries have pledged such intercompany indebtedness on a
non-recourse basis to secure the proposed new subsidiary credit facility.
Our subsidiary credit facility contains covenants, including:
|
|
|
maintenance of specified financial ratios; |
|
|
|
|
limitations on incurrence of additional indebtedness; |
|
|
|
|
limitations on restricted payments; |
|
|
|
|
limitations on mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions and sales of assets; |
|
|
|
|
limitations on acquisitions and investments; |
- 73 -
|
|
|
limitations on liens; |
|
|
|
|
limitations on other lines of business; |
|
|
|
|
limitations on transactions with affiliates; |
|
|
|
|
limitations on restrictive agreements; and |
|
|
|
|
limitations on modification of specified documents. |
|
|
|
|
In addition, our subsidiary credit facility contains customary events of default. |
11% Senior Notes due 2013
We have outstanding $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11% senior notes due July
15, 2013. Interest on such notes is payable semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year.
The 11% senior notes are our senior unsecured obligations. The 11% senior notes:
effectively rank behind any of our secured debt and all existing and
future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries (including the subsidiary
credit facility);
rank equally in right of payment with the notes and the exchange notes;
rank equally in right of payment to all of our unsecured debt that does
not expressly provide that it is subordinated to the 11% senior notes; and
rank ahead of all our future debt that expressly provides that it is
subordinated to the 11% senior notes.
On or after July 15, 2006, we may redeem some or all of the 11% senior notes at specified
redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
If we sell specified assets or if we experience specific kinds of changes of control, holders
of the 11% senior notes will have the opportunity to sell their notes to us at 100% or at 101%,
respectively, of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated
damages, if any, to the date of purchase.
The indenture governing the 11% senior notes contains covenants that are substantially similar
to the covenants of the exchange notes.
- 74 -
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
General
The initial notes (the Initial Notes) were issued, and the exchange notes (the Notes) will
be issued, under an Indenture (the Indenture) dated as of August 30, 2005, among Mediacom
Broadband LLC and Mediacom Broadband Corporation, as joint and several obligors (the Issuers),
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (the Trustee) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas, as registrar and paying agent. The Notes will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of
Mediacom Broadband LLC, but Mediacom Broadband LLC agreed in the Indenture to cause a Restricted
Subsidiary to guarantee payment of the Notes in certain limited circumstances specified therein.
The Notes will be issued in fully registered form only, in denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples thereof. The Notes will be represented by one or more registered Notes in global form and
in limited circumstances may be represented by Notes in certificated form.
The form and terms of the Notes are the same in all material respects as the form and terms of
the Initial Notes, except that the Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act and
therefore will not bear legends restricting their transfer. The Initial Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act and are subject to transfer restrictions.
The following statements are subject to the detailed provisions of the Indenture and are
qualified in their entirety by reference to the Indenture, including, without limitation, the terms
made a part thereof by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the Trust Indenture Act). A
copy of the Indenture will be provided upon request without charge to each person to whom a copy of
this prospectus is delivered. Capitalized terms used herein which are not otherwise defined shall
have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture.
Principal, Maturity And Interest
The Notes will be issued in an aggregate principal amount of up to $200.0 million and will
mature on October 15, 2015. Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate per annum shown on the
front cover of this prospectus from October 15, 2005, or from the most recent date on which
interest has been paid or provided for, payable semi-annually to holders of record at the close of
business on the April 1 or October 1 (whether or not such day is a business day) immediately
preceding the interest payment date on April 15 and October 15 of each year during which any
portion of the Notes shall be outstanding, commencing April 15, 2006. Interest will be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes will be payable, and the Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of
the Issuers maintained for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which
initially shall be the principal corporate trust office of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
the Paying Agent and Registrar), except that, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and
Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the registered holders of the Notes at
their registered addresses; provided that all payments with respect to global Notes and
certificated Notes the holders of which have given written wire transfer instructions to the
Trustee by no later than five business days prior to the relevant payment date will be required to
be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders
thereof.
Ranking
The Notes will be unsecured, senior obligations of the Issuers, ranking pari passu in right of
payment with all existing and future unsecured Indebtedness of the Issuers, other than any
Subordinated Obligations. The Notes will be effectively subordinated to any secured Indebtedness of
the Issuers. Since Mediacom Broadband LLC is an intermediate holding company and will conduct its
business through its Subsidiaries, the Notes will be effectively subordinated to all existing and
future Indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Subsidiaries. Mediacom
Communications is not and will not be an obligor or guarantor of the Notes.
As of September 30, 2005, giving effect
to the recent amendment of its Subsidiary Credit Facility,
Mediacom Broadband LLC had approximately $1,411.5 million of Indebtedness outstanding (including
approximately $811.5 million of Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries), and the Subsidiaries would have
had $600.6 million of unused credit
- 75 -
commitments under the Subsidiary Credit Facility, of which $581.9 million could be borrowed
and used for general corporate purposes based on the terms and conditions of the issuers debt
arrangements.
Optional Redemption
Except as set forth below, the Notes are not redeemable prior to October 15, 2010. Thereafter,
the Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, from time to time at the option of the Issuers,
on not less than 30 and not more than 60 days notice prior to the redemption date by first class
mail to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at such holders address appearing in the register of
Notes maintained by the Registrar at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning with October 15 of the year
indicated below, in each case together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if
any, thereon to the date of redemption:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption |
Year |
|
Price |
2010 |
|
|
104.250 |
% |
2011 |
|
|
102.833 |
% |
2012 |
|
|
101.417 |
% |
2013 and thereafter |
|
|
100.000 |
% |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to October 15, 2010, the Issuers may also
redeem the Notes, in whole or in part from time to time, at the option of the Issuers, upon not
less than 30 and not more than 60 days notice prior to the redemption date by first class mail to
each holder of Notes to be redeemed at such holders address appearing in the register of Notes
maintained by the Registrar, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, thereon to, the date of redemption.
In addition, at any time and from time to time, on or prior to October 15, 2008 the Issuers
may redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Notes (calculated to give effect to
any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a
redemption price in cash equal to 108.50% of the principal to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of redemption; provided that at least
65% of the original principal amount of Notes (as so calculated) remains outstanding immediately
after each such redemption. Any such redemption will be required to occur within 90 days following
the closing of any such Equity Offering.
If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the Notes to be
redeemed, if the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, in accordance with the rules
of such exchange or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis or by lot or by such other
method that the Trustee deems to be fair and equitable to holders; provided that, if a partial
redemption is made with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, selection of the Notes or portions
thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro
rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures). If any Note is to be redeemed in part
only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal
amount thereof to be redeemed and a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
principal portion thereof will be issued; provided that no Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or
less shall be redeemed in part. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Issuers have deposited with the
Paying Agent for the Notes funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to the
Indenture.
Repurchase At The Option Of Holders
Change Of Control
The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of Notes
shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such holders Notes
pursuant to an offer described below (the Change of Control Offer) at a purchase price equal to
101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if
any, thereon to the date of repurchase (the Change of Control Payment).
- 76 -
A Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) any Person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring,
holding or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act),
other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all shares that any such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the happening of an event or
otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC;
(ii) Mediacom Broadband LLC consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person (other
than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) or Mediacom Broadband LLC or any of its Subsidiaries
sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the
assets of Mediacom Broadband LLC and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis) to any
Person (other than Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary), other than
any such transaction where immediately after such transaction the Person or Persons that
beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a
Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that any such Person has the
right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time,
upon the happening of an event or otherwise) immediately prior to such transaction, directly or
indirectly, a majority of the total voting power of the then outstanding Voting Equity Interests in
Mediacom Broadband LLC, beneficially own (as so determined), directly or indirectly, more than
50% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Voting Equity Interests in the surviving or
transferee Person;
(iii) Mediacom Broadband LLC is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or
dissolution (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture);
(iv) a majority of the members of the Executive Committee of Mediacom Broadband LLC shall
consist of Persons who are not Continuing Members; or
(v) Mediacom Broadband LLC ceases to own 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests
in Mediacom Broadband Corporation, other than by reason of a merger of Mediacom Broadband
Corporation into and with a corporate successor to Mediacom Broadband LLC;
provided, however, that a Change of Control will be deemed not to have occurred in any of the
circumstances described in clauses (i) through (iv) above if after the occurrence of any such
circumstance (A) Mediacom Communications (or any successor thereto), or a Person (or successor
thereto) more than 50% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Voting Equity Interests of
which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by Mediacom Communications (or any successor
thereto), continues to be the manager of Mediacom Broadband LLC (or the surviving or transferee
Person in the case of clause (ii) above) pursuant to the Operating Agreement and Rocco B. Commisso
continues to be the chief executive officer or chairman of Mediacom Communications (or any
successor thereto), (B) Rocco B. Commisso, or a Person more than 50% of the total voting power of
the then outstanding Voting Equity Interests of which is beneficially owned, directly or
indirectly, by Rocco B. Commisso and the other Permitted Holders together with their respective
designees, becomes the manager of Mediacom Broadband LLC (or the surviving or transferee Person in
the case of clause (ii) above) or (C) Rocco B. Commisso becomes and thereafter continues to be the
chief executive officer or chairman of Mediacom Broadband LLC (or the surviving or transferee
Person in the case of clause (ii) above).
Within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuers shall send by first class
mail, postage prepaid, to the Trustee and to each holder of the Notes, at the address appearing in
the register of Notes maintained by the Registrar, a notice stating:
(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this covenant and that all
Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;
(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be a business day no earlier than 30
days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the Change of Control Payment
Date);
- 77 -
(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
(4) that, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, any
Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest
after the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes to the Paying Agent at the address specified
in the notice prior to the close of business on the business day preceding the Change of Control
Payment Date;
(6) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance if the Paying Agent receives,
not later than the close of business on the third business day preceding the Change of Control
Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the
principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such holder is
withdrawing its election to have such Notes purchased;
(7) that holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal
in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, provided that each Note
purchased and each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount in denominations
of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof;
(8) any other procedures that a holder must follow to accept a Change of Control Offer or
effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and
(9) the name and address of the Paying Agent.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful (i) accept for
payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit
with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof
so tendered and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together
with an officers certificate stating the Notes or portions thereof tendered to the Issuers. The
Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to
the purchase price for such Notes, and the Issuers shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall
promptly authenticate and mail to such holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be issued in
an original principal amount in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The Issuers
will send to the Trustee and the holders of Notes on or as soon as practicable after the Change of
Control Payment Date a notice setting forth the results of the Change of Control Offer.
The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer if a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers
and purchases all Notes or portions thereof validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer. In addition, the Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer in
the event of a highly leveraged transaction that does not constitute a Change of Control.
The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of
Notes pursuant to this covenant.
The Subsidiary Credit Facility includes a change of control provision that permits the
lenders thereunder to accelerate the repayment of Indebtedness thereunder. The Subsidiary Credit
Facility will not permit the Subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband LLC to make distributions to the
Issuers so as to permit the Issuers to effect a purchase of the Notes upon the Change of Control
without the prior satisfaction of certain financial tests and other conditions. Any future credit
facilities or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuers or Subsidiaries of
Mediacom Broadband LLC become a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. If a Change
of Control were to occur, the Issuers may not have sufficient available funds to pay the Change of
Control Payment for all Notes that might be delivered by holders of the Notes seeking to accept the
Change of Control Offer after first satisfying its obligations under the Subsidiary Credit Facility
or other agreements relating to Indebtedness,
- 78 -
if accelerated. The failure of the Issuers to make or consummate the Change of Control Offer
or to pay the Change of Control Payment when due will give the Trustee and the holders of the Notes
the rights described under Events of Default below.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale, assignment,
conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
Mediacom Broadband LLC and its Subsidiaries. Although there is a developing body of case law
interpreting the phrase substantially all, there is not a precise or established definition of
the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of the Notes to require the
Issuers to repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition of less than all of the assets of Mediacom Broadband LLC and its Subsidiaries to
another Person or group may be uncertain.
Asset Sales
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband LLC shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(i) Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such sale or other disposition at least equal to the fair market value
thereof (as determined in good faith by the Executive Committee, whose determination shall be
conclusive and evidenced by a Committee Resolution);
(ii) not less than 75% of the consideration received by Mediacom Broadband LLC or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and
(iii) the Asset Sale Proceeds received by Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary
are applied:
(a) first, to the extent Mediacom Broadband LLC elects, or is required, to prepay,
repay or purchase debt under any then existing Indebtedness of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary within 360 days following the receipt of the Asset Sale Proceeds from
any Asset Sale or, to the extent Mediacom Broadband LLC elects to make, or commits pursuant
to a written agreement to make, an investment in assets (including, without limitation,
Equity Interests or other securities purchased in connection with the acquisition of Equity
Interests or property of another Person) used or useful in a Related Business, to make such
an investment, provided that such investment occurs and such Asset Sale Proceeds are so
applied within 360 days following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds or, in the case of
funds committed to be reinvested in such assets pursuant to a written agreement dated within
360 days following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds, such investment occurs within
540 days following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds (such 360th day or 540th day, as
the case may be, the Reinvestment Date), and
(b) second, on a pro rata basis (1) to the repayment of an amount of Other Pari Passu
Debt not exceeding the Other Pari Passu Debt Pro Rata Share (provided that any such
repayment shall result in a permanent reduction of any commitment in respect thereof in an
amount equal to the principal amount so repaid) and (2) if on the Reinvestment Date with
respect to any Asset Sale the Excess Proceeds exceed $15.0 million, the Issuers shall apply
an amount equal to such Excess Proceeds to an offer to repurchase the Notes, at a purchase
price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase (an Excess Proceeds
Offer).
If an Excess Proceeds Offer is not fully subscribed, the Issuers may retain the portion of the
Excess Proceeds not required to repurchase Notes. For purposes of determining in clause (ii) above
the percentage of cash consideration received by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary, the amount of any (x) liabilities (as shown on Mediacom Broadband LLCs or such
Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet) of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary that are actually assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and from which Mediacom
Broadband LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries are fully released shall be deemed to be cash, and
(y) securities, notes or other similar obligations received by Mediacom Broadband LLC or such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately converted (or are converted within
30 days of the related Asset
- 79 -
Sale) by Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash shall be deemed to be
cash in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds realized upon such conversion.
If the Issuers are required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, within 30 days following the
Reinvestment Date, the Issuers shall send by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Trustee and
to each holder of the Notes, at the address appearing in the register of the Notes maintained by
the Registrar, a notice stating, among other things:
(1) that such holders have the right to require the Issuers to apply the Excess Proceeds to
repurchase such Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase;
(2) the purchase date, which shall be a business day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60
days from the date such notice is mailed;
(3) the instructions, determined by the Issuers, that each holder must follow in order to have
such Notes repurchased; and
(4) the calculations used in determining the amount of Excess Proceeds to be applied to the
repurchase of such Notes.
If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis or by lot
or by such other method that the Trustee deems to be fair and equitable to holders. Upon completion
of the Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.
The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of
Notes pursuant to this covenant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary will be permitted to consummate an Asset Swap if (i) at the time of entering
into the related Asset Swap Agreement or immediately after giving effect to such Asset Swap no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
thereof and (ii) such Asset Swap shall have been approved in good faith by the Executive Committee,
whose approval shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Committee Resolution, which states that such
Asset Swap is fair to Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
from a financial point of view.
If a Restricted Subsidiary were to consummate an Asset Sale, the Subsidiary Credit Facility
would not permit such Restricted Subsidiary to make a distribution to the Issuers of the related
Asset Sale Proceeds so as to permit the Issuers to effect an Excess Proceeds Offer with such Asset
Sale Proceeds without the prior satisfaction of certain financial tests and other conditions. Any
future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuers or
Subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband LLC become a party may contain similar restrictions or other
provisions which would prohibit the Issuers from purchasing any Notes from Asset Sale Proceeds. In
the event an Excess Proceeds Offer occurs at a time when the Issuers are prohibited from receiving
Asset Sale Proceeds or purchasing the Notes, the Issuers could seek the consent of their lenders to
the distribution of Asset Sales Proceeds or the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the
Indebtedness that contains such prohibition. If the Issuers do not obtain such a consent or repay
such Indebtedness, the Issuers may remain prohibited from purchasing the Notes. In such case, the
Issuers failure to purchase tendered Notes when due will give the Trustee and the holders of the
Notes the rights described under Events of Default below.
Events of Default
An Event of Default is defined in the Indenture as being:
(a) default in payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes when due;
- 80 -
(b) default for 30 days in payment of any interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes when due;
(c) default by the Issuers for 60 days after written notice by holders of not less than 25% in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding in the observance or performance of any other
covenant in the Notes or the Indenture;
(d) default in the payment at maturity (continued for the longer of any applicable grace
period or 30 days) of any Indebtedness aggregating $25.0 million or more of the Issuers or any
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband LLC which, if
merged into each other, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or the acceleration of any such
Indebtedness which default shall not be cured or waived, or such acceleration shall not be
rescinded or annulled, within 30 days after written notice by holders of not less than 25% in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;
(e) any final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $25.0 million (net
of amounts covered by insurance) shall be rendered against the Issuers or any Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband LLC which, if merged into
each other, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, and shall not be discharged for any period
of 60 consecutive days, during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment shall not be in effect;
(f) certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband LLC which, if
merged into each other, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
(g) the guarantee of any Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect (except as
contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm its
obligations under the Indenture or the guarantee of such Guarantor.
The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold notice to the holders of Notes of any
default (except in payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest
on the Notes) if the Trustee considers it to be in the best interest of the holders of the Notes to
do so.
The Indenture provides that if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting
from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization) shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding may declare the principal of all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, but if
the Issuers shall cure (or the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding, if permitted by the Indenture, shall waive) all defaults (except the nonpayment of
principal, interest and premium, if any, on any Notes which shall have become due by acceleration)
and certain other conditions are met, such declaration may be annulled by the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. In case an Event of Default resulting from
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur, such amount with respect to
all of the Notes shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the
part of the Trustee or the holders of the Notes.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Trustee subject to certain limitations specified in the Indenture. Subject to the provisions of
the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be
continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under
the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes, unless such holders
have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it.
- 81 -
Covenants
Limitation on Restricted Payments
The Indenture provides that, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, Mediacom
Broadband LLC shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Restricted
Payment if:
(i) at the time of such proposed Restricted Payment, a Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, Mediacom Broadband
LLC would not be able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Debt to Operating Cash
Flow Ratio of the first paragraph of Limitation on Indebtedness below; or
(iii) immediately after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment, the aggregate of all
Restricted Payments which shall have been made on or after the Existing Notes Issue Date (the
amount of any Restricted Payment, if other than cash, to be based upon the fair market value
thereof on the date of such Restricted Payment (without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value) as determined in good faith by the Executive Committee, whose determination shall be
conclusive and evidenced by a Committee Resolution) would exceed an amount equal to the difference
between (a) the Cumulative Credit and (b) 1.2 times Cumulative Interest Expense.
As of September 30, 2005, the total amount available for making Restricted Payments under the
foregoing clause (iii) was approximately $383.9 million.
The provisions of the first paragraph of this covenant shall not prevent any of the following,
each of which shall be given independent effect:
(1) the retirement of any of Mediacom Broadband LLCs Equity Interests in exchange for, or out
of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Mediacom
Broadband LLC or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by Mediacom Broadband
LLC or any Subsidiary of Mediacom Broadband LLC for the benefit of its employees) of Equity
Interests (other than Equity Interests issued in connection with the AT&T Acquisitions
Contributions) in Mediacom Broadband LLC;
(2) the payment of any dividend or distribution on, or redemption of Equity Interests within
60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution or the giving of formal
notice of such redemption, if at the date of such declaration or giving of such formal notice such
payment or redemption would comply with the provisions of the Indenture;
(3) Investments constituting Restricted Payments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash
consideration from any Asset Sale made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions described
under Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset Sales above;
(4) payments of compensation to officers, directors and employees of Mediacom Broad-band LLC
or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Executive Committee or the manager of Mediacom
Broadband LLC in good faith shall have approved the terms thereof;
(5) (a) the payment of dividends on any Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC following
the issuance thereof in an amount per annum of up to 6% of the net proceeds received by Mediacom
Broadband LLC from an Equity Offering of such Equity Interests and (b) the payment of cash
dividends on the amount of the Mediacom Broadband Preferred Membership Interest at a rate not to
exceed 6.0% per annum;
(6) (a) the payment of management fees, and any related reimbursement of expenses, to Mediacom
Communications or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to the Management Agreements and (b) the
reimbursement of expenses and the making of payments in respect of indemnification obligations to
Mediacom Communications or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to the Operating Agreement;
- 82 -
(7) the payment of amounts in connection with any merger, consolidation, or sale of assets
effected in accordance with the Merger or Sales of Assets covenant below, provided that no such
payment may be made pursuant to this clause (7) unless, after giving effect to such transaction
(and the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection therewith and the use of the proceeds
thereof), Mediacom Broadband LLC would be able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the
Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the first paragraph of Limitation on Indebtedness below
such that after incurring that $1.00 of additional Indebtedness, the Debt to Operating Cash Flow
Ratio would be less than or equal to 6.5 to 1.0;
(8) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any
Subordinated Obligations in exchange for, or out of net cash proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Mediacom Broadband LLC or an employee stock
ownership plan or to a trust established by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Subsidiary of Mediacom
Broadband LLC for the benefit of its employees) of Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests
issued in connection with the AT&T Acquisitions Contributions) in Mediacom Broadband LLC or
Subordinated Obligations of Mediacom Broadband LLC;
(9) the payment of any dividend or distribution on or with respect to any Equity Interests in
any Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;
(10) the making and consummation of (A) an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture with any Excess Proceeds or (B) a Change of Control Offer with respect
to the Notes in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture or (C) any offer similar to the
offer described in clause (A) or (B) set forth in any other indenture governing debt securities;
(11) during the period Mediacom Broadband LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes and after such period to the extent relating to the liability for such period,
the payment of distributions in respect of members or partners income tax liability with respect
to Mediacom Broadband LLC in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of tax distributions, if
any, permitted to be made by Mediacom Broadband LLC to its members under the Operating Agreement
(such amount not to include amounts in respect of taxes resulting from Mediacom Broadband LLCs
reorganization as or change in the status to a corporation);
(12) the payment by any Restricted Subsidiary to Mediacom Broadband LLC or another Restricted
Subsidiary of principal and interest due in respect of intercompany Indebtedness and dividends and
other distributions in respect of Preferred Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary;
(13) the distribution of any Investment originally made by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant to holders of Equity
Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;
(14) payments to Mediacom Communications to effect the redemption, repurchase, retirement or
defeasance of up to $172.5 million in the aggregate of the 5.25% convertible senior notes due July
2006 of Mediacom Communications, in any case at a price not to exceed 100% of the outstanding
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of such
redemption, repurchase, retirement or defeasance; and
(15) additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million;
provided, however, that in the case of clauses (2), (5), (7), (9), (10), (13), (14) and (15) of
this paragraph, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of
such Restricted Payment or as a result thereof. In calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted
Payments made on or after the Existing Notes Issue Date for purposes of clause (iii) of the first
paragraph of this covenant, (x) Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (1), (2) and (8) and
any Restricted Payment deemed to have been made pursuant to the Limitation on Transactions with
Affiliates covenant below shall be included in such calculation and (y) Restricted Payments made
pursuant to any of clauses (3) through (7) or (9) through (15) shall be excluded from such
calculation.
- 83 -
Limitation on Indebtedness
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband LLC shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness) or issue any Disqualified Equity Interests except for Permitted Indebtedness;
provided, however, that Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness
or issue Disqualified Equity Interests if, at the time of and immediately after giving pro forma
effect to such Incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests and the
application of the proceeds therefrom, the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio would be less than or
equal to 8.5 to 1.0.
The foregoing limitations will not apply to the Incurrence of any of the following
(collectively, Permitted Indebtedness), each of which shall be given independent effect:
(a) Indebtedness under the Notes issued on the date of the Indenture, the Exchange Notes and
the Indenture;
(b) Indebtedness of and Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC and the
Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on August 30, 2005 other than Indebtedness described in clause
(a), (c), (d) or (f) of this paragraph;
(c) (i) Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Subsidiary Credit Facility
(including, without limitation, any refinancing thereof), and (ii) Indebtedness of the Restricted
Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any refinancing thereof) if (solely for purposes of
this clause (ii)), at the time of and immediately after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence
of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Debt to Operating Cash Flow
Ratio would be less than or equal to 6.5 to 1.0; provided, however, that for purposes of the
calculation of such Ratio, the term Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall refer only to the
Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation,
Indebtedness Incurred under the Subsidiary Credit Facility and the Future Subsidiary Credit
Facilities, but not including Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary payable solely to Mediacom
Broadband LLC that qualifies as Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined in the Subsidiary
Credit Facility in effect as of August 30, 2005)) outstanding as of the Determination Date (as
defined hereafter in the term Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio) and the term Operating Cash
Flow shall refer only to the Subsidiary Operating Cash Flow of the Restricted Subsidiaries for the
related Measurement Period (as defined hereafter in the term Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio);
(d) Indebtedness of and Disqualified Equity Interests in (x) any Restricted Subsidiary owed to
or issued to and held by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any other Restricted Subsidiary and (y) Mediacom
Broadband LLC owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary which is unsecured and subordinated in
right of payment to the payment and performance of the Issuers obligations under the Indenture and
the Notes; provided, however, that an Incurrence of Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests
that is not permitted by this clause (d) shall be deemed to have occurred upon (i) any sale or
other disposition of any Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC or
a Restricted Subsidiary referred to in this clause (d) to any Person (other than Mediacom Broadband
LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary), (ii) any sale or other disposition of Equity Interests in a
Restricted Subsidiary which holds Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom
Broadband LLC or another Restricted Subsidiary such that such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a
Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary which holds Indebtedness
or Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(e) guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
other Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;
(f) Hedging Agreements of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary relating to any
Indebtedness of Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, Incurred
in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided that such Hedging Agreements have been
entered into for bona fide business purposes and not for speculation;
(g) Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary to the extent representing a replacement, renewal, refinancing or extension
(collectively, a refinancing)
- 84 -
of outstanding Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, Incurred in compliance with the Debt to Operating
Cash Flow Ratio of the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (a) or (b) of this paragraph of
this covenant; provided, however, that (i) Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests in
Mediacom Broadband LLC may not be refinanced under this clause (g) with Indebtedness or
Disqualified Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any such refinancing shall not
exceed the sum of the principal amount or liquidation preference or redemption payment value (or,
if such Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests provides for a lesser amount to be due and
payable upon a declaration of acceleration thereof at the time of such refinancing, an amount no
greater than such lesser amount) of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests being
refinanced plus the amount of accrued interest or dividends thereon and the amount of any
reasonably determined prepayment premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such
reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (iii) Indebtedness representing a
refinancing of Indebtedness of Mediacom Broadband LLC shall have a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being
refinanced, (iv) Subordinated Obligations of Mediacom Broadband LLC or Disqualified Equity
Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC may only be refinanced with Subordinated Obligations of
Mediacom Broadband LLC or Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC, and (v) Other
Pari Passu Debt which is unsecured may only be refinanced with unsecured Indebtedness, which is
either Other Pari Passu Debt or Subordinated Obligations, or with Disqualified Equity Interests;
(h) Indebtedness of Mediacom Broadband LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred as a result of
the pledge by Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary of intercompany Indebtedness or
Equity Interests in another Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests in an Unrestricted Subsidiary
in the circumstance where recourse to Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary is
limited to the value of the intercompany Indebtedness or the Equity Interests so pledged;
(i) Indebtedness of Mediacom Broadband LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary represented by
Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations or letters of
credit, in each case Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or
cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of
Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary or a Related Business in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding;
(j) Indebtedness of Mediacom Broadband LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount
not to exceed two times the sum of (i) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds to Mediacom Broadband LLC
from (x) the issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of Mediacom Broadband LLC or an employee stock
ownership plan or a trust established by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Subsidiary of Mediacom
Broadband LLC (for the benefit of its employees)) of any class of Equity Interests in Mediacom
Broadband LLC (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and other than Equity Interests issued in
connection with the AT&T Acquisitions Contributions) on or after the Existing Notes Issue Date or
(y) contributions (other than the AT&T Acquisitions Contributions) to the equity capital of
Mediacom Broadband LLC on or after the Existing Notes Issue Date which do not themselves constitute
Disqualified Equity Interests and (ii) the fair market value, as determined by an independent
nationally recognized accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm experienced in similar types
of transactions, of any assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) that are used or useful in a
Related Business or Equity Interests in a Person engaged in a Related Business that is or becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary of Mediacom Broadband LLC, in each case received by Mediacom Broadband LLC
after the Existing Notes Issue Date in exchange for the issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of
Mediacom Broadband LLC) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and other
than Equity Interests issued in connection with the AT&T Acquisitions Contributions); provided that
(A) the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds with respect to which Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to
this clause (j) shall not be deemed Net Cash Proceeds from the issue or sale of Equity Interests
for purposes of clause (ii) of the definition of Cumulative Credit and (B) the issuance of Equity
Interests with respect to which Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to this clause (j) shall not also
be used to effect a Restricted Payment pursuant to clauses (1) or (8) of the third paragraph of
Limitation on Restricted Payments above; and
(k) in addition to any Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (j) above, Indebtedness
of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the aggregate principal
amount of all such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (k) does not exceed $50.0 million
at any one time outstanding.
- 85 -
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of
Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness
described in clauses (a) through (k) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first
paragraph of this covenant, Mediacom Broadband LLC will, in its sole discretion, be permitted to
classify such item of Indebtedness, or to later reclassify all or a portion of such item of
Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant and such item of Indebtedness shall be
treated as having been Incurred as so classified or reclassified as the case may be.
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband LLC shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, engage in any transaction (or series of related
transactions) involving in the aggregate $5.0 million or more with any Affiliate unless such
transaction (or series of related transactions) shall have been approved pursuant to a Committee
Resolution rendered in good faith by the Executive Committee or, if applicable, a committee
comprising the disinterested members of the Executive Committee, which approval in each case shall
be conclusive, to the effect that such transaction (or series of related transactions) is (a) in
the best interest of Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary and (b) upon terms which
would be obtainable by Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable
arms-length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate, except that the foregoing shall
not apply in the case of any of the following transactions (the Specified Affiliate
Transactions):
(i) the making of any Restricted Payment (including, without limitation, the making of any
Restricted Payment that is permitted pursuant to clauses (1) through (15) of the second paragraph
of Limitation on Restricted Payments) and the making of any Permitted Investment;
(ii) any transaction or series of transactions between Mediacom Broadband LLC and one or more
Restricted Subsidiaries or between two or more Restricted Subsidiaries;
(iii) the payment of compensation (including, without limitation, amounts paid pursuant to
employee benefit plans) for the personal services of, and indemnity provided on behalf of,
officers, members, directors and employees of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary,
and management, consulting or advisory fees and reimbursements of expenses and indemnity in each
case so long as the Executive Committee in good faith shall have approved the terms thereof and
deemed the services theretofore or thereafter to be performed for such compensation or fees to be
fair consideration therefor;
(iv) any payments for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business, upon
terms which would be obtainable by Mediacom Broadband LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary in a
comparable arms-length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate;
(v) any transaction pursuant to any agreement with any Affiliate in effect on the date of the
Indenture (including, but not limited to, the Management Agreements, the Operating Agreement and
other agreements relating to the payment of management fees, acquisition fees and expense
reimbursements), including, without limitation, any amendments thereto entered into after the date
of the Indenture, provided, that the terms of any such amendment are not less favorable to Mediacom
Broadband LLC than the terms of the relevant agreement in effect prior to any such amendment, as
determined in good faith by the Executive Committee whose determination shall be conclusive and
evidenced by a Committee Resolution;
(vi) any transaction or series of transactions between Mediacom Broadband or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Mediacom Communications or any of its direct or
indirect Subsidiaries, on the other hand, which relate to (a) the sharing of centralized services,
personnel, facilities, headends and plant, (b) the joint procurement of goods and services, (c) the
allocation of costs and expenses (other than taxes based on income) and (d) matters reasonably
related to any of the foregoing, in each case, which are undertaken pursuant to an established plan
of Mediacom Communications the primary purpose of which is to result in cost savings and related
synergies for Mediacom Broadband LLC, its Restricted Subsidiaries, Mediacom Communications and each
of Mediacom Communications other direct or indirect Subsidiaries involved in such transaction or
series of transactions; provided that, in the case of this clause (vi), such plan shall have been
approved pursuant to a Committee Resolution, rendered in good faith by the Executive Committee,
which approval in each case shall be conclusive, to the effect that such plan is in the best
interest of Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted
- 86 -
Subsidiary; and provided, further, that such transaction or series of related transactions is
fair and reasonable to Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and
to Mediacom Communications and each such other Subsidiary of Mediacom Communications, on the other
hand; and
(vii) the receipt from any Affiliate of any payment, Investment, distribution, loan or other
extension of credit or any other consideration if the payment or making thereof would, if made by
Mediacom Broadband LLC or by any Restricted Subsidiary to an Affiliate thereof, constitute a
Specified Affiliate Transaction under any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) of this
paragraph or would comply with the last two sentences of this description of the Limitation on
Transactions With Affiliates covenant.
The Indenture further provides that, except in the case of a Specified Affiliate Transaction,
Mediacom Broadband LLC shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, engage in any transaction (or series of related transactions) involving in the
aggregate (y) $25.0 million or more in all instances except in the case of Asset Sales or Asset
Swaps and (z) $50.0 million or more in the case of any Asset Sale or Asset Swap, in each case, with
any Affiliate unless (i) such transaction (or series of related transactions) shall have been
approved pursuant to a Committee Resolution rendered in good faith by the Executive Committee or,
if applicable, a committee comprising the disinterested members of the Executive Committee to the
effect set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above, which approval in each case shall be conclusive and
evidenced by a Committee Resolution; and (ii) Mediacom Broadband LLC shall have received an opinion
from an independent nationally recognized accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm
experienced in the review of similar types of transactions stating that the terms of such
transaction (or series of related transactions) are fair to Mediacom Broadband LLC or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view, which opinion shall be
conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction (or series of related transactions)
entered into by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary with any Affiliate without
complying with the foregoing provisions of this covenant shall not constitute a violation of the
provisions of this covenant if Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary would be
permitted to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to the first paragraph of Limitation on
Restricted Payments above at the time of the completion of such transaction (or series of related
transactions) in an amount equal to the fair market value of such transaction (or series of related
transactions), as determined in good faith by the Executive Committee, whose determination shall be
conclusive and evidenced by a Committee Resolution. In such a case, Mediacom Broadband LLC or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have made a Restricted Payment in an
amount equal to the fair market value of such transaction for purposes of the calculation of
Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (iii) of the first paragraph of Limitation on Restricted
Payments above.
Limitation on Liens
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband LLC shall not Incur any Indebtedness secured by
a Lien against or on any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Mediacom
Broadband LLC unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Notes
equally and ratably with such secured Indebtedness. This restriction does not, however, apply to
Indebtedness secured by:
(i) Liens, if any, in effect on the date of the Indenture;
(ii) Liens in favor of governmental bodies to secure progress or advance payments; 53
(iii) Liens on Equity Interests or Indebtedness existing at the time of the acquisition
thereof (including, without limitation, acquisition through merger or consolidation); provided that
such Liens were not Incurred in anticipation of such acquisition;
(iv) Liens securing industrial revenue or pollution control bonds;
(v) Liens securing the Notes;
(vi) Liens securing Indebtedness of Mediacom Broadband LLC in an amount not to exceed $10.0
million at any time outstanding;
(vii) Other Permitted Liens; and
- 87 -
(viii) any extension, renewal or replacement of any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses
(i) through (vii), inclusive.
Limitation on Business Activities of Mediacom Broadband Corporation
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband Corporation shall not hold any material assets,
become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any
business activity, other than the issuance of Equity Interests to Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor of
Indebtedness Incurred by Mediacom Broadband LLC, including, without limitation, the Notes and the
Exchange Notes, if any, that is permitted to be Incurred by Mediacom Broadband LLC under
Limitation on Indebtedness above (provided that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are
retained by Mediacom Broadband LLC or loaned to or contributed as capital to one or more of the
Restricted Subsidiaries other than Mediacom Broadband Corporation), and activities incidental
thereto. Neither Mediacom Broadband LLC nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any
transactions with Mediacom Broadband Corporation in violation of the immediately preceding
sentence.
Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband LLC may designate any Subsidiary (including,
without limitation, any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary
through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the
Indenture (a Designation) only if:
(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or
after giving effect to such Designation;
(b) at the time of and after giving effect to such Designation, Mediacom Broadband LLC would
be able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of
the first paragraph of Limitation on Indebtedness above; and
(c) Mediacom Broadband LLC would be permitted to make a Restricted Payment at the time of
Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation) pursuant to the first paragraph of
Limitation on Restricted Payments above in an amount equal to Mediacom Broadband LLCs
proportionate interest in the fair market value of such Subsidiary on such date (as determined in
good faith by the Executive Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a
Committee Resolution). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Mediacom Broadband Corporation nor
any of its Subsidiaries may be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
The Indenture will further provide that at the time of Designation all of the Indebtedness of
such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall consist of, and will at all times thereafter consist of,
Non-Recourse Indebtedness, and that neither Mediacom Broadband LLC nor any Restricted Subsidiary
shall at any time have any direct or indirect obligation to:
(x) make additional Investments (other than Permitted Investments) in any Unrestricted
Subsidiary;
(y) maintain or preserve the financial condition of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or cause any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to achieve any specified levels of operating results; or
(z) be party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with any Unrestricted
Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no
less favorable to Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained, in light of all the circumstances, at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of
Mediacom Broadband LLC.
If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would violate the foregoing requirements, it
shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.
- 88 -
Mediacom Broadband LLC may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (a Revocation) if:
(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or
after giving effect to such Revocation;
(b) at the time of and after giving effect to such Revocation, Mediacom Broadband LLC would be
able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the
first paragraph of Limitation on Indebtedness above; and
(c) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately
following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for
all purposes of the Indenture.
All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by Committee Resolutions delivered to the
Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.
Limitation on Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband LLC shall not (a) permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to guarantee any Indebtedness of either Issuer other than the Notes (the Other
Indebtedness) or (b) pledge any intercompany Indebtedness representing obligations of any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the payment of Other Indebtedness, in each case unless such
Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuers and the Trustee execute and deliver a supplemental indenture
causing such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the Issuers obligations under the Indenture and
the Notes to the same extent that such Restricted Subsidiary guaranteed the Issuers obligations
under the Other Indebtedness (including, without limitation, waiver of subrogation, if any).
Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of the Indenture.
The guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary will be released upon:
(i) the sale of all of the Equity Interests, or all or substantially all of the assets, of the
applicable Guarantor (in each case other than to Mediacom Broadband LLC or a Subsidiary);
(ii) the designation by Mediacom Broadband LLC of the applicable Guarantor as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; or
(iii) the release of the guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to the obligations which
caused such Guarantor to deliver a guarantee of the Notes in accordance with the preceding
paragraph, in each case in compliance with the Indenture (including, without limitation, in the
event of a sale of Equity Interests or assets described in clause (i) above, that the Net Cash
Proceeds are applied in accordance with the requirements of the applicable provision of the
Indenture described under Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset Sales above).
Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband LLC shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to:
(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Mediacom Broadband LLC or any other
Restricted Subsidiary on its Equity Interests;
(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to Mediacom Broadband LLC or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
(c) make loans or advances, or guarantee any such loans or advances, to Mediacom Broadband LLC
or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
- 89 -
(d) transfer any of its properties or assets to Mediacom Broadband LLC or any other Restricted
Subsidiary;
(e) grant Liens on the assets of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any other Restricted Subsidiary in
favor of the holders of the Notes; or
(f) guarantee the Notes or any renewals or refinancings thereof
(any of the actions described in clauses (a) through (f) above is referred to herein as a
Specified Action), except for
(i) such encumbrances or restrictions arising by reason of Acquired Indebtedness of any
Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that such encumbrances or restrictions were not created in anticipation of such Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary and are not applicable to Mediacom Broadband LLC or any other Restricted
Subsidiary,
(ii) such encumbrances or restrictions arising under refinancing Indebtedness permitted by
clause (g) of the second paragraph under Limitation on Indebtedness above; provided that the
terms and conditions of any such restrictions are no less favorable to the holders of Notes than
those under the Indebtedness being refinanced,
(iii) customary provisions restricting the assignment of any contract or interest of Mediacom
Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary,
(iv) restrictions contained in the Indenture or any other indenture governing debt securities
that are no more restrictive than those contained in the Indenture, and
(v) restrictions under the Subsidiary Credit Facility and under the Future Subsidiary Credit
Facilities; provided that, in the case of any Future Subsidiary Credit Facility, Mediacom Broadband
LLC shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to include in the agreements relating to such
Future Subsidiary Credit Facility provisions concerning the encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to take any Specified Action that are no more restrictive than
those in effect in the Subsidiary Credit Facility on the date of the creation of the applicable
restriction in such Future Subsidiary Credit Facility (Comparable Restriction Provisions); and
provided, further, that if Mediacom Broadband LLC shall conclude in its sole discretion based on
then prevailing market conditions that it is not in the best interest of Mediacom Broadband LLC and
the Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the foregoing proviso, the failure to include Comparable
Restriction Provisions in the agreements relating to such Future Subsidiary Credit Facility shall
not constitute a violation of the provisions of this covenant.
Reports
The Indenture provides that, commencing with the fiscal quarter of the Issuers ending on
September 30, 2005, whether or not the Issuers are then subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act or any successor provision thereto, the Issuers shall file with the SEC (if permitted
by SEC practice and applicable law and regulations) so long as the Notes are outstanding the annual
reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports which the Issuers would have been required to
file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) or any successor provision thereto if the
Issuers were so subject on or prior to the respective dates (the Required Filing Dates) by which
the Issuers would have been required to file such documents if the Issuers were so subject. The
Issuers shall also in any event within 15 days of each Required Filing Date (whether or not
permitted or required to be filed with the SEC) file with the Trustee, copies of the annual
reports, quarterly reports and other documents described in the preceding sentence. In addition,
for so long as any Notes remain outstanding and prior to the later of the consummation of the
Exchange Offer and the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, if required, the Issuers
shall furnish to holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request,
the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
- 90 -
Merger or Sales of Assets
The Indenture provides that neither of the Issuers shall consolidate or merge with or into, or
transfer all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person unless:
(i) either (A) such Issuer shall be the continuing Person, or (B) the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer), or to which any such
transfer shall have been made, is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership
organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of
Columbia (provided that for so long as Mediacom Broadband LLC or any successor Person is a limited
liability company or partnership there must be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of Mediacom Broadband LLC and that is a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia);
(ii) the surviving Person (if other than such Issuer) expressly assumes by supplemental
indenture all the obligations of such Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture;
(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing;
(iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the surviving Person would be able
to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the first
paragraph of Limitation on Indebtedness above; and
(v) Mediacom Broadband LLC shall have delivered to the Trustee prior to the proposed
transaction an officers certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the proposed
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture will comply with the Indenture.
The Indenture provides that no Guarantor shall consolidate or merge with or into, or transfer
all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person unless either the guarantee of such
Guarantor is being released in accordance with Limitation on Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness
above or:
(i) either (A) such Guarantor shall be the continuing Person, or (B) the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor), or to which any such
transfer shall have been made, is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership
organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of
Columbia;
(ii) the surviving Person (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes by supplemental
indenture all the obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee of the Notes and the Indenture;
(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(iv) Mediacom Broadband LLC shall have delivered to the Trustee prior to the proposed
transaction an officers certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the proposed
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture will comply with the Indenture.
Certain definitions
Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the covenants contained
in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all such terms as
well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
Acquired Indebtedness means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition from such Person and not
Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or
such Asset Acquisition.
Additional Interest has the meaning specified in the section of this prospectus entitled
Exchange Offer.
- 91 -
Affiliate of any specified Person means any other Person which directly or indirectly through one
or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such
specified Person. For purposes of this definition, control (including, with correlative meaning,
the terms controlling, controlled by, and under common control with), when used with respect
to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract, through the ownership
of voting securities or otherwise.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to the applicable principal amount of Notes on any
applicable redemption date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Notes; and
(2) the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Notes
at October 15, 2010 (such redemption price being specified in the table appearing above
under Optional Redemption) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Notes
through October 15, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount
rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Notes.
Asset Acquisition means (i) an Investment by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary
in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be
consolidated or merged with or into Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) any
acquisition by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person
which constitute substantially all of an operating unit, a division or a line of business of such
Person or which is otherwise outside of the ordinary course of business.
Asset Sale means any direct or indirect sale, conveyance, transfer, lease (that has the effect of
a disposition) or other disposition (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or
sale-leaseback transaction) to any Person other than Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary or any Controlled Subsidiary, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, of:
(i) any Equity Interest in any Restricted Subsidiary:
(ii) any material license, franchise or other authorization of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary;
(iii) any assets of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary which constitute
substantially all of an operating unit, a division or a line of business of Mediacom Broadband LLC
or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(iv) any other property or asset of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary
outside of the ordinary course of business.
For the purposes of this definition, the term Asset Sale shall not include:
(i) any transaction consummated in compliance with Repurchase at the Option of HoldersChange
of Control above and CovenantsMerger or Sales of Assets above, and the creation of any Lien not
prohibited under CovenantsLimitation on Liens above;
(ii) the sale of property or equipment that has become worn out, obsolete or damaged or
otherwise unsuitable for use in connection with the business of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;
(iii) any transaction consummated in compliance with CovenantsLimitation on Restricted
Payments above; and
- 92 -
(iv) Asset Swaps permitted pursuant to Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset Sales
above.
In addition, solely for purposes of Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset Sales above, any
sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, whether in one transaction or a series of
related transactions, involving assets with a fair market value not in excess of $5.0 million in
any fiscal year shall be deemed not to be an Asset Sale.
Asset Sale Proceeds means, with respect to any Asset Sale:
(i) cash received by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such
Asset Sale (including cash received as consideration for the assumption of liabilities incurred in
connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), after
(a) provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Asset
Sale,
(b) payment of all brokerage commissions, underwriting, legal, accounting and other
fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, and any relocation expenses incurred as a
result thereof,
(c) provision for minority interest holders in any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of
such Asset Sale by such Restricted Subsidiary,
(d) payment of amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured
by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, payments made to obtain or avoid the need for the consent of any holder
of such Indebtedness), and
(e) deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by Mediacom Broadband LLC or such
Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve, in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or
disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by Mediacom Broadband LLC or such Restricted
Subsidiary after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post
employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against
any indemnification obligations associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset
Sale; and
(ii) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received by Mediacom Broadband LLC or
any Restricted Subsidiary from such Asset Sale or other disposition upon the liquidation or
conversion of such notes or non-cash consideration into cash.
Asset Swap means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale, or exchange, of Productive
Assets between Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary and another Person or group of
affiliated Persons (including, without limitation, any Person or group of affiliated Persons that
is an Affiliate of Mediacom Broadband LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that such
transaction is otherwise in compliance with CovenantsLimitation on Transactions with Affiliates
above) pursuant to an Asset Swap Agreement; it being understood that an Asset Swap may include a
cash equalization payment made in connection therewith; provided that such cash payment, if
received by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to be
proceeds received from an Asset Sale and shall be applied in accordance with Repurchase at the
Option of HoldersAsset Sales above.
Asset Swap Agreement means a definitive agreement, subject only to customary closing conditions
that Mediacom Broadband LLC in good faith believes will be satisfied, providing for an Asset Swap;
provided, however, that any amendment to, or waiver of, any closing condition that individually or
in the aggregate is material to such Asset Swap shall be deemed to be a new Asset Swap.
AT&T Acquisitions means the acquisitions by subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband LLC on June 29,
2001 and July 18, 2001 of cable systems previously owned by AT&T Broadband, LLC.
AT&T Acquisitions Contributions means the capital contributions and preferred equity investment
in the amount of $873.7 million made in Mediacom Broadband LLC by Mediacom Communications and/or
one or more of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries in connection with the AT&T Acquisitions;
provided that AT&T Acquisitions
- 93 -
Contributions shall be deemed not to include any additional amounts contributed by Mediacom
Communications to the extent that such amounts represent proceeds received by Mediacom
Communications from the issuance of its securities upon the exercise of over-allotment options
relating to the issuance of its Class A common stock and convertible senior notes.
Available Asset Sale Proceeds means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the aggregate Asset Sale
Proceeds from such Asset Sale that have not been applied in accordance with clause (iii)(a) and
that have not yet been the basis for application in accordance with clause (iii)(b) of the first
paragraph of Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset Sales above.
Capitalized Lease Obligations means Indebtedness represented by obligations under a lease that is
required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied and the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the
capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.
Cash Equivalents means:
(i) United States dollars;
(ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than six months
from the date of acquisition;
(iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or
less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months
and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any lender party to the Subsidiary Credit Facility
or any Future Subsidiary Credit Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and
surplus in excess of $500.0 million;
(iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities
of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial institution
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above;
(v) commercial paper having a rating of at least P-1 from Moodys or a rating of at least A-1
from S&P; and
(vi) money market mutual or similar funds having assets in excess of $100.0 million, at least
95% of the assets of which are comprised of assets specified in clauses (i) through (v) above.
Committee Resolution means with respect to Mediacom Broadband LLC, a duly adopted resolution of
the Executive Committee of Mediacom Broadband LLC.
Consolidated Income Tax Expense means, with respect to Mediacom Broadband LLC for any period, the
provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by Mediacom Broadband LLC and
the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, with respect to Mediacom Broadband LLC and the Restricted
Subsidiaries for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
(i) the interest expense of Mediacom Broadband LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, including, without limitation, amortization of original issue
discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and after
taking into account the effect of elections made under any Hedging Agreements, however denominated,
with respect to such Indebtedness;
(ii) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to
be paid or accrued by Mediacom Broadband LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied; and
- 94 -
(iii) dividends and distributions in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests actually paid in
cash by Mediacom Broadband LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on
a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied.
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to
accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by Mediacom Broadband LLC to be the rate of
interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any period, the net income (loss) of Mediacom
Broadband LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, adjusted, to the
extent included in calculating such net income (loss), by excluding, without duplication:
(i) all extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring items of income or expense and of gains or
losses and all gains and losses from the sale or other disposition of assets out of the ordinary
course of business (net of taxes, fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise
thereto) for such period;
(ii) that portion of such net income (loss) derived from or in respect of Investments in
Persons other than any Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent actually received in cash by
Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(iii) the portion of such net income (loss) allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated
Persons for such period, except to the extent actually received in cash by Mediacom Broadband LLC
or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(iv) net income (loss) of any other Person combined with Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary on a pooling of interests basis attributable to any period prior to the
date of combination;
(v) net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income
(loss) is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which
has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable
to that Restricted Subsidiary or the holders of its Equity Interests;
(vi) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles after the Existing Notes Issue
Date;
(vii) net income (loss) attributable to discontinued operations;
(viii) management fees payable to Mediacom Communications and its Affiliates pursuant to
management agreements with Mediacom Broadband LLC or its Subsidiaries accrued for such period that
have not been paid during such period; and
(ix) any other item of expense, other than interest expense, which appears on Mediacom
Broadband LLCs consolidated statement of income (loss) below the line item Operating Income,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.
Consolidated Total Indebtedness means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the
aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness and the aggregate liquidation preference or
redemption payment value of all Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC and the
Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date of determination, less the obligations of
Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Hedging Agreement as of such date of
determination that would appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, in each case
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.
Continuing Member means, as of the date of determination, any Person who:
(i) was a member of the Executive Committee of Mediacom Broadband LLC on the date of the
Indenture;
- 95 -
(ii) was nominated for election or elected to the Executive Committee of Mediacom Broadband
LLC with the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Members who were members of the
Executive Committee at the time of such nomination or election; or
(iii) is a representative of, or was approved by, a Permitted Holder.
Controlled Subsidiary means a Restricted Subsidiary which is engaged in a Related Business:
(i) 80% or more of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than Equity Interests
constituting directors qualifying shares to the extent mandated by applicable law) are owned by
Mediacom Broadband LLC or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or Controlled
Subsidiaries or by Mediacom Broadband LLC and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or
Controlled Subsidiaries;
(ii) of which Mediacom Broadband LLC possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management or policies, whether through the ownership of Voting Equity
Interests, by agreement or otherwise; and
(iii) all of whose Indebtedness is Non-Recourse Indebtedness.
Cumulative Credit means the sum of:
(i) $25.0 million; plus
(ii) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by Mediacom Broadband LLC or a Restricted
Subsidiary from the issue or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests in
Mediacom Broadband LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and
other than Equity Interests issued in connection with the AT&T Acquisitions Contributions) on or
after the Existing Notes Issue Date; plus
(iii) the principal amount (or accreted amount (determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles), if less) of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or
redemption payment value of any Disqualified Equity Interests, of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in Mediacom
Broadband LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and other than
Equity Interests issued in connection with the AT&T Acquisitions Contributions) on or after the
Existing Notes Issue Date; plus
(iv) cumulative Operating Cash Flow from and after the Existing Notes Issue Date, to the end
of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of the proposed Restricted Payment, or, if
cumulative Operating Cash Flow for such period is negative, minus the amount by which cumulative
Operating Cash Flow is less than zero; plus
(v) to the extent not already included in Operating Cash Flow, if any Investment constituting
a Restricted Payment that was made after the Existing Notes Issue Date is sold or otherwise
liquidated or repaid or any Unrestricted Subsidiary which was designated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary after the Existing Notes Issue Date is sold or otherwise liquidated, the fair market
value of such Restricted Payment (less the cost of disposition, if any) on the date of such sale,
liquidation or repayment, as determined in good faith by the Executive Committee, whose
determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Committee Resolution; plus
(vi) if any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary, the value of
the Restricted Payment that would result if such Subsidiary were redesignated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary at such time, determined in accordance with the provisions described under
CovenantsDesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries above.
Cumulative Interest Expense means the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense paid or
accrued by the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries from and after the Existing Notes Issue
Date, to the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the proposed Restricted Payment.
Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio means the ratio of (i) the Consolidated Total Indebtedness as
of the date of calculation (the Determination Date) to (ii) four times the Operating Cash Flow
for the latest three months for
- 96 -
which financial information is available immediately preceding such Determination Date (the
Measurement Period). For purposes of calculating Operating Cash Flow for the Measurement Period
immediately prior to the relevant Determination Date:
(I) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Determination Date (or would become a
Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires
the determination of such Operating Cash Flow) will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary
at all times during such Measurement Period;
(II) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date (or would cease
to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that
requires the determination of such Operating Cash Flow) will be deemed not to have been a
Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such Measurement Period; and
(III) if Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have in any manner (x)
acquired (including, without limitation, through an Asset Acquisition or the commencement of
activities constituting such operating business) or (y) disposed of (including by way of an Asset
Sale or the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any
operating business during such Measurement Period or after the end of such period and on or prior
to such Determination Date, such calculation will be made on a pro forma basis in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied as if, in the case of an Asset
Acquisition or the commencement of activities constituting such operating business, all such
transactions had been consummated on the first day of such Measurement Period, and, in the case of
an Asset Sale or termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business,
all such transactions had been consummated prior to the first day of such Measurement Period.
Disqualified Equity Interest means (i) any Equity Interest issued by Mediacom Broadband LLC
which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures
or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable
at the option of the holder thereof (except, in each such case, upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control) in whole or in part, or is exchangeable into Indebtedness, on or prior to the earlier of
the maturity date of the Notes or the date on which no Notes remain outstanding; and (ii) any
Equity Interest issued by any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder
thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in
whole or in part, or is exchangeable into Indebtedness.
Equity Interest in any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants,
options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) corporate
stock or other equity participations, including, without limitation, partnership interests, whether
general or limited, and membership interests in such Person, including, without limitation, any
Preferred Equity Interests.
Equity Offering means a public or private offering or sale (including, without limitation, to any
Affiliate) by Mediacom Broadband LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary for cash of its respective Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or options, warrants or rights with respect to
such Equity Interests.
Excess Proceeds means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the then Available Asset Sale Proceeds
less any such Available Asset Sale Proceeds that are required to be applied and are applied in
accordance with clause (iii)(b)(1) of the first paragraph of Repurchase at the Option of Holders
Asset Sales above.
Exchange Notes means the 81/2% Notes due 2015 to be issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection
with a registration pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
Executive Committee means:
(i) so long as Mediacom Broadband LLC is a limited liability company, (x) while the Operating
Agreement is in effect, the Executive Committee authorized there under, and (y) at any other time,
the manager or board of managers of Mediacom Broadband LLC, or management committee, board of
directors or similar governing body
- 97 -
responsible for the management of the business and affairs of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
committee of such governing body;
(ii) if Mediacom Broadband LLC were to be reorganized as a corporation, the board of directors
of Mediacom Broadband LLC; and
(iii) if Mediacom Broadband LLC were to be reorganized as a partnership, the board of
directors of the corporate general partner of such partnership (or if such general partner is
itself a partnership, the board of directors of such general partners corporate general partner).
Existing Notes Issue Date means June 29, 2001.
Future Subsidiary Credit Facilities means one or more debt facilities (other than the Subsidiary
Credit Facility) entered into from time to time after the date of the Indenture by one or more
Restricted Subsidiaries or groups of Restricted Subsidiaries with banks or other institutional
lenders, together with all loan documents and instruments thereunder (including, without
limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), including, without limitation, any
amendment (including, without limitation, any amendment and restatement), modification or
supplement thereto or any refinancing, refunding, deferral, renewal, extension or replacement
thereof (including, in any such case and without limitation, adding or removing Subsidiaries of
Mediacom Broadband LLC as borrowers or guarantors thereunder), whether by the same or any other
lender or group of lenders.
Guarantor means any Subsidiary of Mediacom Broadband LLC that guarantees the Issuers obligations
under the Indenture and the Notes issued after the date of the Indenture pursuant to
CovenantsLimitation on Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness above.
Hedging Agreement means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest
rate collar agreement or other similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of
interest rate risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
Incur means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person, to create,
issue, incur (including by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, guarantee or otherwise
become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation or the recording, as required
pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles or otherwise, of any such Indebtedness or
other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and Incurrence, Incurred and Incurring
shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing). Indebtedness of any Person or any of its
Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is merged into or
consolidates with Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary), whether or not such
Indebtedness was incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary (or being merged into or consolidated with Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary), shall be deemed Incurred at the time any such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary or merges into or consolidates with Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Indebtedness means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, any indebtedness, secured or
unsecured, contingent or otherwise, in respect of borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of
the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof), or evidenced
by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or representing the
deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade
payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and noninterest bearing installment
obligations and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business) if and to the
extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such
Person prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied,
and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included (but without duplication):
(i) any Capitalized Lease Obligations;
(ii) obligations secured by a lien to which any property or assets owned or held by such
Person is subject, whether or not the obligation or obligations secured thereby shall have been
assumed;
- 98 -
(iii) guarantees of items of other Persons which would be included within this definition for
such other Persons (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the
guarantor); and
(iv) obligations of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Hedging
Agreement applicable to any of the foregoing (if and only to the extent any amount due in respect
of such Hedging Agreement would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied).
Indebtedness (i) shall not include obligations under performance bonds, performance guarantees,
surety bonds and appeal bonds, letters of credit or similar obligations, Incurred in the ordinary
course of business, including in connection with pole rental or conduit attachments and the like or
the requirements of cable television franchising authorities, and otherwise consistent with
industry practice; (ii) shall not include obligations of any Person (x) arising from the honoring
by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or other similar instrument
inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided such
obligations are extinguished within five business days of their Incurrence, (y) resulting from the
endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practice and (z) under stand-by letters of credit to the extent collateralized
by cash or Cash Equivalents; and (iii) which provides that an amount less than the principal amount
thereof shall be due upon any declaration of acceleration thereof shall be deemed to be Incurred or
outstanding in an amount equal to the accreted value thereof at the date of determination.
Investment means, directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or other extension of credit
(including, without limitation, by means of a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of
transfers of property to others, payments for property or services for the account or use of others
or otherwise), the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures,
partnership, membership or joint venture interests or other securities or other evidence of
beneficial interest of any Person; provided that the term Investment shall not include any such
advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding 90 days arising in the ordinary
course of business or any pledge of Equity Interests pursuant to the Subsidiary Credit Facility or
any Future Subsidiary Credit Facility. If Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary sells
or otherwise disposes of any Voting Equity Interest in any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary
such that, after giving effect to such sale or disposition, Mediacom Broadband LLC no longer owns,
directly or indirectly, greater than 50% of the outstanding Voting Equity Interests in such
Restricted Subsidiary, Mediacom Broadband LLC shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the
date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Voting Equity Interests
in such former Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for
security or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or capital lease or other title
retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof or any agreement to give a security interest).
Management Agreements means the Management Agreements dated as of June 6, 2001 by and between
Mediacom Communications and each of MCC Georgia LLC, MCC Illinois LLC, MCC Iowa LLC and MCC
Missouri LLC, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
Mediacom Broadband Group Credit Agreement means the credit agreement dated as of July 18, 2001,
as amended and restated as of December 16, 2004 and as further modified and supplemented by that
certain incremental facility agreement dated as of May 3, 2005, all by and among MCC Georgia LLC,
MCC Illinois LLC, MCC Iowa LLC and MCC Missouri LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto establishing a reducing revolving credit
facility and term loans.
Mediacom Broadband Preferred Membership Interest means the $150.0 million 12.0% preferred
membership interest of Mediacom Broadband LLC issued to Mediacom Communications and/or one or more
of its direct or indirect subsidiaries in connection with the AT&T Acquisitions.
Mediacom Communications means Mediacom Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
- 99 -
Net Cash Proceeds means, with respect to any issuance or sale of Equity Interests, the proceeds
in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents received by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary of such issuance or sale and net of attorneys fees, accountants fees, underwriters or
placement agents fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually
incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result
thereof.
Non-Recourse Indebtedness means Indebtedness of a Person (i) as to which neither the Issuers nor
any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Person or any Subsidiaries of such Person) (a)
provides any guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee,
indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or
indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); and (ii) the incurrence of which will not result
in any recourse against any of the assets of either the Issuers or the Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than to such Person or to any Subsidiaries of such Person and other than to the Equity
Interests in such Person or in another Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary pledged
by Mediacom Broadband LLC, a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary); provided,
however, that Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary may make a loan to a Controlled
Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or guarantee a loan made to a Controlled Subsidiary or an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, if such loan or guarantee is permitted by CovenantsLimitation on
Restricted Payments above at the time of the making of such loan or guarantee, and such loan or
guarantee shall not constitute Indebtedness which is not Non-Recourse Indebtedness.
Notes means the 81/2% Senior Notes due 2015 to be issued by Mediacom Broadband LLC and Mediacom
Broadband Corporation.
Operating Agreement means the Operating Agreement of Mediacom Broadband LLC dated as of June 29,
2001, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
Operating Cash Flow means, with respect to Mediacom Broadband LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis, for any period, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period
increased (without duplication) by the sum of:
(i) Consolidated Income Tax Expense accrued for such period to the extent deducted in
determining Consolidated Net Income for such period;
(ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period to the extent deducted in determining
Consolidated Net Income for such period; and
(iii) depreciation, amortization and any other non-cash items for such period to the extent
deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than any non-cash item
(other than the management fees referred to in clause (viii) of the definition of Consolidated Net
Income) which requires the accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period) of
Mediacom Broadband LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, amortization
of capitalized debt issuance costs for such period and any non-cash compensation expense realized
from grants of equity instruments or other rights (including, without limitation, stock options,
stock appreciation or other rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock and
deferred stock units) to officers, directors and employees of such Person, all of the foregoing
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, and de-creased by non-cash items to the extent they increase Consolidated Net
Income (including the partial or entire reversal of reserves taken in prior periods) for such
period.
Other Pari Passu Debt means Indebtedness of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary
that does not constitute Subordinated Obligations and that is not senior in right of payment to the
Notes.
Other Pari Passu Debt Pro Rata Share means the amount of the applicable Available Asset Sale
Proceeds obtained by multiplying the amount of such Available Asset Sale Proceeds by a fraction,
(i) the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount and/or accreted value, as the case may
be, of all Other Pari Passu Debt outstanding at the time of the applicable Asset Sale with respect
to which Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to use Available Asset
Sale Proceeds to repay or make an offer to purchase, prepay or repay and (ii) the denominator of
which is the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Notes outstanding at the time of the
applicable Asset Sale and (b) the aggregate principal amount and/or accreted value, as the case may
be,
- 100 -
of all Other Pari Passu Debt outstanding at the time of the applicable Asset Sale Offer with
respect to which Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to use the
applicable Available Asset Sale Proceeds to offer to repay or make an offer to purchase, prepay or
repay.
Other Permitted Liens means:
(i) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers, warehousemens and mechanics liens and other
similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations that
are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which an appropriate reserve or provision
shall have been made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied;
(ii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet
delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted
and diligently conducted and for which an appropriate reserve or provision shall have been made in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied;
(iii) easements, rights of way, and other restrictions on use of property or minor
imperfections of title that in the aggregate are not material in amount and do not in any case
materially detract from the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the
business of Mediacom Broadband LLC or its Subsidiaries;
(iv) Liens related to Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money
obligations (including refinancings thereof), in each case Incurred for the purpose of financing
all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or
equipment used in the business of Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary or a Related
Business, provided that any such Lien encumbers only the asset or assets so financed, purchased,
constructed or improved;
(v) Liens resulting from the pledge by Mediacom Broadband LLC of Equity Interests in a
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Subsidiary Credit Facility or a Future Subsidiary
Credit Facility or in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in any circumstance, in each such case where
recourse to Mediacom Broadband LLC is limited to the value of the Equity Interests so pledged;
(vi) Liens resulting from the pledge by Mediacom Broadband LLC of intercompany indebtedness
owed to Mediacom Broadband LLC in connection with the Subsidiary Credit Facility or a Future
Subsidiary Credit Facility;
(vii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security;
(viii) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds,
performance bonds, deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, government
contracts, leases or licenses or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course
of business (including, without limitation, landlord Liens on leased properties);
(ix) leases or subleases granted to third Persons not interfering with the ordinary course of
business of Mediacom Broadband LLC;
(x) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance
carriers;
(xi) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit which encumber
documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds
thereof;
(xii) Liens on the assets of Mediacom Broadband LLC to secure hedging agreements with respect
to Indebtedness permitted by the Indenture to be Incurred;
(xiii) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default; and
(xiv) any interest or title of a lessor under any capital lease or operating lease.
- 101 -
Permitted Holder means:
(i) Rocco B. Commisso or his spouse or siblings, any of their lineal descendants and their
spouses;
(ii) any controlled Affiliate of any individual described in clause (i) above;
(iii) in the event of the death or incompetence of any individual described in clause (i)
above, such Persons estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative,
in each case who at any particular date will beneficially own or have the right to acquire,
directly or indirectly, Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC;
(iv) any trust or trusts created for the benefit of each Person described in this definition,
including, without limitation, any trust for the benefit of the parents or siblings of any
individual described in clause (i) above; or
(v) any trust for the benefit of any such trust.
Permitted Investments means:
(i) Cash Equivalents;
(ii) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease,
utility and workers compensation, performance and other similar deposits;
(iii) the extension of credit to vendors, suppliers and customers in the ordinary course of
business;
(iv) Investments existing as of the date of the Indenture, and any amendment, modification,
extension or renewal thereof to the extent such amendment, modification, extension or renewal does
not require Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary to make any additional cash or
non-cash payments or provide additional services in connection therewith;
(v) Hedging Agreements;
(vi) any Investment for which the sole consideration provided is Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of Mediacom Broadband LLC;
(vii) any Investment consisting of a guarantee permitted under clause (e) of the second
paragraph of CovenantsLimitation on Indebtedness above;
(viii) Investments in Mediacom Broadband LLC, in any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or in
any Controlled Subsidiary or any Person that, as a result of or in connection with such Investment,
becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Controlled Subsidiary or is merged with or into
or consolidated with Mediacom Broadband LLC or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a Controlled
Subsidiary;
(ix) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of Mediacom Communications,
Mediacom Broadband LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries for business-related travel expenses, moving
expenses and other similar expenses in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(x) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Mediacom Broadband LLC;
(xi) Related Business Investments; and
(xii) other Investments made pursuant to this clause (xii) at any time, and from time to time,
after the date of the Indenture, in addition to any Permitted Investments described in clauses (i)
through (xi) above, in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $25.0 million.
- 102 -
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or
political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
Preferred Equity Interest means, in any Person, an Equity Interest of any class or classes,
however designated, which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to
the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such
Person, over Equity Interests of any other class in such Person.
Productive Assets means assets of a kind used or useable by Mediacom Broadband LLC and the
Restricted Subsidiaries in any Related Business and specifically includes assets acquired through
Asset Acquisitions (it being understood that assets may include Equity Interests in a Person that
owns such Productive Assets; provided that after giving effect to such transaction, such Person
would be a Restricted Subsidiary).
Related Business means a cable television, media and communications, telecommunications or data
transmission business, and businesses ancillary, complementary or reasonably related thereto, and
reasonable extensions thereof.
Related Business Investment means:
(i) any Investment related to the business of Mediacom Broadband LLC and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as conducted on the date of the Indenture and as such business may thereafter evolve
in the fields of Related Businesses;
(ii) any Investment in any other Person (including, without limitation, any Affiliate of
Mediacom Broadband LLC) primarily engaged in a Related Business; and
(iii) any customary deposits or earnest money payments made by Mediacom Broadband LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of a Related
Business.
Restricted Payment means:
(i) any dividend (whether made in cash, property or securities) on or with respect to any
Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC or of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than with respect
to Disqualified Equity Interests and other than any dividend made to Mediacom Broadband LLC or
another Restricted Subsidiary or any dividend payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Equity Interests) in Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary);
(ii) any distribution (whether made in cash, property or securities) on or with respect to any
Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC or of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than with respect
to Disqualified Equity Interests and other than any distribution made to Mediacom Broadband LLC or
another Restricted Subsidiary or any distribution payable in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) in Mediacom Broadband LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary);
(iii) any redemption, repurchase, retirement or other direct or indirect acquisition of any
Equity Interests in Mediacom Broadband LLC (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), or any
warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any such Equity interests or any securities
exchangeable for or convertible into any such Equity Interests;
(iv) any redemption, repurchase, retirement or other direct or indirect acquisition for value
or other payment of principal, prior to any scheduled final maturity scheduled repayment or
scheduled sinking fund payment, of any Subordinated Obligations; or
(v) any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of Mediacom Broadband LLC that has not been designated
by the Executive Committee of Mediacom Broadband LLC by a Committee Resolution delivered to the
Trustee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Covenants Designation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries above. Any such
- 103 -
designation may be revoked by a Committee Resolution delivered to the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of such covenant.
S&P means Standard & Poors, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Significant Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary which at the time of determination had:
(A) total assets which, as of the date of Mediacom Broadband LLCs most recent quarterly
consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least 10% of Mediacom Broadband LLCs total assets on a
consolidated basis as of such date;
(B) revenues for the three-month period ending on the date of Mediacom Broadband LLCs most
recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which constituted at least 10% of Mediacom
Broadband LLCs total revenues on a consolidated basis for such period; or
(C) Subsidiary Operating Cash Flow for the three-month period ending on the date of Mediacom
Broadband LLCs most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which constituted at least
10% of Mediacom Broadband LLCs total Operating Cash Flow on a consolidated basis for such period.
Subordinated Obligations means with respect to either of the Issuers, any Indebtedness of either
of the Issuers which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.
Subsidiary means with respect to any Person, any other Person the majority of whose voting stock,
membership interests or other Voting Equity Interests is or are owned by such Person or another
Subsidiary of such Person. Voting stock in a corporation is Equity Interests having voting power
under ordinary circumstances to elect directors.
Subsidiary Credit Facility means the Mediacom Broadband Group Credit Agreement, together with all
loan documents and instruments thereunder (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements
and security documents), including, without limitation, any amendment (including, without
limitation, any amendment and restatement), modification or supplement thereto or any refinancing,
refunding, deferral, renewal, extension or replacement thereof (including, in any such case and
without limitation, adding or removing Subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband LLC as borrowers or
guarantors thereunder), whether by the same or any other lender or group of lenders, pursuant to
which (i) an aggregate amount of Indebtedness up to $1.4 billion may be Incurred pursuant to clause
(c)(i) of the second paragraph of CovenantsLimitation on Indebtedness above and (ii) any
additional amount of Indebtedness in excess of $1.4 billion may be Incurred pursuant to the first
paragraph or pursuant to clause (c)(ii) or any other applicable clause (other than clause (c)(i))
of the second paragraph of CovenantsLimitation on Indebtedness above.
Subsidiary Operating Cash Flow means, with respect to any Subsidiary for any period, the
Operating Cash Flow of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries for such period determined by
utilizing all of the elements of the definition of Operating Cash Flow in the Indenture,
including the defined terms used in such definition, consistently applied only to such Subsidiary
and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period.
Treasury Rate means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such
redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and
published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become
publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data))
most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to October 15, 2010; provided, however,
that if the period from such redemption date to October 15, 2010 is less than one year, the weekly
average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity
of one year will be used.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of Mediacom Broadband LLC designated as such
pursuant to the provisions of CovenantsDesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries above, and any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any such designation may be revoked by a Committee
Resolution delivered to the Trustee, subject to the provisions of such covenant.
- 104 -
Voting Equity Interests means Equity Interests in any Person with voting power under ordinary
circumstances entitling the holders thereof to elect the Executive Committee, the board of
managers, board of directors or other governing body of such Person.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number
of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of
each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required scheduled payment
of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such
payment, by (ii) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness.
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary means a Restricted Subsidiary 99% or more of the outstanding
Equity Interests of which (other than Equity Interests constituting directors qualifying shares to
the extent mandated by applicable law) are owned by Mediacom Broadband LLC or by one or more Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or by Mediacom Broadband LLC and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries.
No Liability of Managers, Officers, Employees, or Shareholders
No manager, director, officer, employee, member, shareholder, partner or incorporator of
either Issuer or any Subsidiary, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the
Issuers under the Initial Notes, if any, the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the Federal
securities laws and the SEC is of the view that such a waiver is against public policy.
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The Indenture provides that the Issuers may elect either (a) to defease and be discharged from
any and all obligations with respect to the Notes (except for the obligations to register the
transfer or exchange of such Notes, to replace temporary or mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Notes, to maintain an office or agency in respect of the Notes and to hold moneys for payment in
trust) (legal defeasance) or (b) to be released from its obligations with respect to the Notes
under certain covenants (and related Events of Default) contained in the Indenture, including but
not limited to those described above under Covenants (covenant defeasance), upon the deposit
with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee), in trust for such purpose, of money and/or U.S.
government obligations which through the payment of principal and interest in accordance with their
terms will provide money, in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, on the scheduled due dates therefor. Such a
trust may only be established if, among other things, (x) no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or would arise therefrom (or, with respect to Events of Default
resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, would occur at any time
in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit) and (y) Mediacom Broadband LLC has
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel (as specified in the Indenture) to the effect that
(i) legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, will not require registration of
the Issuers, the Trustee or the trust fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or
the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended, and (ii) the holders of the Notes will recognize
income, gain or loss for Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance had not occurred.
Such opinion, in the case of legal defeasance under clause (a) above, must refer to and be based
upon a private ruling concerning the Notes of the Internal Revenue Service or a ruling of general
effect published by the Internal Revenue Service.
Modification of Indenture
From time to time, the Issuers and the Trustee may, without the consent of holders of the
Notes, enter into one or more supplemental indentures for certain specified purposes, including:
(a) providing for a successor or successors to the Issuers;
(b) adding guarantees;
- 105 -
(c) releasing Guarantors when permitted by the Indenture;
(d) providing for security for the Notes;
(e) adding to the covenants of the Issuers;
(f) surrendering any right or power conferred upon the Issuers;
(g) providing for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(h) making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder; and
(i) complying with any requirement of the Trust Indenture Act or curing certain ambiguities,
defects or inconsistencies.
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Issuers and the Trustee, with the consent of
holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding,
to modify the Indenture or any supplemental indenture or the rights of the holders of the Notes,
except that no such modification shall, without the consent of each holder affected thereby:
(i) change or extend the fixed maturity of any Notes, reduce the rate or extend the time of
payment of interest or Additional Interest thereon, reduce the principal amount thereof or premium,
if any, thereon or change the currency in which the Notes are payable;
(ii) reduce the premium payable upon any redemption of Notes in accordance with the optional
redemption provisions of the Notes or change the time before which no such redemption may be made;
(iii) waive a default in the payment of principal or interest or Additional Interest on the
Notes (except that holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding may (a) rescind an acceleration of the Notes that resulted from a non-payment default
and (b) waive the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or alter the rights of
holders of the Notes to waive defaults;
(iv) adversely affect the ranking of the Notes or the guarantees, if any; or
(v) reduce the percentage of Notes, the consent of the holders of which is required for any
such modification.
Any existing Event of Default, other than a default in the payment of principal or interest or
Additional Interest on the Notes, or compliance with any provision of the Notes or the Indenture,
other than any provision related to the payment of principal or interest or Additional Interest on
the Notes, may be waived with the consent of holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes at the time outstanding.
Compliance Certificate
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Broadband LLC will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days
after the end of each fiscal year of Mediacom Broadband LLC an officers certificate stating
whether or not the signers know of any Event of Default that has occurred. If they do, the
certificate will describe the Event of Default and its status.
- 106 -
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Internal Revenue Service Circular 230 Notice
THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE.
THE DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN IS NOT WRITTEN TO BE USED FOR,
AND THE RECIPIENT CANNOT USE SUCH DISCUSSION FOR, THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING ANY PENALTIES ASSERTED
UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE). EACH HOLDER IS NOTIFIED THAT SUCH
DISCUSSION WAS WRITTEN TO SUPPORT THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING (WITHIN THE MEANING OF INTERNAL
REVENUE SERVICE CIRCULAR 230) OF THE TRANSACTION OR MATTER ADDRESSED HEREIN. EACH HOLDER SHOULD
SEEK ADVICE FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSACTION OR MATTER ADDRESSED
HEREIN BASED ON SUCH HOLDERS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of
the exchange offer. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS)
will take a similar view of such consequences. This summary deals only with exchange notes held as
capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code and does not deal with special
situations, such as those of dealers in securities, insurance companies, financial institutions,
tax-exempt entities, expatriates, partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal
income tax purposes or investors in such entities, regulated investment companies, real estate
investment trusts, taxpayers subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons holding exchange notes
as part of a straddle or a hedge against currency risk or a conversion transaction, or persons
whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. In addition, except as otherwise indicated, the
following does not consider the effect of any applicable foreign, state, local or other tax laws or
estate or gift tax considerations. The discussion assumes that the initial notes were acquired for
cash at original issue for their original issue price. The issue price of a note is the first
price at which a substantial amount of the notes are sold to the public (excluding sales to bond
houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity as underwriters,
placement agents, or wholesalers). The discussion below is based on the Code, existing and proposed
U.S. Treasury regulations, and judicial decisions and administrative interpretations now in effect,
all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
As used herein, a U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of an exchange note, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, that is (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
(2) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes created or
organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; (3) an
estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or (4) a
trust which is either subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the
control of one or more U.S. persons, or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S.
Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
As used herein, a Non-U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of an exchange note that is, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, a nonresident alien individual or a corporation, trust or estate
that is not a U.S. Holder. If a partnership (or any entity treated as a partnership for U.S.
federal income tax purposes) holds the exchange notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a
partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.
Partners of partnerships holding the exchange notes are urged to consult their tax advisors.
Exchange of Notes
The exchange of notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not be treated as a taxable sale,
exchange or other disposition of the corresponding initial notes because the terms of the exchange
notes are not materially different from the terms of the initial notes. Accordingly:
|
|
|
a holder will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note; |
|
|
|
|
the holding period of an exchange note will include the holding period of
the initial note exchanged therefor; and |
- 107 -
|
|
|
the adjusted tax basis of an exchange note will be the same as the adjusted
tax basis of the initial note exchanged. |
The filing of a shelf registration statement will not result in a taxable exchange to us or to
any holder of a note.
U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. Holders
Payments of interest
Interest payable on an exchange note generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary
income at the time it accrues or is actually or constructively received in accordance with the U.S.
Holders regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
We have the option to redeem all or a portion of the exchange notes on certain dates. Under
certain circumstances, a holder may be entitled to require us to repurchase all or any part of such
holders exchange notes at a premium upon the occurrence of a change in control. The U.S. Treasury
regulations contain special rules for determining the payment schedule, and the yield and maturity
of a debt instrument in the event the debt instrument provides for a contingency that could, for
example, result in the acceleration or deferral of one or more payments. For purposes of
determining the yield and maturity of the exchange notes, it should be presumed on the issue date
that we will not exercise our unconditional redemption option because such exercise would not
minimize the yield of the exchange notes. The payment schedule of the exchange notes without taking
into account a holders conditional option to require us to repurchase its exchange notes at a
premium should be used for purposes of determining the yield and maturity of the exchange notes
because such payment schedule is significantly more likely than not to occur and/or because such
contingencies should be viewed as remote or incidental. However, if we exercise our redemption
option or are otherwise required to pay additional amounts on the exchange notes, or if a holder
exercises its option to require us to repurchase its exchange notes upon the occurrence of a change
of control, the yield and maturity of the exchange notes should be redetermined using the new
payment schedule by treating the exchange notes as retired and reissued on that date.
Sale, exchange or retirement of exchange notes
Upon the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of an exchange note, a U.S. Holder
generally will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized
on the disposition (not including amounts attributable to accrued but unpaid interest which is
taxable as described above) and such holders adjusted tax basis in the exchange note. A U.S.
Holders adjusted tax basis in an exchange note will generally equal the purchase price paid by
such holder for the exchange note.
In general, gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of an
exchange note by a U.S. Holder will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or
loss if, at the time of disposition, the U.S. Holder has held the exchange note for more than one
year. The maximum U.S. federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains with respect to exchange
notes held by non-corporate holders is 15%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to
certain limitations.
U.S. federal income taxation of Non-U.S. Holders
Payments of interest
The payment to a Non-U.S. Holder of interest on an exchange note that is not effectively
connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States
generally will not be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax provided that the Non-U.S.
Holder (1) does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power
of all classes of the voting stock of Mediacom Communications within the meaning of the Code and
U.S. Treasury regulations; (2) is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us
through stock ownership as provided in the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations; (3) is not a bank
whose receipt of interest on the exchange notes is in connection with an extension of credit made
pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; and
(4)(a) provides its name and address on an IRS Form W-8BEN and certifies under penalties of perjury
that it is not a U.S. person or (b) a bank, brokerage
- 108 -
house, or other financial institution that holds the exchange notes on behalf of the Non-U.S.
Holder in the ordinary course of its trade or business (financial institutions) certifies to us,
under penalty of perjury, that it has received an IRS Form W-8BEN from the beneficial owner and
furnishes us with a copy thereof. In the case of financial institutions that have entered into a
withholding agreement with the IRS to become qualified intermediaries, an alternative method may be
applicable for satisfying the certification requirement described in (4)(b).
If a Non-U.S. Holder cannot satisfy the requirements described in the immediately preceding
paragraph, payments of interest made to the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal
withholding tax unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN
claiming an exemption from or reduction in the rate of withholding under the benefit of a tax
treaty. The 30% U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to interest that is effectively
connected with the conduct by a Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States if
the Non-U.S. Holder provides us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI. To provide the foregoing
certifications, the Non-U.S. Holder may, under certain circumstances, be required to obtain a U.S.
taxpayer identification number (TIN).
If a Non-U.S. Holder of an exchange note is engaged in a trade or business in the United
States and interest on the exchange note is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or
business, the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such interest in the
same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder unless the Non-U.S. Holder can claim an exemption under an
applicable income tax treaty. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may
be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) of its earnings
and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with its
conduct of a trade or business in the United States.
Sale, exchange or retirement of exchange notes
Generally, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to
gain realized on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of an exchange note unless (1)
the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in
the United States; or (2) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is a nonresident alien individual,
such individual is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of
disposition and certain other conditions are met. Notwithstanding (1) and (2), a Non-U.S. Holder
will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if an applicable treaty exemption applies and the
appropriate documentation is provided.
U.S. federal estate taxation of Non-U.S. Holders
Subject to applicable estate tax treaty provisions, an exchange note that is held by an
individual who, at the time of death, is not a citizen or resident of the United States generally
will not be subject to U.S. federal estate tax if, at the time of the individuals death, (1) the
individual does not own actually or constructively 10% or more of the total combined voting power
of the voting stock of Mediacom Communications and (2) interest on the exchange note would not have
been, if received at the time of such holders death, effectively connected with such holders
conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Information reporting and backup withholding
U.S. Holders, unless otherwise exempt as noted below, will be subject to information reporting
with respect to payments of principal, interest, and the gross proceeds from the sale, exchange,
retirement or other disposition of an exchange note. Backup withholding at the applicable rate
(currently 28%) may apply to payments of interest and to the gross proceeds from the sale,
exchange, retirement or other disposition of an exchange note if the U.S. Holder (1) fails to
furnish its TIN on an IRS Form W-9 (or suitable substitute form) within a reasonable time after a
request therefor; (2) furnishes an incorrect TIN; (3) fails to report properly any interest or
dividends; or (4) fails, under certain circumstances, to provide a certified statement signed under
penalty of perjury that the TIN provided is its correct number and that it is not subject to backup
withholding. Certain persons are exempt from information reporting and backup withholding,
including corporations and financial institutions. U.S. Holders of the exchange notes should
consult their tax advisors as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the
procedure for obtaining such exemption.
- 109 -
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments
of interest made on the exchange notes if we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that
the Non-U.S. Holder is a U.S. person and such holder provides the requisite certification on IRS
Form W-8BEN or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Such payments, however,
generally would be subject to reporting requirements.
Non-U.S. Holders will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting with respect
to payments of the gross proceeds from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of an
exchange note effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies
as to its non-U.S. status on IRS Form W-8BEN or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to information reporting and backup withholding
with respect to payments of disposition proceeds if the sale is effected outside the United States
through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and payment is not received in the United States.
However, information reporting will generally apply to a payment of disposition proceeds where the
sale is effected outside the United States by or through an office outside the United States of a
broker which fails to maintain documentary evidence that the holder is a Non-U.S. Holder or that
the holder otherwise is entitled to an exemption, if the broker is (1) a U.S. person; (2) a foreign
person which derives 50% or more of its gross income for defined periods from the conduct of a
trade or business in the United States; (3) a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal
income tax purposes; or (4) a foreign partnership (a) more than 50% of the capital or profits
interest of which is owned by U.S. persons or (b) which is engaged in a U.S. trade or business.
Backup withholding will apply to a payment of those disposition proceeds if the broker has actual
knowledge that the holder is a U.S. person.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding imposed on a
payment to a U.S. Holder or a Non-U.S. Holder of the exchange notes will be allowed as a refund or
a credit against such holders U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required
information is timely furnished to the IRS.
- 110 -
EXCHANGE OFFER
Registration Rights Agreement
The initial notes were originally issued on August 30, 2005 to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC,
Wachovia Capital Markets LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and Harris Nesbitt Corp., pursuant to
a purchase agreement dated August 16, 2005. The initial purchasers subsequently resold the initial
notes in the United States to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, and outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities
Act. We are parties to a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers entered into as
a condition to the closing of the offering of the initial notes under the purchase agreement.
Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the
initial notes, at our cost to:
|
|
|
file an exchange offer registration statement on or before February 27,
2006 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the exchange offer for
the initial notes; and |
|
|
|
|
use our best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective
under the Securities Act by June 26, 2006. |
Upon the registration statement being declared effective, we will offer the exchange notes in
exchange for surrender of the initial notes. We will keep the exchange offer open for not less than
20 business days and not more than 30 business days, or, in each case, longer if required by
applicable law, after the date on which notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of
the initial notes. A holder of initial notes that are surrendered to us pursuant to the exchange
offer will receive exchange notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to that of the
surrendered initial notes. The exchange notes will be identical to the initial notes in all
material respects, except that the cash interest rate step-up provisions shall be modified or
eliminated, as appropriate, and the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the
initial notes will not apply to the exchange notes.
Under existing interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission
contained in several no-action letters to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes will in
general be freely tradable after the exchange offer without further registration under the
Securities Act. However, any broker-dealer and any such holder of the initial notes using the
exchange offer to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes:
|
|
|
will not be able to rely on these interpretations of the staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission; |
|
|
|
|
will not be able to tender its initial notes in the exchange offer; and |
|
|
|
|
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the initial notes, unless
such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements. |
As contemplated by the no-action letters discussed above and the registration rights
agreement, each holder accepting the exchange offer is required to represent to us in the letter of
transmittal that at the time of the consummation of the exchange offer:
|
|
|
the exchange notes received by the holder are acquired in the ordinary
course of business; |
|
|
|
|
the holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of the initial notes or the exchange notes; and |
|
|
|
|
the holder is not an affiliate of ours within the meaning of Rule 405
under the Securities Act. |
Each holder participating in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the exchange
notes must acknowledge and agree that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes and cannot
rely on the no-action letters discussed above.
- 111 -
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange
offer in exchange for initial notes, where the initial notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as
a result of market-making or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The accompanying letter of
transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with any resale of exchange notes received in exchange for
initial notes where such initial notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that for the nine month period
after the consummation of this exchange offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order
shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, we
will make this prospectus, as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time, available to
any such broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
In the event that:
|
|
|
we have not filed an exchange offer registration statement (or, if applicable, the
resale registration discussed below under Shelf Registration Statement) on or before
February 27, 2006 (or, if we are otherwise required to file a registration statement
relating to the resale registration, we do not so file such registration statement
within the time period provided for in the registration rights agreement); or |
|
|
|
|
such registration statement has not become effective by June 26, 2006 (or, in the
case of any such registration statement relating to the resale registration, we do not
so file such registration statement within 120 days following the date such
registration statement was required to be filed); or |
|
|
|
|
the Exchange Offer has not been consummated by August 30, 2006; or |
|
|
|
|
any registration statement required by the registration rights agreement is filed
and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective (except as
specifically permitted therein) without being succeeded immediately by an additional
registration statement filed and declared effective |
(any such event referred to in clauses (1) through (4), the ''Registration Default), then the per
annum interest rate on the applicable notes will increase, for the period from the occurrence of
the Registration Default until such time as the Registration Default is no longer in effect (at
which time the interest rate will be reduced to its initial rate), by .25% during the first 90-day
period following the occurrence and during the continuation of such Registration Default, which
rate shall increase by an additional .25% for each subsequent 90-day period during which such
Registration Default continues up to a maximum of 1.0% (Additional Interest).
Shelf Registration Statement
The registration rights agreement provides that if:
|
|
|
due to any change of law or applicable interpretations by the Securities
and Exchange Commissions staff, we determine upon advice of our outside counsel that
we are not permitted to effect the exchange offer; |
|
|
|
|
for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated by August 25,
2006; |
|
|
|
|
an initial purchaser so requests with respect to initial notes that are not
eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in this exchange offer and that are held by
such initial purchaser following consummation of this exchange offer; |
|
|
|
|
any holder of initial notes, other than an initial purchaser, is not
eligible to participate in this exchange offer; or |
|
|
|
|
any initial purchaser does not receive freely tradable exchange notes in
exchange for initial notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, |
- 112 -
then we will as promptly as practicable, but in no event more than 180 days after so required or
requested, file with the Commission a shelf registration statement relating to all such initial
notes. We will use our best efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be
declared effective by the Commission and keep the shelf registration statement continuously
effective, supplemented and amended for a period of two years from the date the initial notes or
exchange notes exchanged privately, as applicable, have been sold.
Holders of securities to be sold pursuant to any shelf registration statement will be required
to furnish to us such information regarding the holder and the distribution of such securities as
we may reasonably require for inclusion in such registration statement. Each holder of securities
covered by a registration statement will be deemed to have agreed to indemnify us, our directors,
our officers who sign such registration statement and each person who controls us within the
meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 against certain losses
arising out of information furnished by such holder in writing for inclusion in such registration
statement. Holders of securities covered by a registration statement will also be required to
suspend their use of the prospectus included in the shelf registration statement under certain
circumstances upon receipt of written notice to that effect from us.
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination
This exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on ,
unless we extend it in our reasonable discretion. The expiration date of this exchange offer will
be at least 20 business days but not more than 30 business days (or, in each case, longer, if
required by applicable law) after the date on which we mail notice of the exchange offer to holders
as provided in Rule 14e-1(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the registration rights
agreement.
To extend the expiration date, we will need to notify the exchange agent of any extension by
oral, promptly confirmed in writing, or written notice, before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on
the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. We will also need to notify
the holders of the initial notes by mailing an announcement to such holders or by means of a press
release or other public announcement, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation.
We expressly reserve the right:
|
|
|
to delay acceptance of any initial notes, to extend the exchange offer or
to terminate the exchange offer and not permit acceptance of initial notes not
previously accepted if any of the conditions described below under Conditions to the
Exchange Offer have occurred and have not been waived by us, if permitted to be
waived, by giving oral or written notice of the delay, extension or termination to the
exchange agent; or |
|
|
|
|
to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. |
If we amend the exchange offer in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change,
we will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of
the initial notes of the amendment including providing public announcement, or giving oral or
written notice to the holders of the initial notes. A material change in the terms of the exchange
offer could include a change in the timing of the exchange offer, a change in the exchange agent
and other similar changes in the terms of the exchange offer. If any material change is made to the
terms of the exchange offer, we will disclose the change by means of a post-effective amendment to
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will distribute an amended or
supplemented prospectus to each registered holder of initial notes. In addition, we will also
extend the exchange offer for an additional five to ten business days as required by the Securities
Exchange Act, depending on the significance of the amendment, if the exchange offer would otherwise
expire during that period. Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be
followed as promptly as practicable by oral, promptly confirmed in writing, or written notice to
the exchange agent.
- 113 -
Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes
To tender your initial notes in this exchange offer, you must use one of the three alternative
procedures described below:
|
|
|
Regular Delivery Procedure:
|
|
Complete, sign and date the letter of
transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter
of transmittal. Have the signatures on the
letter of transmittal guaranteed if
required by the letter of transmittal. Mail
or otherwise deliver the completed letter
of transmittal or the facsimile, together
with the certificates representing your
initial notes being tendered and any other
required documents, to the exchange agent
so that the exchange agent receives such
documents and initial notes on or before
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date. |
|
|
|
Book-Entry Delivery Procedure:
|
|
Send a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer of your initial notes, if this
procedure is available, into the exchange
agents account at The Depository Trust
Company (DTC) as contemplated by the
procedures for book-entry transfer
described below under
"Book-Entry Delivery Procedure, for
receipt in such account on or before 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
date. |
|
|
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedure:
|
|
If time will not permit you to complete
your tender by using the procedures
described above before the expiration date,
comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below under
"Guaranteed Delivery Procedure. |
The method of delivery of initial notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required
documents is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use an
overnight or hand-delivery service. If you choose the mail, we recommend that you use registered
mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient
time to assure timely delivery. You should not send any letters of transmittal or initial notes to
us. You must deliver all documents to the exchange agent at its address provided below. You may
also request your respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to
tender your initial notes on your behalf.
Only a holder of initial notes may tender initial notes in this exchange offer. For purposes
of this exchange offer, a holder is any person in whose name initial notes are registered on our
books or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder.
If you are the beneficial owner of initial notes that are registered in the name of a broker,
dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your notes, you must
contact this registered holder promptly and instruct this registered holder to tender these notes
on your behalf. If you wish to tender these initial notes on your own behalf, you must, before
completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your initial notes, either make
appropriate arrangements to register the ownership of these notes in your name or obtain a properly
completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take
considerable time.
You must have any signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal guaranteed
by an eligible institution. An eligible institution means an eligible guarantor institution within
the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act, including:
|
|
|
a bank; |
|
|
|
|
a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker or dealer or government securities broker or dealer; |
|
|
|
|
a credit union; |
|
|
|
|
a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency; or |
- 114 -
|
|
|
certain savings associations. |
However, signatures on a letter of transmittal do not have to be guaranteed if initial notes
are tendered:
|
|
|
by a registered holder, or by a participant in DTC in the case of
book-entry transfers, whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner,
who has not completed the box entitled Special Issuance Instructions or Special
Delivery Instructions on the letter of transmittal and only if the exchange notes are
being issued directly to this registered holder, or deposited into this participants
account at DTC in the case of book-entry transfers; or |
|
|
|
|
for the account of an eligible institution. |
If the letter of transmittal or any bond powers are signed by:
|
|
|
the recordholder(s) of the initial notes tendered: The signature must
correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the initial notes without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever; |
|
|
|
|
a participant in DTC: The signature must correspond with the name as it
appears on the security position listing as the holder of the initial notes; |
|
|
|
|
a person other than the registered holder of any initial notes: These
initial notes must be endorsed or accompanied by bond powers and a proxy that authorize
this person to tender the initial notes on behalf of the registered holder, in
satisfactory form to us as determined in our sole discretion, in each case, as the name
of the registered holder or holders appears on the initial notes; |
|
|
|
|
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers
of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity: These
persons should so indicate such capacities when signing. Unless waived by us, evidence
satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must also be submitted with the letter
of transmittal. |
Book-Entry Delivery Procedure
Any financial institution that is a participant in DTCs system may make book-entry deliveries
of initial notes by causing DTC to transfer these initial notes into the exchange agents account
at DTC according to DTCs procedures for transfer. To effectively tender notes through DTC, the
financial institution that is a participant in DTC will electronically transmit its acceptance
through the Automatic Tender Offer Program. DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and send
an agents message to the exchange agent for its acceptance. An agents message is a message
transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent stating that DTC has received an express acknowledgment
from the participant in DTC tendering the initial notes that the participant has received and
agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce this
agreement against the participant. The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account
for the initial notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the
date of this prospectus.
A delivery of initial notes through a book-entry transfer into the exchange agents account at
DTC will only be effective if an agents message or the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the
letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents are
transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address indicated below under Exchange
Agent on or before the expiration date unless the guaranteed delivery procedures described below
are complied with. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedure
If you are a registered holder of initial notes and desire to tender your notes, and (1) these
notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit your notes, the letter of transmittal
or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, or (3) the
procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed, and an agents message (or letter of
transmittal (or facsimile thereof)) cannot be delivered, on or prior to the expiration date, you
may still tender in this exchange offer if:
- 115 -
|
|
|
you tender through an eligible institution; |
|
|
|
|
on or before the expiration date the exchange agent receives from the
holder and the eligible institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of
guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, with your name and
address as holder of the initial notes, the certificate numbers of the initial notes
and the principal amount of initial notes tendered, stating that the tender is being
made pursuant to the notice of guaranteed delivery and guaranteeing that within three
New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date a properly completed and
duly executed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and the certificates for all
the initial notes tendered, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation
with an agents message (or letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof)), as the case
may be, and the letter of transmittal and any other documents required by the letter of
transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and |
|
|
|
|
a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or facsimile
thereof) and the certificates for all your tendered initial notes in proper form for
transfer, or a book-entry confirmation with an agents message (or letter of
transmittal (or facsimile thereof)), as the case may be, and all other documents
required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three
New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date. |
Acceptance of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes
Your tender of initial notes will constitute an agreement between you and us governed by the
terms and conditions provided in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.
We will be deemed to have received your tender as of the date when the exchange agent receives:
|
|
|
your duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by your initial notes; |
|
|
|
|
a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of these notes into the
exchange agents account at DTC with an agents message (or a letter of transmittal (or
facsimile thereof)); or |
|
|
|
|
a notice of guaranteed delivery from an eligible institution. |
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and
withdrawal of tenders will be determined by us in our sole discretion. Our determination will be
final and binding.
We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all initial notes not properly tendered or any
initial notes which, if accepted, would, in our opinion or our counsels opinion, be unlawful. We
also reserve the absolute right to waive any conditions of this exchange offer or irregularities or
defects in tender as to particular notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of this
exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding
on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of initial
notes must be cured within the time that we shall determine. Neither the exchange agent, any other
person or we will be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect
to tenders of initial notes. Neither the exchange agent nor we will incur any liability for any
failure to give notification of these defects or irregularities. Tenders of initial notes will not
be deemed to have been made until the irregularities have been cured or waived. The exchange agent
will return without cost to their holders any initial notes that are not properly tendered and as
to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived as promptly as practicable
following the expiration date.
If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied or waived on the expiration date, we
will accept all initial notes properly tendered and will issue the exchange notes promptly
thereafter. Please refer below to ¾Conditions to the Exchange Offer. For purposes of this
exchange offer, initial notes will be deemed to have been accepted as validly tendered for exchange
when, as and if, we give oral or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent.
We will issue the exchange notes in exchange for the initial notes tendered by a notice of
guaranteed delivery by an eligible institution only against delivery to the exchange agent of the
letter of transmittal, the tendered
- 116 -
initial notes and any other required documents, or the receipt by the exchange agent of a
timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of initial notes into the exchange agents account at
DTC with an agents message (or a letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof)), in each case, in
form satisfactory to us and the exchange agent.
If any tendered initial notes are not accepted for any reason or if initial notes are
submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or
non-exchanged initial notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder, or, in the
case of initial notes tendered by book-entry transfer procedures described above, will be credited
to an account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility, as promptly as practicable after
withdrawal, rejection of tender or the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion, but in compliance with the
provisions of the indenture, to:
|
|
|
purchase or make offers for any initial notes that remain outstanding after
the expiration date, or, as described below under ¾Expiration Date; Extensions;
Amendments; Termination, to terminate the exchange offer as provided by the terms of
our registration rights agreement; and |
|
|
|
|
purchase initial notes in the open market, in privately negotiated
transactions or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law. |
The terms of any of the purchases or offers described above could differ from the terms of the
exchange offer.
Withdrawal of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw tenders of initial notes at
any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, you must send a written or facsimile transmission notice of
withdrawal to the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date at
the address provided below under ¾Exchange Agent and before acceptance of your tendered
initial notes for exchange by us.
Any notice of withdrawal must:
|
|
|
specify the name of the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn; |
|
|
|
|
identify the initial notes to be withdrawn, including, if applicable, the
registration number or numbers and the total principal amount of these notes; |
|
|
|
|
be signed by the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn
in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which
these initial notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the trustee for the initial
notes to register the transfer of these notes into the name of the person having made
the original tender and withdrawing the tender; and |
|
|
|
|
state that you are withdrawing your tender of initial notes. |
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of
receipt, of all notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all
parties. Initial notes that are withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for
exchange in this exchange offer.
You may re-tender properly withdrawn initial notes in this exchange offer by following one of
the procedures described above under Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes at any time before
the expiration date.
- 117 -
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
With exceptions, we will not be required to accept initial notes for exchange, or issue
exchange notes in exchange for any initial notes, and we may terminate or amend the exchange offer
as provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the initial notes, if:
|
|
|
the exchange offer violates applicable law or any interpretation of the
staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission; |
|
|
|
|
any required governmental approval has not been obtained; or |
|
|
|
|
a court or any governmental authority has issued an injunction, order or
decree that would prevent or impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer. |
These conditions are for our sole benefit. We may assert any of these conditions regardless of
the circumstances giving rise to any of them. We may also waive these conditions, in whole or in
part, at any time and from time to time, if we determine in our reasonable discretion, but within
the limits of applicable law, that any of the foregoing events or conditions has occurred or exists
or has not been satisfied. Our failure at any time to exercise any of our rights will not be deemed
a waiver of these rights and these rights will be deemed ongoing rights which we may assert at any
time and from time to time.
If we determine that we may terminate the exchange offer, as provided above, we may:
|
|
|
refuse to accept any initial notes and return any initial notes that have
been tendered to their holders; |
|
|
|
|
extend the exchange offer and retain all initial notes tendered before the
expiration date, allowing, however, the holders of tendered initial notes to exercise
their rights to withdraw their tendered initial notes; or |
|
|
|
|
waive any termination event with respect to the exchange offer and accept
all properly tendered initial notes that have not been withdrawn or otherwise amend the
terms of the exchange offer in any respect as provided above under Expiration Date;
Extensions; Amendments; Termination. |
If we determine that we may terminate the exchange offer, we may be required to file a shelf
registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission as described under Shelf
Registration Statement. The exchange offer is not dependent upon any minimum principal amount of
initial notes being tendered for exchange.
Accounting Treatment
We will record the exchange notes at the same carrying value as the initial notes, as
reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize
any gain or loss for accounting purposes. We will amortize the costs of the exchange offer and the
unamortized expenses related to the issuance of the initial exchange notes over the term of the
exchange notes.
Exchange Agent
We have appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as exchange agent for the exchange
offer. You should direct all questions and requests for assistance or additional copies of this
prospectus or the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent as follows:
Deutsche
Bank Trust Company Americas
60 Wall Street
27th Floor
NYC60-2710
New York, NY 10005
Attention: Trust and Securities Services
Telephone: (800) 735-7777
Fax Number: (615) 835-3701
- 118 -
Fees and Expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders under the exchange offer. The principal
solicitation for tenders under the exchange offer is being made by mail; however, our officers and
other employees may make additional solicitations by telegraph, telephone, telecopy or in person.
We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of
the exchange offer. However, we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its
services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
connection with the exchange offer. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees
and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of the
prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the initial
notes, and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.
We will pay the expenses incurred in connection with the exchange offer, including fees and
expenses of the exchange agent and trustee and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and
expenses.
We will generally pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of initial notes
under the exchange offer. However, tendering holders will pay the amount of any transfer taxes,
whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:
|
|
|
certificates representing exchange notes or initial notes for principal
amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be
registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the
initial notes tendered; or |
|
|
|
|
tendered initial notes are registered in the name of any person other than
the person signing the letter of transmittal; or |
|
|
|
|
a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of initial
notes under the exchange offer. |
If satisfactory evidence of payment of these taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted
with the letter of transmittal, the amount of the transfer taxes will be billed directly to the
tendering holder.
Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences
If you do not properly tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, your initial notes
will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest. However, you will not be able to resell,
offer to resell or otherwise transfer the initial notes unless they are registered under the
Securities Act or unless you resell them, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an
exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not governed by, the
Securities Act. In addition, you will no longer be able to obligate us to register the initial
notes under the Securities Act, except in the limited circumstances provided under our exchange and
registration rights agreement. To the extent the initial notes are tendered and accepted in the
exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the initial notes would be adversely affected. You
should refer to Risk FactorsYour failure to participate in this exchange offer will have adverse
consequences.
- 119 -
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
Principal and interest payments on global securities registered in the name of DTCs nominee
will be made in immediate available funds to DTCs nominee as the registered owner of the global
securities. We and the trustee will treat DTCs nominee as the owner of the global securities for
all other purposes as well. Accordingly, we, the trustee, any paying agent and any of the initial
purchasers will have no direct responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating
to payments made on account of beneficial interests in the global securities or for maintaining,
supervising or reviewing any records relating to these beneficial interests. It is DTCs current
practice, upon receipt of any payment of principal or interest, to credit direct participants
accounts on the payment date according to their respective holdings of beneficial interests in the
global securities. These payments will be the responsibility of the direct and indirect
participants and not of DTC, the trustee or us.
So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of the global security, DTC or
its nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes
represented by the global security for the purposes of:
|
|
|
receiving payment on the notes; |
|
|
|
|
receiving notices; and |
|
|
|
|
for all other purposes under the Indenture and the notes. |
Beneficial interests in the notes will be evidenced only by, and transfers of the notes will
be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants.
Except as described below, owners of beneficial interests in a global security will not be
entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated notes in definitive form and will not be
considered the holders of the global security for any purposes under the Indenture. Accordingly,
each person owning a beneficial interest in a global security must rely on the procedures of DTC.
And, if that person is not a participant in DTC, the person must rely on the procedures of the
participant in DTC through which that person owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder
under the Indenture. Under existing industry practices, if we request any action of holders or an
owner of a beneficial interest in a global security desires to take any action under the Indenture,
DTC would authorize the participants holding the relevant beneficial interest to take that action.
The participants then would authorize beneficial owners owning through the participants to take the
action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.
DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes
only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account with DTC interests in the global
security are credited. Further, DTC will take action only as to the portion of the aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the notes as to which the participant or participants has or have
given the direction.
Although DTC, the Euroclear System (Euroclear) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. of Luxembourg
(Clearstream) have agreed to the procedures described above in order to facilitate transfers of
interests in global securities among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under
no obligation to perform these procedures, and the procedures may be discontinued at any time. None
of us, the trustee, any agent of an initial purchaser or ours will have any responsibility for the
performance by DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect
participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations.
DTC has provided the following information to us. DTC is a:
|
|
|
limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law; |
|
|
|
|
a banking organization within the meaning of the New York Banking Law; |
|
|
|
|
a member of the U.S. Federal Reserve System; |
- 120 -
|
|
|
a clearing corporation within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code; and |
|
|
|
|
a clearing agency registered under the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act. |
Certificated Notes
Notes represented by a global security are exchangeable for certificated notes only if:
|
|
|
DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository or
if DTC ceases to be a registered clearing agency, and a successor depository is not
appointed by us within 90 days; |
|
|
|
|
we determine not to require all of the notes to be represented by a global
security and notifies the trustee of their decision; or |
|
|
|
|
an event of default or an event which, with the giving of notice or lapse
of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default relating to the notes
represented by the global security has occurred and is continuing. |
Any global security that is exchangeable for certificated notes in accordance with the
preceding sentence will be transferred to, and registered and exchanged for, certificated notes in
authorized denominations and registered in the names as DTC or its nominee may direct. However, a
global security is only exchangeable for a global security of like denomination to be registered in
the name of DTC or its nominee. If a global security becomes exchangeable for certificated notes:
|
|
|
certificated notes will be issued only in fully registered form in
denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; |
|
|
|
|
payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the certificated
notes will be payable, and the transfer of the certificated notes will be registrable,
at the office or agency we maintain for these purposes; and |
|
|
|
|
no service charge will be made for any issuance of the certificated notes,
although the issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
governmental charge imposed in connection with the issuance. |
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTCs procedures,
and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream
will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating
procedures.
Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the notes, cross-market
transfers between the participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream
participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTCs rules on
behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such
cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the
case may be, by the counterparts in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and
within the established deadlines, Brussels time, of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the
case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to
its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or
receiving interests in the relevant global securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in
accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear
participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories
for Euroclear or Clearstream.
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream
participant purchasing an interest in a global security from a participant in DTC will be credited,
and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant,
during the securities settlement processing day, which must be a business day for Euroclear and
Clearstream, immediately following the settlement date of DTC. Cash received in Euroclear or
Clearstream as a result of sales of an interest in a global security by or through a Euroclear or
Clearstream participant to a participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date
of DTC but will
- 121 -
be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day
for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTCs settlement date.
- 122 -
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange
offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for
initial notes where such initial notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the expiration date of the exchange
offer and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date of the exchange offer,
we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale. In addition, until [ , 2006], all
dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by brokers-dealers. Exchange
notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing
market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or
through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions
from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer
that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange
offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be
deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such
resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be
deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal
accompanying this prospectus states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the
meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of one year after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will promptly
send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any
broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all
expenses incident to the exchange offer [(including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of
the initial notes)] other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will
indemnify the holders of the initial notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the notes offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Sonnenschein Nath &
Rosenthal LLP, New York, New York. Robert L. Winikoff, a member of the board of directors of
Mediacom Communications, is a partner of Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP. Mr. Winikoff
beneficially owns 26,200 shares of Class A common stock. Mr. Winikoff also has 5,000 restricted
stock units and options to purchase 51,400 shares of Class A common stock of Mediacom
Communications.
EXPERTS
The financial statements as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2004 of Mediacom Broadband LLC and its subsidiaries included in this
prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an
independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form
S-4, including all amendments, exhibits, schedules and supplements, to register the exchange notes.
Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material
information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been
omitted as permitted by the rules of the Commission. For further information about us and
the exchange notes offered in this prospectus, you should refer to the registration statement and
its exhibits. You may read and copy any materials we file with the Commission at the
- 123 -
Commissions Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may
obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at (800)
SEC-0330. You can also review such material by accessing the Commissions Internet web site at
http://www.sec.gov. This site contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Commission.
As a result of this exchange offer, we will be subject to the periodic reporting and other
informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act. So long as we are subject to these
periodic reporting requirements, we will continue to furnish the information required thereby to
the Commission. We are required to file periodic reports with the Commission pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act during our current fiscal year and thereafter so long as the exchange
notes are held by at least 300 registered holders. We do not anticipate that, for periods
following December 31, 2005, the exchange notes will be held of record by more than 300 registered
holders. Therefore, we do not expect to be required to comply with the periodic reporting
requirements imposed under the Securities Exchange Act after that date. However, we have agreed
that, whether or not we are required to do so by the rules and regulations of the Commission, for
so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we will furnish to the holders of the notes and
file with the Commission, unless the Commission will not accept such a filing:
|
|
|
all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be
contained in such a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if we were
required to file such forms, including a Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and, regarding a discussion of the
annual information only, a report thereon by our certified independent public
accountants; and |
|
|
|
|
all reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form
8-K if we were required to file such reports. |
In addition, for so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we have agreed to make
available to any prospective purchaser of the notes or beneficial owner of the notes in connection
with any sale thereof, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
- 124 -
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Mediacom Broadband LLC
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
F-2 |
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2004 and 2003
|
|
F-3 |
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
|
|
F-4 |
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
2004, 2003 and 2002
|
|
F-5 |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
|
|
F-6 |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
F-7 |
Financial Statements Schedule: Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
F-19 |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and December 31, 2004
|
|
F-20 |
Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the Nine Months Ended September 30,
2005 and 2004
|
|
F-21 |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the Nine Months Ended September 30,
2005 and 2004
|
|
F-23 |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
|
|
F-24 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Member of Mediacom Broadband LLC:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mediacom Broadband LLC and its
subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the
consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. These consolidated financial statements and consolidated
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 15, 2005
F-2
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(All dollar amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
9,130 |
|
|
$ |
9,379 |
|
Subscriber accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $2,803 and $2,455, respectively |
|
|
31,287 |
|
|
|
34,522 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
2,787 |
|
|
|
9,278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
43,204 |
|
|
|
53,179 |
|
Investment in cable television systems: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $306,894 and $204,305, respectively |
|
|
723,248 |
|
|
|
743,120 |
|
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $55,934
and $53,377, respectively |
|
|
1,471,884 |
|
|
|
1,473,854 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investment in cable television systems |
|
|
2,195,132 |
|
|
|
2,216,974 |
|
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $7,026 and $5,176, respectively |
|
|
19,909 |
|
|
|
17,631 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
2,258,245 |
|
|
$ |
2,287,784 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
$ |
115,379 |
|
|
$ |
148,969 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
20,831 |
|
|
|
20,202 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
36,316 |
|
|
|
9,771 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
172,526 |
|
|
|
178,942 |
|
Long-term debt, less current portion |
|
|
1,327,639 |
|
|
|
1,344,897 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
12,923 |
|
|
|
24,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
1,513,088 |
|
|
|
1,548,768 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PREFERRED MEMBERS INTEREST |
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEMBERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contributions |
|
|
725,000 |
|
|
|
725,000 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(129,843 |
) |
|
|
(135,984 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total members equity |
|
|
595,157 |
|
|
|
589,016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities, preferred members interests and members equity |
|
$ |
2,258,245 |
|
|
$ |
2,287,784 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
are an integral part of these statements.
F-3
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(All dollar amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
585,039 |
|
|
$ |
552,342 |
|
|
$ |
512,792 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization
of $107,592, $113,007 and $123,704, respectively,
shown separately below) |
|
|
225,764 |
|
|
|
215,310 |
|
|
|
207,053 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
126,575 |
|
|
|
118,918 |
|
|
|
105,407 |
|
Management fee expense |
|
|
10,585 |
|
|
|
9,322 |
|
|
|
6,967 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
107,592 |
|
|
|
113,007 |
|
|
|
123,704 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
114,523 |
|
|
|
95,785 |
|
|
|
69,661 |
|
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(86,125 |
) |
|
|
(82,536 |
) |
|
|
(76,790 |
) |
Gain (loss) on derivatives, net |
|
|
10,929 |
|
|
|
2,807 |
|
|
|
(15,049 |
) |
Other expense |
|
|
(4,475 |
) |
|
|
(5,974 |
) |
|
|
(5,066 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
34,852 |
|
|
$ |
10,082 |
|
|
$ |
(27,244 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
are an integral part of these statements.
F-4
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN
MEMBERS EQUITY
(All dollar amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2001 |
|
$ |
725,000 |
|
|
$ |
(58,706 |
) |
|
$ |
666,294 |
|
Net loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,244 |
) |
|
|
(27,244 |
) |
Dividend payments to related party
on Preferred Members Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
Dividend payments to MCC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,528 |
) |
|
|
(10,528 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2002 |
|
$ |
725,000 |
|
|
$ |
(114,478 |
) |
|
$ |
610,522 |
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,082 |
|
|
|
10,082 |
|
Dividend payments to related party on Preferred Members Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
Dividend payments to MCC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,588 |
) |
|
|
(13,588 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2003 |
|
$ |
725,000 |
|
|
$ |
(135,984 |
) |
|
$ |
589,016 |
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,852 |
|
|
|
34,852 |
|
Dividend payments to related party on Preferred Members Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
Dividend
payments to MCC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,711 |
) |
|
|
(10,711 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2004 |
|
$ |
725,000 |
|
|
$ |
(129,843 |
) |
|
$ |
595,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
are an integral part of these statements.
F-5
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(All dollar amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
34,852 |
|
|
$ |
10,082 |
|
|
$ |
(27,244 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss ) to net cash provided by
operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
107,592 |
|
|
|
113,007 |
|
|
|
123,704 |
|
(Gain) loss on derivatives, net |
|
|
(10,929 |
) |
|
|
(2,807 |
) |
|
|
15,049 |
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs |
|
|
2,099 |
|
|
|
2,365 |
|
|
|
2,248 |
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects
from acquisitions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subscriber accounts receivable, net |
|
|
3,235 |
|
|
|
927 |
|
|
|
(9,521 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
6,491 |
|
|
|
(955 |
) |
|
|
(1,723 |
) |
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
(33,590 |
) |
|
|
(29,134 |
) |
|
|
18,627 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
1,831 |
|
|
|
2,369 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
(4,075 |
) |
|
|
1,311 |
|
|
|
1,550 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities |
|
|
106,304 |
|
|
|
96,627 |
|
|
|
125,059 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures |
|
|
(83,656 |
) |
|
|
(118,039 |
) |
|
|
(234,832 |
) |
Acquisitions of cable television systems |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,047 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of cable television systems |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,989 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other investing activities |
|
|
(1,738 |
) |
|
|
(5,516 |
) |
|
|
(4,478 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities |
|
|
(85,394 |
) |
|
|
(116,613 |
) |
|
|
(239,310 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New borrowings |
|
|
126,750 |
|
|
|
144,554 |
|
|
|
183,000 |
|
Repayment of debt |
|
|
(117,463 |
) |
|
|
(93,659 |
) |
|
|
(85,000 |
) |
Dividend payments on preferred members interests |
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
Dividend payment to parent |
|
|
(10,711 |
) |
|
|
(13,588 |
) |
|
|
(10,528 |
) |
Financing costs |
|
|
(1,735 |
) |
|
|
(249 |
) |
|
|
(492 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(21,159 |
) |
|
|
19,058 |
|
|
|
68,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(249 |
) |
|
|
(928 |
) |
|
|
(45,271 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period |
|
|
9,379 |
|
|
|
10,307 |
|
|
|
55,578 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period |
|
$ |
9,130 |
|
|
$ |
9,379 |
|
|
$ |
10,307 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for interest, net of amounts
capitalized |
|
$ |
86,388 |
|
|
$ |
83,673 |
|
|
$ |
81,015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND
FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures financed through capital leases |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
5,773 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
are an integral part of these statements.
F-6
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) Organization
Mediacom Broadband LLC (Mediacom Broadband, and collectively with its subsidiaries, the
Company), a Delaware limited liability company wholly-owned by Mediacom Communications
Corporation (MCC), was organized for the purpose of acquiring cable systems from AT&T Broadband,
LLC in 2001. As of December 31, 2004, the Company was operating cable systems in the states of
Georgia, Illinois, Iowa and Missouri.
Mediacom Broadband relies on its parent, MCC, for various services such as corporate and
administrative support. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Mediacom
Broadband could differ from those that would have resulted had Mediacom Broadband operated
autonomously or as an entity independent of MCC. See Notes 7, 8 and 9.
Mediacom Broadband Corporation, a Delaware corporation wholly-owned by Mediacom Broadband,
co-issued, jointly and severally, with Mediacom Broadband $400.0 million aggregate principal amount
of the 11% senior notes due July 15, 2013. Mediacom Broadband Corporation has no assets (other
than a $100 receivable from affiliate), operations, revenues or cash flows. Therefore, separate
financial statements have not been presented for this entity.
(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Mediacom Broadband and its
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The
preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. The accounting estimates that require managements most
difficult and subjective judgments include assessment and valuation of intangibles, useful lives of
property, plant and equipment and the valuation of programming liabilities. Actual results could
differ from those and other estimates.
Change in Estimate
Effective July 1, 2003, the Company changed the estimated useful lives of its cable systems
and equipment. The changes in estimated useful lives were made to reflect managements evaluation
of the longer economic lives of the Companys upgraded and rebuilt network. The new asset lives
are consistent with those used by companies in the cable television industry. The weighted average
useful lives of such fixed assets changed from approximately 7 years to approximately 12 years.
These changes were made on a prospective basis and resulted in an increase in net income of
approximately $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to approximately
$22.3 for the year ended December 31, 2003
Revenue Recognition
Revenues include amounts billed to customers for services provided, installations, advertising
and other services. Revenues from video and data services are recognized when the services are
provided to the customers. Installation revenues are less than direct installation costs.
Therefore, installation revenues are recognized as connects are completed. Advertising sales are
recognized in the period that the advertisements are exhibited. Franchise fees are collected on a
monthly basis and are periodically remitted to local franchise authorities. Franchise fees
collected and paid are reported as revenues and expenses as a component of selling, general and
administrative.
F-7
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Companys best estimate of probable losses
in the accounts receivable balance. The allowance is based on the number of days outstanding,
customer balances, historical experience and other currently available information.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months
or less to be cash equivalents.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Companys accounts receivable are comprised of amounts due from subscribers in varying
regions throughout the United States. Concentration of credit risk with respect to these
receivables is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Companys customer base
and their geographic dispersion. The Company invests its cash with high quality financial
institutions.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Additions to property, plant and
equipment generally include material, labor and indirect costs. Depreciation is calculated on a
straight-line basis over the following useful lives:
|
|
|
Buildings |
|
40 years |
Leasehold improvements |
|
Life of respective lease |
Cable systems and equipment and subscriber devices |
|
4 to 20 years |
Vehicles |
|
5 years |
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment |
|
5 years |
The Company capitalizes improvements that extend asset lives and expenses repairs and
maintenance as incurred. At the time of retirements, sales or other dispositions of property, the
original cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the
gains or losses are presented as a separate component on the statement of operations.
The Company capitalizes the costs associated with the construction of cable transmission and
distribution facilities, new customer installations and indirect costs associated with our
telephony product. Costs include direct labor and material, as well as certain indirect costs
including interest. The Company performs periodic evaluations of certain estimates used to
determine the amount and extent that such costs that are capitalized. Any changes to these
estimates, which may be significant, are applied in the period in which the evaluations were
completed. The costs of disconnecting service at a customers dwelling or reconnecting to a
previously installed dwelling are charged as expense in the period incurred. Costs associated with
subsequent installations of additional services not previously installed at a customers dwelling
are capitalized to the extent such costs are incremental and directly attributable to the
installation of such additional services.
Capitalized Software Costs
The Company accounts for internal-use software development and related costs in accordance
with AICPA Statement of Position No. 98-1 Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed
or Obtained for Internal Use. Software development and other related costs consist of external
and internal costs incurred in the application development stage to purchase and implement the
software that will be used in the Companys telephony business. Costs incurred in the development
of application and infrastructure of the software is capitalized and will be amortized over its
respective estimated useful life. During the year ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company
capitalized
F-8
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
approximately $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively of software development
costs. Amortization will begin when the Company launches its telephony product.
Intangible Assets
In accordance with FASB No. 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, the amortization of
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is prohibited and requires such assets to be tested
annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The Company has
determined that its cable franchise costs and goodwill are indefinite-lived assets and therefore
not amortizable. Other finite-lived intangible assets, which consist primarily of subscriber lists
and covenants not to compete, continue to be amortized over their useful lives of 5 to 10 years and
5 years, respectively.
Other Assets
Other assets, net represent debt financing costs incurred to raise debt and are deferred and
amortized as other expense over the expected term of such financings.
Segment Reporting
SFAS No. 131, Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, requires
the disclosure of factors used to identify an enterprises reportable segments. The Companys
operations are organized and managed on the basis of cable system clusters that represent operating
segments responsible for certain geographical regions. Each operating segment derives its revenues
from the delivery of similar products and services to a customer base that is also similar. Each
operating segment deploys similar technology to deliver our products and services and operates
within a similar regulatory environment. In addition, each operating segment has similar economic
characteristics. Management evaluated the criteria for aggregation of the geographic operating
segments under SFAS No. 131 and believes the Company meets each of the respective criteria set
forth. Accordingly, management has identified broadband services as the Companys one reportable
segment.
Accounting for Derivative Instruments
The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, SFAS No. 138
and SFAS No. 149. These pronouncements require that all derivative instruments be recognized on
the balance sheet at fair value. The Companys stated strategy is to manage its interest expense
using a combination of fixed and variable interest rate debt. The Company enters into interest
rate exchange agreements to fix the interest rate on a portion of its variable interest rate debt
to reduce the potential volatility in its interest expense that would otherwise result from changes
in market interest rates. The Companys derivative instruments are recorded at fair value and are
included in other current assets, other assets and other liabilities. The Companys accounting
policies for these instruments are based on whether they meet the Companys criteria for
designation as hedging transactions. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include
the instruments effectiveness in risk reduction and, in most cases, a one-to-one matching of the
derivative instrument to its underlying transaction. Gains and losses from changes in fair values
of derivatives that are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes are recognized currently
in earnings. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, none of the Companys derivative financial instruments
were designated as hedges. Therefore, changes in fair value for the respective periods were
recognized in earnings.
Accounting for Asset Retirement
The Company adopted SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, on January 1,
2003. SFAS No. 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with
the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. The
Company reviewed its asset retirement obligations to determine the fair value of such liabilities
and if a reasonable estimate of fair value could be made. This entailed the review of leases
covering tangible long-lived assets as well as the Companys rights-of-way under franchise
agreements. In determining the fair value of the Companys asset retirement obligation,
consideration was given to
F-9
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
given to the Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984, which generally entitles
the cable operator to the fair market value for the cable system covered by a franchise, if
renewal is denied and the franchising authority acquires ownership of the cable system or effects a
transfer of the cable system to another person. Changes in these assumptions based on future
information could result in adjustments to estimated liabilities.
Upon adoption of SFAS No. 143, the Company determined that in certain instances, it is
obligated by contractual terms or regulatory requirements to remove facilities or perform other
remediation activities upon the retirement of its assets. The Company has recorded a $1.8 million
asset in property, plant and equipment and a corresponding liability of $1.8 million.
Accounting for Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets, the Company periodically evaluates the recoverability and estimated lives of its
long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization,
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable or the useful life has changed. The measurement for such impairment loss is based on
the fair value of the asset, typically based upon the future cash flows discounted at a rate
commensurate with the risk involved. Unless presented separately, the loss is included as a
component of either depreciation expense or amortization expense, as appropriate.
Comprehensive Income/Loss
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income. This statement
requires companies to classify items of other comprehensive income/loss by their nature in the
financial statements and display the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income/loss
separately from retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in the equity section of a
statement of financial position. The Company has had no other comprehensive income/loss to report.
Income Taxes
Since the Company is a limited liability company, it is not subject to federal or state income
taxes and no provision for income taxes relating to its operations has been reflected in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements. Income or loss of the limited liability company is
reported in MCCs income tax returns.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years amounts to conform to the current
years presentation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and
Disclosure, in December 2002, which amended: (i) SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, to provide alternative methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily changes
to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation; (ii) the
disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosure about the effects on reported
net income of an entitys accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee
compensation; and (iii) APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting, to require disclosure
about those effects in interim financial information. The Company adopted SFAS No. 148 on January
1, 2003.
The Company did not change to the fair value-based expense recognition method of accounting
for stock-based employees compensation. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS No. 148 did not affect
the Companys financial condition or results of operations. However, SFAS No. 148 requires that
information be provided as if the Company had accounted for employee stock options under the fair
value method of this statement, including disclosing pro forma information regarding net income
(loss) and net income (loss) per share beginning with the first quarter of 2003. The Company
accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with APB Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued
F-10
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
to Employees, as permitted by SFAS No. 123. Compensation expense for stock options is
measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of MCCs stock at the date of the grant
over the amount the employee must pay to acquire the stock.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, Amendment of Statement 123 on Share-Based
Payment. SFAS No. 123R requires companies to expense the value of employee stock options, stock
granted through the employee stock purchase program and similar awards. SFAS No. 123R is effective
for periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company plans on adopting SFAS No. 123R effective
July 1, 2005 and expects that the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will have a material impact on its
consolidated results of operations.
There are three methods of adopting SFAS No. 123R. The first method is called modified
prospective method, which allows companies to avoid recording additional compensation expense for
vested awards that are outstanding on the effective date of the SFAS No. 123R. Unvested awards
outstanding on the effective date would be charged to expense over the remaining vesting period.
The second method is similar to the modified prospective method, except it allows companies to
restate earlier interim periods in the year of adoption using the applicable SFAS No. 123R pro
forma amounts. The third method is the modified retrospective method, which directs companies to
apply the modified prospective method and to restate prior financial statements. The Company is
currently evaluating these transitional methods.
In March 2004, the FASB approved the consensus reached on the EITF Issue No. 03-1, The
Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. The
Issues objective is to provide guidance for identifying other-than-temporarily impaired
investments. EITF 03-1 also provides new disclosure requirements for investments that are deemed
to be temporarily impaired. In September 2004, the FASB issued a FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF
03-1 that delays the effective date of the measurement and recognition guidance in EITF 03-1 until
further notice. The disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 are effective with this annual report for
fiscal 2004. Once the FASB reaches a final decision on the measurement and recognition provisions,
the Company will evaluate the impact of the adoption of the accounting provision of EITF 03-1.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment
of APB Opinion No. 29. The guidance in APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions, is based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured
based on the fair value of assets exchanged. The guidance in that Opinion, however, included
certain exceptions to that principle. This Statement amends Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception
for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets that do not have commercial substance. A
nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected
to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary
exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 153
is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial position and results of
operations.
(3) Property, Plant and Equipment
As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, property, plant and equipment consisted of (dollars in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and land improvements |
|
$ |
4,577 |
|
|
$ |
4,518 |
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements |
|
|
24,026 |
|
|
|
22,941 |
|
Cable systems, equipment and subscriber devices |
|
|
959,096 |
|
|
|
878,600 |
|
Vehicles |
|
|
31,662 |
|
|
|
33,491 |
|
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment |
|
|
10,781 |
|
|
|
7,875 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,030,142 |
|
|
|
947,425 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(306,894 |
) |
|
|
(204,305 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
$ |
723,248 |
|
|
$ |
743,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was approximately
$105.0 million, $109.6 million and $117.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003,
the Company had property under capitalized leases of $5.5 million and $5.3 million, respectively,
before accumulated depreciation, and $3.7 million and $4.7 million, respectively, net of
accumulated depreciation. During the years ended December 31,
2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company incurred
gross interest expense of $87.4 million, $86.0 million and
$80.9 million, respectively of which $1.3 million,
$3.4 million and $4.1 million was capitalized. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.
(4) Intangible Assets
The Company operates its cable systems under non-exclusive cable franchises that are granted
by state or local government authorities for varying lengths of time. As of December 31, 2004, the
company held 377 franchises in areas located throughout the United States. The Company acquired
these cable franchises through acquisitions of cable systems and they were accounted for using the
purchase method of accounting.
On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets",
which eliminates amortization of goodwill and certain intangibles that have indefinite lives but
requires that such assets be tested for impairment at least annually. The Company evaluated the
expected useful life of its cable franchises, also referred to as franchise costs, upon adoption of
SFAS No. 142 and determined that all of its cable franchises have an indefinite useful life. As
such, the Company ceased amortizing its cable franchises effective January 1, 2002.
The Company has assessed franchise value for impairment under SFAS No. 142 by utilizing a
discounted cash flow methodology. In performing an impairment test in accordance with SFAS No.
142, the Company considers the guidance contained in EITF Issue No. 02-7, Recognition of Customer
Relationship Intangible Assets acquired in a Business Combination, whereby the Company considers
assumptions, such as future cash flow expectations and other future benefits related to the
intangible assets, when measuring the fair value of each cable systems other net assets. If the
determined fair value of the Companys franchise costs is less the carrying amount on the financial
statements, an impairment charge would be recognized for the difference between the fair value and
the carrying value of the assets. To test the impairment of the goodwill carried on the Companys
financial statements, the fair value of the cable system clusters tangible and intangible assets
(includes franchise costs) other than goodwill is deducted from the cable system clusters fair
value. The balance represents the fair value of goodwill which is then compared to the carrying
value of goodwill to determine if there is any impairment. The Company completed its last
impairment test in accordance with SFAS No. 142 as of October 1, 2004, which reflected no
impairment of franchise costs or goodwill. There have been no events since then that would require
an analysis to be completed before the next annual test date.
The following table summarizes the net asset value for each intangible asset category as of
December 31, 2004 and 2003 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Asset |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Net Asset |
|
2004 |
|
Value |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Value |
|
Franchise costs |
|
$ |
1,290,113 |
|
|
$ |
38,752 |
|
|
$ |
1,251,361 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
204,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204,582 |
|
Subscriber lists |
|
|
33,123 |
|
|
|
17,182 |
|
|
|
15,941 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,527,818 |
|
|
$ |
55,934 |
|
|
$ |
1,471,884 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Asset |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Net Asset |
|
2003 |
|
Value |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Value |
|
Franchise costs |
|
$ |
1,289,526 |
|
|
$ |
38,752 |
|
|
$ |
1,250,774 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
204,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204,582 |
|
Subscriber lists |
|
|
33,123 |
|
|
|
14,625 |
|
|
|
18,498 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,527,231 |
|
|
$ |
53,377 |
|
|
$ |
1,473,854 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-12
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was approximately
$2.6 million, $3.4 million and $6.2 million, respectively. The Companys estimated aggregate
amortization expense for the year of 2005 through 2009 and beyond are $2.1 million, $2.1 million,
$2.1 million, $2.1 million and $7.5 million, respectively.
The net asset value as of December 31, 2004 decreased approximately $2.0 million from December
31, 2003, primarily due to the recording of amortization expense.
(5) Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following as of December 31, 2004 and
2003 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest |
|
$ |
24,342 |
|
|
$ |
24,012 |
|
Accrued payroll and benefits |
|
|
10,477 |
|
|
|
10,588 |
|
Accrued programming costs |
|
|
36,356 |
|
|
|
63,152 |
|
Accrued property, plant and equipment |
|
|
5,822 |
|
|
|
12,899 |
|
Accrued taxes and fees |
|
|
12,804 |
|
|
|
16,303 |
|
Accrued telecommunications |
|
|
9,160 |
|
|
|
8,214 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
16,418 |
|
|
|
13,801 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
115,379 |
|
|
$ |
148,969 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6) Debt
As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, debt consisted of (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank credit facilities |
|
$ |
960,500 |
|
|
$ |
950,000 |
|
11% senior notes |
|
|
400,000 |
|
|
|
400,000 |
|
Capital lease obligations |
|
|
3,455 |
|
|
|
4,668 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,363,955 |
|
|
$ |
1,354,668 |
|
Less: Current portion |
|
|
36,316 |
|
|
|
9,771 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt |
|
$ |
1,327,639 |
|
|
$ |
1,344,897 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank Credit Facility
The Company maintains a $1.4 billion senior secured credit facility (the Broadband credit
facility) consisting of a revolving credit facility (the Broadband revolver) with an initial
commitment of $600 million, a $300 million term loan A (the Broadband term loan A) and a $500
million term loan B (the Broadband term loan B). On December 16, 2004, the Company amended the
credit agreement of the Broadband credit facility (the Broadband credit agreement) to conform its
definitions, financial covenants and other terms (including those relating to letters of credit,
mandatory prepayment, representations and warranties, negative covenants and events of default) to
those of the Mediacom LLC credit agreement dated October 21, 2004. The Broadband revolver expires
on March 31, 2010 and, beginning on December 31, 2004, its
F-13
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
commitments were subject to quarterly
reductions ranging from 2.00% to 8.00% of the original commitment amount. The Broadband term loan
A matures on March 31, 2010 and, beginning on September 30, 2004, has been subject to quarterly
reductions ranging from 1.00% to 8.00% of the original amount. The Broadband term loan B matures
on September 30, 2010 and is subject to quarterly reductions of 0.25% from September 30, 2004 to
June 30, 2010, and 94.00% on maturity, of the original amount. As of December 31, 2004, the
maximum commitment available under the Broadband revolver was $588.0 million and the revolver had
an outstanding balance of $169.0 million, the Broadband term loan A had an outstanding balance of
$294.0 million, and the Broadband term loan B had an outstanding balance of $497.5 million.
The Broadband credit agreement provides for interest at varying rates based upon various
borrowing options and certain financial ratios, and for commitment
fees of 3/8% to
5/8% per annum on
the unused portion of the available revolving credit commitment. Interest on outstanding Broadband
revolver and Broadband term loan A balances are payable at either the Eurodollar rate plus a
floating percentage ranging from 1.00% to 2.50% or the base rate plus a floating percentage ranging
from 0.25% to 1.50%. Interest on the Broadband term loan B is payable at either the Eurodollar
rate plus a floating percentage ranging from 2.50% to 2.75% or the base rate plus a floating
percentage ranging from 1.50% to 1.75%.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, the maximum commitment amount under the Broadband
revolver will be reduced by $60.0 million or 10.0% of the original commitment amount, the
outstanding debt under the Broadband term loan A will be reduced by $30.0 million or 10.0% of the
original amount, and the Broadband term loan B will be reduced by $5.0 million or 1.0% of the
original amount.
The Broadband credit agreement requires compliance with certain financial covenants including,
but not limited to, leverage, interest coverage and debt service coverage ratios, as defined
therein. The Broadband credit agreement also requires compliance with other covenants including,
but not limited to, limitations on mergers and acquisitions, consolidations and sales of certain
assets, liens, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, certain restricted payments, and certain
transactions with affiliates. The Company was in compliance with all covenants of the Broadband
credit agreement as of and for all periods in the year ended December 31, 2004.
The Broadband credit agreement is collateralized by Mediacom Broadbands pledge of all its
ownership interests in its operating subsidiaries and is guaranteed by Mediacom Broadband on a
limited recourse basis to the extent of such ownership interests.
The average interest rate on debt outstanding under the Broadband credit agreement was 4.3%
and 3.3% for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, before giving effect to the
interest rate exchange agreements discussed below. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had
approximately $410.9 million of unused bank commitments under the Broadband credit agreement.
The Company uses interest rate exchange agreements in order to fix the interest rate on its
floating rate debt. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had interest rate exchange agreements
with various banks pursuant to which the interest rate on $500.0 million is fixed at a weighted
average rate of approximately 3.4%, plus the average applicable margin over the Eurodollar rate
option under the Companys bank credit agreements. Under the terms of the interest rate exchange
agreements, which expire from 2005 through 2007, the Company is exposed to credit loss in the event
of nonperformance by the other parties. However, due to high creditworthiness of its
counterparties, which are major banking firms with investment grade ratings, the Company does not
anticipate their nonperformance.
The fair value of the interest rate exchange agreements is the estimated amount that the
Company would receive or pay to terminate such agreements, taking into account interest rates, the
remaining time to maturities and the creditworthiness of the Companys counterparties. At December
31, 2004, based on the mark-to-market valuation, the Company recorded an investment in derivatives
of $2.4 million, offset by a $3.7 million derivative liability. As a result of the quarterly
mark-to-market valuation of these interest rate swaps, the Company recorded a gain on derivative
instruments amounting to $10.9 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and
2003, respectively.
F-14
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Senior Notes
On June 29, 2001, Mediacom Broadband and Mediacom Broadband Corporation (the Issuers)
jointly issued $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11% senior notes due July 2013 (the
11% Senior Notes). The 11% Senior Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuers, and the
indenture for the 11% Senior Notes stipulates, among other things, restrictions on incurrence of
indebtedness, distributions, mergers and asset sales and has cross-default provisions related to
other debt of the Issuers. Interest accrues at 11% per annum, beginning from the date of issuance
and is payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, which commenced on January 15,
2002. The Issuers were in compliance with the indenture governing the 11% Senior Notes as of and
for all periods in the year ended December 31, 2004.
Fair Value and Debt Maturities
The fair value of the Companys bank credit facility approximates the carrying value. The
fair value at December 31, 2004 of the 11% Senior Notes was approximately $430.0 million.
The stated maturities of all debt outstanding as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (dollars
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
$ |
36,316 |
|
2006 |
|
|
43,857 |
|
2007 |
|
|
65,740 |
|
2008 |
|
|
65,042 |
|
2009 |
|
|
208,500 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
944,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,363,955 |
|
|
|
|
|
(7) Preferred Members Interests
On July 18, 2001, the Company received a $150.0 million preferred equity investment from
Mediacom LLC. The preferred equity investment has a 12% annual dividend, payable quarterly in
cash. During each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company paid in aggregate
$18.0 million in cash dividends on the preferred equity.
(8) Members Equity
As a wholly-owned subsidiary of MCC, the Companys business affairs, including its financing
decisions, are directed by MCC. For the years ended December 31,
2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company paid cash dividends to MCC of
approximately $10.7 million, $13.6 million and $10.5 million,
respectively, as permitted under the Companys debt arrangements.
(9) Related Party Transactions
MCC manages the Company pursuant to a management agreement with each operating subsidiary.
Under such agreements, MCC has full and exclusive authority to manage the day to day operations and
conduct the business of the Company. The Company remains responsible for all expenses and
liabilities relating to construction, development, operation, maintenance, repair, and ownership of
its systems. Management fees for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, amounted to
approximately $10.6 million, $9.3 million and $7.0 million, respectively.
F-15
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As compensation for the performance of its services, subject to certain restrictions, MCC is
entitled under each management agreement to receive management fees in an amount not to exceed 4.0%
of the annual gross operating revenues of each of the operating subsidiaries. MCC is also entitled
to the reimbursement of all expenses necessarily incurred in its capacity as manager.
Mediacom LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MCC, is a preferred equity investor in the Company.
See Note 7 for a discussion on the transactions between these two parties.
(10) Employee Benefit Plans
Substantially all employees of the Company are eligible to participate in a defined
contribution plan pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) (the Plan). Under such
Plan, eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their current pretax compensation. The Plan
permits, but does not require, matching contributions and non-matching (profit sharing)
contributions to be made by the Company up to a maximum dollar amount or maximum percentage of
participant contributions, as determined annually by the Company. The Company presently matches
50% on the first 6% of employee contributions. The Companys contributions under the Plan totaled
approximately $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and $1.1 million for the years
ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.
(11) MCC Stock Options and Employee Stock Purchase Program
Under MCCs 2003 Incentive Plan, certain employees of the Company received grants of MCC stock
options.
The following table summarizes information concerning stock option activity for the years
ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
496,785 |
|
|
$ |
11.96 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(48,486 |
) |
|
|
11.96 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2002 |
|
|
448,299 |
|
|
$ |
11.96 |
|
Granted |
|
|
112,000 |
|
|
|
6.96 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(22,330 |
) |
|
|
11.48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2003 |
|
|
537,969 |
|
|
$ |
10.94 |
|
Granted |
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
8.82 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(34,954 |
) |
|
|
10.90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2004 |
|
|
505,015 |
|
|
$ |
10.93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys employees had options exercisable on underlying MCC shares amounting to 185,126
and 85,620, with average prices of $11.24 and $10.94 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
The Company had no options exercisable at December 31, 2002. The weighted average fair value of
options granted was $4.25, $3.37 and $6.04 per share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003
and 2002, respectively.
F-16
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following table summarizes information concerning stock options outstanding as of December
31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
|
Options Exercisable |
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
Range of |
|
Outstanding at |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
Exercisable at |
|
|
Weighted |
|
Exercise |
|
December 31, |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Average |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Average |
|
Prices |
|
2004 |
|
|
Contractual Life |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
$6.94 to $11.96 |
|
|
505,015 |
|
|
7.57 years |
|
$ |
10.89 |
|
|
|
185,126 |
|
|
$ |
11.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company accounts for the stock option plans and employee stock purchase program under APB
No. 25. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for any option grants in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations since the price of the options was at their fair
market value at the date of grant. SFAS No. 148 requires that information be determined as if the
Company had accounted for employee stock options under the fair value method of this statement,
including disclosing pro forma information regarding net loss and loss per share. The weighted
average fair value of all of the employee options was estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes model with the following weighted average assumptions: (i) risk free average
interest rate of 3.8%, 3.6% and 5.0% for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
respectively; (ii) expected dividend yields of 0%; (iii) expected lives of 6 years; and (iv)
expected volatility of 45%. Had compensation expense been recorded for the employee options under
SFAS No. 148, the compensation expense would have been $600,000, $500,000, and $400,000 for the
years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
MCC maintains an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP). Under the plan, all of the Companys
employees are allowed to participate in the purchase of MCCs Class A Common Stock at a 15%
discount on the date of the allocation. MCC shares purchased by the Companys employees amounted to
117,279, 131,367 and 117,644 in 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively. The net proceeds to MCC were
approximately $700,000, $700,000 and $800,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively. Compensation
expense was not recorded on the distribution of these shares in accordance with APB No. 25. The
weighted average fair value of all of the stock issued under the ESPP was estimated on the purchase
date using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions: (i) discount rate equal to the
six year bond rate on the stock purchase date; (ii) expected dividend yields of 0%; (iii) expected
lives of six months; and (iv) expected volatility of 45%. Had compensation expense been recorded
for the stock issued for the ESPP under SFAS No. 148, the compensation costs would have been
approximately $221,000, $223,000 and $257,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
respectively.
Had the Company applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based
compensation, the Companys net income (loss) would have been changed from the as reported
amounts to the pro forma amounts as follows (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2002 |
|
Net income (loss), as reported |
|
$ |
34,852 |
|
|
$ |
10,082 |
|
|
$ |
(27,244 |
) |
Deduct: Total stock based compensation
expense determined under fair value
based method of all awards |
|
|
(821 |
) |
|
|
(723 |
) |
|
|
(657 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) |
|
$ |
34,031 |
|
|
$ |
9,359 |
|
|
$ |
(27,901 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(12) Commitments and Contingencies
Under various lease and rental agreements for offices, warehouses and computer terminals, the
Company had rental expense of approximately $1.7 million, $2.4 million and $2.2 million for the
years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Future minimum annual rental payments
are as follows (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
$ |
1,728 |
|
2006 |
|
|
651 |
|
2007 |
|
|
486 |
|
2008 |
|
|
307 |
|
2009 |
|
|
234 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
433 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,839 |
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, the Company rents utility poles in its operations generally under short-term
arrangements, but the Company expects these arrangements to recur. Total rental expense for
utility poles was approximately $4.3 million, $4.0 million and $2.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively.
As of December 31, 2004, approximately $8.1 million of letters of credit were issued in favor
of various parties to secure the Companys performance relating to franchise and lease
requirements. The fair value of such letters of credit were not material.
Legal Proceedings
On April 5, 2004, a lawsuit was filed against the Companys parent, MCC, MCC Georgia LLC, one
of the Companys subsidiaries, and other, currently unnamed potential defendants in the United
States District Court for the District of Colorado by Echostar Satellite LLC, which operates a
direct broadcast satellite business under the name Dish Network. Echostar alleges that systems
operated by MCC Georgia LLC have used, without authorization, Dish Network satellite dishes
activated under residential accounts to receive the signals of certain broadcast television
stations in one or more locations in Georgia and that it has then been redistributing those
signals, through its cable systems, to its subscribers. Among other claims, the complaint filed by
Echostar alleges that these actions violate a provision of the Communications Act of 1934 (47
U.S.C. Sec. 605) that prohibits unauthorized interception of radio communications. The plaintiff
seeks injunctive relief, actual and statutory damages, disgorgement of profits, punitive damages
and litigation costs, including attorneys fees.
On June 29, 2004, Echostar amended its complaint to also allege that this conduct amounted to
a breach of the contract between Echostar and one of MCCs employees, who allegedly acted as an
agent for MCC, by which MCC received the Echostar satellite signal. On September 7, 2004, the U.S.
District Court granted MCCs motion to transfer the case to the Middle District of Georgia, where
venue is proper and where personal jurisdiction over MCC exists. There have been no further
proceedings since that date. MCC Georgia LLC and MCC have advised the Company that they intend to
vigorously defend against these claims. They also have informed the Company that they are unable
to reasonably evaluate the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or quantify the possible damages,
if any, associated with these matters, or whether or not the those damages would be material.
The Company, its parent company and its subsidiaries or other affiliated companies are also
involved in various other legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion
of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on
the Companys consolidated financial position, results of operations, cash flows or business.
(13) Subsequent Event
In
January 2005, the Company received an $88.0 million loan from Mediacom LLC. The
investment is in the form of demand notes, which have a 6.7% annual interest rate, payable
semi-annually in cash.
F-18
Schedule II
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(All dollar amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
|
Deductions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
|
beginning of |
|
|
costs |
|
|
other |
|
|
costs |
|
|
other |
|
|
end of |
|
|
|
period |
|
|
and expenses |
|
|
accounts |
|
|
and expenses |
|
|
accounts |
|
|
period |
|
December 31, 2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current receivables |
|
$ |
2,148 |
|
|
$ |
6,909 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
6,374 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,683 |
|
Acquisition reserves (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses |
|
$ |
36,579 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
300 |
|
|
$ |
4,613 |
|
|
$ |
31,966 |
|
|
$ |
300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current receivables |
|
$ |
2,683 |
|
|
$ |
4,534 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
4,762 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,455 |
|
Acquisition reserves |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses |
|
$ |
300 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current receivables |
|
$ |
2,455 |
|
|
$ |
1,323 |
|
|
$ |
347 |
|
|
$ |
1,322 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,803 |
|
Acquisition reserves |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses |
|
$ |
300 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
300 |
|
(1) Additions were charged in connection with purchase accounting.
F-19
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(All dollar amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
6,596 |
|
|
$ |
9,130 |
|
Subscriber accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
of $2,237 and $2,803, respectively |
|
|
33,021 |
|
|
|
31,287 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
18,810 |
|
|
|
2,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
58,427 |
|
|
|
43,204 |
|
Investment in cable television systems: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of
$387,945 and $306,894, respectively |
|
|
724,089 |
|
|
|
723,248 |
|
Franchise cost, net of accumulated amortization of
$38,752 and $38,752, respectively |
|
|
1,251,361 |
|
|
|
1,251,361 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
204,582 |
|
|
|
204,582 |
|
Subscriber lists, net of accumulated of $18,734 and
$17,182, respectively |
|
|
14,389 |
|
|
|
15,941 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investment in cable television systems |
|
|
2,194,421 |
|
|
|
2,195,132 |
|
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $8,756 and
$7,026, respectively |
|
|
28,052 |
|
|
|
19,909 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
2,280,900 |
|
|
$ |
2,258,245 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS DEFICIT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
$ |
108,077 |
|
|
$ |
115,379 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
21,880 |
|
|
|
20,831 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
41,972 |
|
|
|
36,316 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
171,929 |
|
|
|
172,526 |
|
Long-term debt, less current portion |
|
|
1,369,489 |
|
|
|
1,327,639 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
9,355 |
|
|
|
12,923 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
1,550,773 |
|
|
|
1,513,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PREFERRED MEMBERS INTEREST |
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEMBERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contributions |
|
|
725,000 |
|
|
|
725,000 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(144,873 |
) |
|
|
(129,843 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total members equity |
|
|
580,127 |
|
|
|
595,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, preferred members interest and members equity |
|
$ |
2,280,900 |
|
|
$ |
2,258,245 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial
statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-20
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(All dollar amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
152,685 |
|
|
$ |
144,977 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization of
$28,488 and $26,957, respectively, shown separately below) |
|
|
60,204 |
|
|
|
55,411 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
34,115 |
|
|
|
32,850 |
|
Management fee expense |
|
|
3,002 |
|
|
|
2,798 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
28,488 |
|
|
|
26,957 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
26,876 |
|
|
|
26,961 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(24,628 |
) |
|
|
(21,875 |
) |
Gain (loss) on derivatives, net |
|
|
2,156 |
|
|
|
(2,146 |
) |
Other expense |
|
|
(857 |
) |
|
|
(1,319 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
3,547 |
|
|
|
1,621 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend to preferred members |
|
|
4,500 |
|
|
|
4,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss available to members |
|
$ |
(953 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,879 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial
statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-21
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(All dollar amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
455,725 |
|
|
$ |
436,101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization of
$85,575 and $80,300, respectively, shown separately below) |
|
|
177,283 |
|
|
|
165,458 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
101,863 |
|
|
|
96,489 |
|
Management fee expense |
|
|
8,981 |
|
|
|
8,206 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
85,575 |
|
|
|
80,300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
82,023 |
|
|
|
85,648 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(71,481 |
) |
|
|
(64,223 |
) |
Gain on derivatives, net |
|
|
6,217 |
|
|
|
6,700 |
|
Other expense |
|
|
(2,898 |
) |
|
|
(3,560 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
13,861 |
|
|
|
24,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend to preferred members |
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to members |
|
$ |
361 |
|
|
$ |
11,065 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial
statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-22
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(All dollar amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
13,861 |
|
|
$ |
24,565 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
85,575 |
|
|
|
80,300 |
|
Gain on derivatives, net |
|
|
(6,217 |
) |
|
|
(6,700 |
) |
Amortization of deferred financing costs |
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
|
1,610 |
|
Amortization of deferred compensation |
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subscriber accounts receivable, net |
|
|
(1,734 |
) |
|
|
1,906 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
(16,715 |
) |
|
|
7,126 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
(6,831 |
) |
|
|
(43,189 |
) |
Deferred revenue |
|
|
1,049 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
(931 |
) |
|
|
(1,925 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities |
|
|
69,940 |
|
|
|
63,939 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures |
|
|
(84,758 |
) |
|
|
(61,558 |
) |
Other investment activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(628 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities |
|
|
(84,758 |
) |
|
|
(62,186 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New borrowings |
|
|
285,750 |
|
|
|
116,000 |
|
Repayment of debt |
|
|
(438,245 |
) |
|
|
(110,134 |
) |
Issuance of senior notes |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Financing costs |
|
|
(6,330 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Dividend payment on preferred members interest |
|
|
(13,500 |
) |
|
|
(13,500 |
) |
Dividend payment to parent |
|
|
(15,391 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
12,284 |
|
|
|
(7,634 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(2,534 |
) |
|
|
(5,881 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period |
|
|
9,130 |
|
|
|
9,379 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period |
|
$ |
6,596 |
|
|
$ |
3,498 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for interest, net of amounts capitalized |
|
$ |
81,420 |
|
|
$ |
75,794 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial
statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-23
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
(1) Organization
Mediacom Broadband LLC (Mediacom Broadband, and collectively with its subsidiaries, the
Company), a Delaware limited liability company wholly-owned by Mediacom Communications
Corporation (MCC), is involved in the acquisition and operation of cable systems serving smaller
cities and towns in the United States.
Mediacom Broadband relies on its parent, MCC, for various services such as corporate and
administrative support. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Mediacom
Broadband could differ from those that would have resulted had Mediacom Broadband operated
autonomously or as an entity independent of MCC.
Mediacom Broadband Corporation (Broadband Corporation), a Delaware corporation wholly-owned
by Mediacom Broadband, co-issued, jointly and severally with Mediacom Broadband, public debt
securities. Broadband Corporation has no operations, revenues or cash flows and has no assets,
liabilities or stockholders equity on its balance sheet, other than a one-hundred dollar
receivable from an affiliate and the same dollar amount of common stock on its consolidated balance
sheets. Therefore, separate financial statements have not been presented for this entity.
(2) Statement of Accounting Presentation and Other Information
Basis of Preparation of Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
Mediacom Broadband has prepared these unaudited consolidated financial statements as of
September 30, 2005 and 2004. In the opinion of management, such statements include all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals and adjustments, necessary for a fair
presentation of the Companys consolidated results of operations and financial position for the
interim periods presented. The accounting policies followed during such interim periods reported
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and
are consistent with those applied during annual periods. For additional disclosures, including a
summary of the Companys accounting policies, the interim unaudited consolidated financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2004 (File Nos. 333-72440 and 333-72440-01). The results of operations for the
interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for future
interim periods or for the full year ending December 31, 2005.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from video, data and phone services are recognized when the services are provided to
the customers. Credit risk is managed by disconnecting services to customers who are delinquent.
Installation revenues are recognized as customer connections are completed because installation
revenues are less than direct installation costs. Advertising sales are recognized in the period
that the advertisements are exhibited. Under the terms of its franchise agreements, the Company is
required to pay local franchising authorities up to 5% of its gross revenues derived from providing
cable services. The Company normally passes these fees through to its customers. Franchise fees
are reported in their respective revenue categories and included in selling, general and
administrative expenses.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Companys best estimate of probable losses
in the accounts receivable balance. The allowance is based on the number of days outstanding,
customer balances, historical experience and other currently available information. During the
three months ended September 30, 2005, the Company revised its estimate of probable losses in the
accounts receivable of its advertising business to better reflect historical experience. The
change in the estimate of probable losses resulted in a benefit to the consolidated statement of
operations of $0.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005.
F-24
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Programming Costs
The Company has various fixed-term carriage contracts to obtain programming for its cable
systems from content suppliers whose compensation is generally based on a fixed monthly fee per
customer. These programming contracts are subject to negotiated renewal. The Company recognizes
programming costs when it distributes the related programming. These programming costs are usually
payable each month based on calculations performed by the Company and are subject to adjustments
based on the results of periodic audits by the content suppliers. Historically, such audit
adjustments have been immaterial to the Companys total programming costs. Some content suppliers
offer financial incentives to support the launch of a channel and ongoing marketing support. When
such financial incentives are received, the Company records them as liabilities in its consolidated
balance sheets and recognizes such amounts as a reduction of programming costs (which are a
component of service costs in the consolidated statement of operations) over the carriage term of
the programming contract.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Additions to property, plant and
equipment generally include material, labor and indirect costs. Depreciation is calculated on a
straight-line basis over the following useful lives:
|
|
|
Buildings.
|
|
40 years |
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Life of respective lease |
Cable systems and equipments and subscriber devices.
|
|
4 to 20 years |
Vehicles.
|
|
5 years |
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment.
|
|
5 years |
The Company capitalizes the costs associated with the construction of cable transmission and
distribution facilities, the addition of network and other equipment and new customer
installations. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs include direct
labor and material as well as certain indirect costs including interest. The Company performs
periodic evaluations of certain estimates used to determine the amount and extent that such costs
are capitalized. Any changes to these estimates, which may be significant, are applied
prospectively in the period in which the evaluations were completed. The costs of disconnecting
service at a customers dwelling or reconnecting to a previously installed dwelling are charged as
expense in the period incurred. Costs associated with subsequent installations of additional
services not previously installed at a customers dwelling are capitalized to the extent such costs
are incremental and directly attributable to the installation of such additional services. At the
time of retirements, sales or other dispositions of property, the original cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the gains and losses are
presented as a separate component in the consolidated statement of operations.
Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets, the Company periodically evaluates the recoverability and estimated lives of its
long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization,
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable or the useful life has changed. When the carrying amount is not recoverable, the
measurement for such impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset, typically based upon
the future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Unless presented
separately, the loss is included as a component of either depreciation expense or amortization
expense, as appropriate.
Intangible Assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, the amortization of
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is prohibited and requires such assets to be tested
annually for impairment, or more
F-25
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
frequently if impairment indicators arise. The Company has determined that its cable franchise
costs and goodwill are indefinite-lived assets and therefore not amortizable. Other finite-lived
intangible assets, which consist primarily of subscriber lists and covenants not to compete,
continue to be amortized over their useful lives of 5 to 10 years and 5 years, respectively.
The Company annually tests its franchise value for impairment under SFAS No. 142 by utilizing
a discounted cash flow methodology. In performing an impairment test in accordance with SFAS No.
142, the Company uses the guidance contained in EITF Issue No. 02-7, Unit of Accounting for
Testing Impairment of Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets, whereby the Company considers
assumptions, such as future cash flow expectations and other future benefits related to the
intangible assets, when measuring the fair value of each cable systems clusters other net assets.
If the determined fair value of the Companys franchise costs is less than the carrying amount on
the financial statements, an impairment charge would be recognized for the difference between the
fair value and the carrying value of the assets. To test the impairment of the goodwill carried on
the Companys financial statements, the fair value of the cable system clusters tangible and
intangible assets (including franchise costs) other than goodwill is deducted from the cable system
clusters fair value. The balance represents the fair value of goodwill which is then compared to
the carrying value of goodwill to determine if there is any impairment.
Derivative Instruments
The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133 Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, SFAS No. 138 Accounting for Certain Derivative
Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133, and SFAS No.
149 Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. These
pronouncements require that all derivative instruments be recognized on the balance sheet at fair
value. The Company enters into interest rate exchange agreements to fix the interest rate on a
portion of its variable interest rate debt to reduce the potential volatility in its interest
expense that would otherwise result from changes in market interest rates. The Companys
derivative instruments are recorded at fair value and are included in other current assets, other
assets and other liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet. The Companys accounting policies
for these instruments are based on whether they meet its criteria for designation as hedging
transactions, which include the instruments effectiveness in risk reduction and, in most cases, a
one-to-one matching of the derivative instrument to its underlying transaction. Gains and losses
from changes in fair values of derivatives that are not designated as hedges for accounting
purposes are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company has no derivative
financial instruments designated as hedges. Therefore, changes in fair value for the respective
periods were recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.
Income Taxes
Since the Company is a limited liability company, it is not subject to federal or state income
taxes and no provision for income taxes relating to its operations has been reflected in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements. Income or loss of the Company is reported in MCCs
income tax returns.
Comprehensive Income
SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, requires companies to classify items of other
comprehensive income by their nature in the financial statements and display the accumulated
balance of other comprehensive income separately from retained earnings and paid-in capital in the
equity section of a statement of financial position. The Company has had no other comprehensive
income items to report.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years amounts to conform to the current
years presentation.
F-26
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
(3) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, Amendment of Statement 123 on Share-Based
Payment. SFAS No. 123R requires companies to expense the value of employee stock options, stock
granted through the employee stock purchase program and similar awards. On April 14, 2005, the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) approved a new rule delaying the effective date until
the beginning of a companys next fiscal year that commences after June 15, 2005. The Company
plans on adopting SFAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006 and expects that the adoption of SFAS No.
123R will have a material impact on its consolidated statement of operations and earnings per
share.
SFAS No. 123R permits companies to adopt its requirements using either a modified
prospective method or a modified retrospective method. Under the modified prospective method,
compensation cost is recognized in the financial statements beginning with the effective date,
based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after that date, and
based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all unvested awards granted prior to the effective date
of SFAS 123R. Under the modified retrospective method, the requirements are the same as under
the modified prospective method, but also permits entities to restate financial statements of
previous periods based on proforma disclosures made in accordance with SFAS 123.
The Company will adopt SFAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006 and plans to utilize the
modified prospective method. The Company currently utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing
model to measure the fair value of stock options granted to employees. While SFAS 123R permits
entities to continue to use such a model, the standard also permits the use of a lattice model.
The Company has not yet determined which model it will use to measure the fair value of employee
stock options granted after the adoption of SFAS 123R.
(4) Property, Plant and Equipment
As of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, property, plant and equipment consisted of
(dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Land and land improvements |
|
$ |
4,567 |
|
|
$ |
4,577 |
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements |
|
|
24,343 |
|
|
|
24,026 |
|
Cable systems, equipment and subscriber devices |
|
|
1,036,895 |
|
|
|
959,096 |
|
Vehicles |
|
|
33,861 |
|
|
|
31,662 |
|
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment |
|
|
12,368 |
|
|
|
10,781 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,112,034 |
|
|
|
1,030,142 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(387,945 |
) |
|
|
(306,894 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
$ |
724,089 |
|
|
$ |
723,248 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005 were
approximately $27.9 million and $84.0 million, respectively, and $26.5 million and $78.4 million,
for the respective periods in 2004. As of September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company had property
under capitalized leases of $5.5 million and $5.5 million, respectively, before accumulated
depreciation, and $2.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, the Company capitalized interest expense
of $0.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30,
2004, the Company capitalized interest expense of $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively.
F-27
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
(5) Intangible Assets
The Company operates its cable systems under non-exclusive cable franchises that are granted
by state or local government authorities for varying lengths of time. The Company acquired these
cable franchises through acquisitions of cable systems and the acquisitions were accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting.
Amortization expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005 were approximately
$0.6 million and $1.6 million, as compared to $0.5 million and $2.0 million for the respective
periods in 2004. The Companys estimated future aggregate amortization expense for 2005 through
2009 and beyond are $0.6 million, $2.1 million, $2.1 million, $2.1 million and $7.5 million,
respectively.
Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, the Company completed its
last annual impairment test as of October 1, 2004, which reflected no impairment of franchise costs
or goodwill. As of September 30, 2005, there have been no events since then that would require an
impairment analysis to be completed before the next annual test date.
(6) Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following as of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004
(dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest |
|
$ |
13,765 |
|
|
$ |
24,342 |
|
Accrued payroll and benefits |
|
|
13,128 |
|
|
|
10,477 |
|
Accrued programming costs |
|
|
35,815 |
|
|
|
36,356 |
|
Accrued property, plant and equipment |
|
|
7,394 |
|
|
|
5,822 |
|
Accrued taxes and fees |
|
|
11,965 |
|
|
|
12,804 |
|
Accrued telecommunications |
|
|
8,794 |
|
|
|
9,160 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
17,216 |
|
|
|
16,418 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
108,077 |
|
|
$ |
115,379 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7) Debt
As of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, debt consisted of (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank credit facilities |
|
$ |
809,000 |
|
|
$ |
960,500 |
|
11% senior notes |
|
|
400,000 |
|
|
|
400,000 |
|
8 1/2% senior notes |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations |
|
|
2,461 |
|
|
|
3,455 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,411,461 |
|
|
$ |
1,363,955 |
|
Less: current portion |
|
|
41,972 |
|
|
|
36,316 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt |
|
$ |
1,369,489 |
|
|
$ |
1,327,639 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The average interest rate on outstanding debt under the bank credit facility as of September
30, 2005 and 2004 was 5.5% and 3.7%, respectively, before giving effect to the interest rate
exchange agreements discussed below. As of September 30, 2005, the Company had unused credit
commitments of approximately $493.1 million under its
F-28
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
bank credit facility, all of which could be borrowed and used for general corporate purposes based
on the terms and conditions of the Companys debt arrangements. The Company was in compliance with
all covenants under its debt arrangements as of and for all periods through September 30, 2005.
The Company uses interest rate exchange agreements in order to fix the interest rate on its
floating rate debt. As of September 30, 2005, the Company had interest rate exchange agreements
with various banks pursuant to which the interest rate on $400.0 million is fixed at a weighted
average rate of approximately 3.4%. Under the terms of the interest rate exchange agreements,
which expire from 2006 through 2007, the Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by the other parties. However, due to the creditworthiness of the Companys
counterparties, which are major banking firms with investment grade ratings, the Company does not
anticipate their nonperformance. At the end of each quarterly reporting period, the carrying
values of these swap agreements are marked to market. The fair values of these agreements are the
estimated amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate such agreements, taking into
account market interest rates, the remaining time to maturity and the creditworthiness of the
Companys counterparties. At September 30, 2005, based on the mark-to-market valuation, the
Company recorded on its consolidated balance sheet an accumulated investment in derivatives of $5.3
million, which is a component of prepaid expenses and other assets and non-current other assets,
and a derivative liability of $0.4 million, which is recorded in accrued liabilities and other
non-current liabilities.
As a result of the mark-to-market valuations of these interest rate swaps, the Company
recorded a gain of $2.2 million and a loss of $6.2 million for the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2005, and a loss of $2.1 million and a gain of $6.7 million, for the respective three
and nine months periods in 2004.
In August 2005, the Company issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 81/2% senior
notes due October 2015 (the 81/2% Senior Notes). The 81/2% Senior Notes are unsecured obligations and the
indenture for the 81/2% Senior Notes stipulates, among other things, restrictions on incurrence of
indebtedness, distributions, mergers and asset sales and has cross-default provisions related to
other debt of the Company. The Company incurred approximately $6.3 million in financing costs
related to issuance of the
81/2% Senior Notes, which included $3.3 million of original issue discount.
As of September 30, 2005, approximately $9.9 million of letters of credit were issued to
various parties as collateral for the Companys performance relating primarily to insurance and
franchise requirements.
(8) Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations, as permitted by SFAS No.
123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, (SFAS No. 123) as amended. Compensation expense
for stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards to employees is recorded by
measuring the intrinsic value, defined as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the
stock at the date of the grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock, and
amortizing the intrinsic value to compensation expense over the vesting period of the award.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2005, certain employees received 36,000 grants of
stock options exercisable on underlying MCC shares with an exercise price of $5.42 that vest
equally over four years. No compensation cost has been recognized for any option grants in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations since the exercise price of the options was at
fair market value at the date of grant.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2005, certain employees received 187,600 restricted
stock units on underlying MCC shares. The restricted stock units were issued at a weighted average
price of $5.48 per share, with a weighted average vesting period of 3.7 years. During the three
and nine months ended September 30, 2005, the Company recorded $64,000 and $154,000, respectively,
of compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations related to the grants of
restricted stock units. During the nine months ended September 30, 2005, 1,800 restricted stock
units were forfeited.
F-29
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Had the Company applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based
compensation, the Companys net income would have been changed from the as reported amounts to
the pro forma amounts as follows (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Net income as reported |
|
$ |
3,547 |
|
|
$ |
1,621 |
|
|
$ |
13,861 |
|
|
$ |
24,565 |
|
Add: Total stock-based compensation
expense included in net
income as reported above |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deduct: Total stock-based compensation
expense determined under fair
value based method for all awards |
|
|
(314 |
) |
|
|
(143 |
) |
|
|
(791 |
) |
|
|
(795 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income |
|
$ |
3,297 |
|
|
$ |
1,478 |
|
|
$ |
13,224 |
|
|
$ |
23,770 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in the pro forma net (loss) income disclosure above are not
likely to be representative of the effects on the pro forma disclosure in the future.
(9) Related Party Transactions
The Company paid dividends to MCC in the amount of $4.5 million and $15.4 million, for the
three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, respectively. The Company recorded management fee
expense due to MCC of $3.0 and $9.0 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005,
respectively.
Mediacom LLC has a $150.0 million preferred equity investment in the Company. The preferred
equity investment has a 12% annual dividend, payable quarterly in cash. During the nine months
ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company paid $13.5 million in cash dividends on the
preferred equity.
(10) Legal Proceedings
The Company, MCC and its subsidiaries or other affiliated companies are also involved in
various other legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of
management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a significant or adverse effect
on the Companys financial position, operations or cash flows.
(11) Subsequent Event
In October 2005, the Company amended the revolving credit portion of its senior secured credit
facility: (i) to increase the revolving credit commitment from approximately $543.0 million to
approximately $650.5 million, of which approximately $430.3 million is not subject to scheduled
reductions prior to the termination date; and (ii) to extend the of the termination date of the
commitments not subject to reductions from March 31, 2010 to December 31, 2012. The Company
incurred $4.7 million in financing costs associated with this amendment, which will be amortized
over the term of the credit facility.
F-30
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Mediacom Broadband LLC
Article VIII of Mediacom Broadband LLCs Amended and Restated Operating Agreement (the
Operating Agreement) provides as follows:
No Indemnified Person (as defined) shall be liable, directly or indirectly, to the Company or
to any other member for any act or omission in relation to the Company or the Operating Agreement
taken or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith, provided that such act or omission does
not constitute gross negligence, fraud or willful violation of the law or the Operating Agreement.
The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act, indemnify and hold harmless
each Indemnified Person against all claims, liabilities and expenses of whatsoever nature relating
to activities undertaken in connection with the Company, including but not limited to, amounts paid
in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel, accountants
and experts and other fees, costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the
investigation, defense or disposition (including by settlement) of any action, suit or other
proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative body in which such
Indemnified Person may be or may have been involved, as a party or otherwise, or with which such
Indemnified Person may be or may have been threatened, while acting as such Indemnified Person,
provided that no indemnity shall be payable hereunder against any liability incurred by such
Indemnified Person by reason of such Indemnified Persons gross negligence, fraud or willful
violation of law or the Operating Agreement or with respect to any matter as to which such
Indemnified Person shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith.
Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the Delaware Act) empowers a
limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from
and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever, subject to such standards and restrictions,
if any, as are set forth in its limited liability company agreement.
Mediacom Broadband Corporation
Article VI of Mediacom Broadband Corporations Certificate of Incorporation provides as
follows:
To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
Article VII of Mediacom Broadband Corporations By-Laws provides as follows:
The Corporation shall indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
provided, by the Laws of the State of Delaware, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law empowers a corporation to indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request
of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise,
against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
II-1
Section 145 also empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the
right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person
acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys
fees)actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such
action or suit if he acted under similar standards, except that no indemnification may be made in
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable
to the corporation unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or the court in which
such action was brought shall determine that despite the adjudication of liability such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.
Section 145 further provides that to the extent that a director or officer of a corporation
has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above or in the
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith; that
indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
which the indemnified party may be entitled; and that the corporation is empowered to purchase and
maintain insurance on behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against any liability
asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as
such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liabilities
under Section 145.
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Exhibit Description |
3.1
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Mediacom Broadband LLC(1) |
3.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Limited
Liability Company Operating Agreement of Mediacom Broadband LLC(1) |
3.3
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Mediacom Broadband Corporation(1) |
3.4
|
|
By-Laws of Mediacom Broadband Corporation(1) |
4.1
|
|
Indenture, dated as of
August 30, 2005 among Mediacom Broadband LLC, Mediacom Broadband
Corporation, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company America, as paying agent and note registrar(2) |
4.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of August 30, 2005, among Registrants and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit
Suisse First Boston LLC, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. and Harris Nesbitt Corp. |
5.1
|
|
Opinion of Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP* |
8.1
|
|
Opinion of Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP regarding federal income tax matters* |
12.1
|
|
Statement regarding computation of ratios |
21.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband LLC(1) |
23.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP |
23.3
|
|
Consents of Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)* |
24.1
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included as part of signature pages) |
25.1
|
|
Statement of Eligibility on
Form T-1 of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York to act as Trustee under the Indenture |
99.1
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal with respect to the exchange offer |
99.2
|
|
Form of Instruction Letter to Registered Holders |
99.3
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery |
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment |
|
(1) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-72440) of the
Registrants and incorporated herein by reference. |
II-2
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Filed as an exhibit to Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 30, 2005, and
incorporated herein by reference |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
None
Item 22. Undertakings.
Mediacom Broadband LLC and Mediacom Broadband Corporation (the Registrants) hereby
undertake:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post- effective
amendment to this Registration Statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section
10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective
amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the
information set forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not
exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission
pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more
than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of
Registration Fee table in the effective registration statement; (iii) to include any material
information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration
Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each
such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities
being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
The Registrants hereby undertake that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrants pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each
post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be
permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrants pursuant to the
foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a
director, officer or controlling person of the Registrants in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with
the securities being registered, the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to
a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
the City of Middletown, State of New York, on December 23, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mediacom Broadband LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
Mediacom Communications Corporation
its managing member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ ROCCO B. COMMISSO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rocco B. Commisso, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears below constitutes
and appoints Rocco B. Commisso and Mark E. Stephan as such persons true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full powers of substitution and revocation, for such
person and in such persons name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to file the
same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as
fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, or his substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Rocco B. Commisso
Rocco B. Commisso
|
|
Chairman
and Chief
Executive Officer
(Principal Executive
Officer )
|
|
December 23, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mark E. Stephan
Mark E. Stephan
|
|
Executive
Vice
President, Chief
Financial Officer and
Director (Principal
Financial and
Accounting Officer)
|
|
December 23, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William S. Morris, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
December 23, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
December 23, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas V. Reifenheiser
Thomas V. Reifenheiser
|
|
Director
|
|
December 23, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Natale S. Ricciardi
Natale S. Ricciardi
|
|
Director
|
|
December 23, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
the City of Middletown, State of New York, on December 23, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mediacom Broadband Corporation
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ ROCCO B. COMMISSO
|
|
|
|
Rocco B. Commisso, |
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears below constitutes
and appoints Rocco B. Commisso and Mark E. Stephan as such persons true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full powers of substitution and revocation, for such
person and in such persons name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to file the
same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as
fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, or his substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
/s/ ROCCO B. COMMISSO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman
and Chief
Executive Officer
(Principal Executive
Officer )
|
|
December 23 2005 |
/s/ MARK E. STEPHAN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive
Vice
President, Chief
Financial Officer, and
Director (Principal
Financial and Accounting
Officer)
|
|
December 23, 2005 |
II-5
EX-4.2
Exhibit 4.2
EXECUTION VERSION
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC
MEDIACOM BROADBAND CORPORATION
8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2015
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
New York, New York
August 30, 2005
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Harris Nesbitt Corp.
As Initial Purchasers
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Mediacom Broadband LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware
(Mediacom Broadband), and Mediacom Broadband Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws
of Delaware (Mediacom Broadband Corporation and, collectively with Mediacom Broadband, the
Issuers), propose to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the Initial Purchasers), upon the
terms set forth in a purchase agreement of even date herewith (the Purchase Agreement), their 8
1/2% Senior Notes due 2015 (the Securities) relating to the initial placement of the Securities
(the Initial Placement). To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement
and to satisfy a condition of your obligations thereunder, the Issuers agree with you for your
benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial
Purchasers) (each a Holder and, together, the Holders), as follows:
1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their
respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following
capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:
Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder.
Affiliate of any specified Person shall mean any other Person that, directly or indirectly,
is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or
otherwise; and the terms controlling and controlled shall have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.
Broker-Dealer shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.
Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day
on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New
York City.
Commission shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Conduct Rules shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(u) hereof.
Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Exchange Offer Registration Period shall mean the nine-month period following the
consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order
shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall mean a registration statement of the Issuers on
an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and
supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each
case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated
by reference therein.
Exchanging Dealer shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a
Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own
account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from
any Issuer or any Affiliate of any Issuer).
Final Memorandum shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
Holder shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
-2-
Indenture shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of August 30, 2005,
among the Issuers and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, as the same may be amended from time to
time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Initial Placement shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Initial Purchasers shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Issuers shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Losses shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
Majority Holders shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of
Securities registered under a Registration Statement.
Managing Underwriters shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or
managers that shall administer an underwritten offering.
Mediacom Broadband shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Mediacom Broadband Corporation shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
New Securities shall mean debt securities of the Issuers identical in all material respects
to the Securities (except that the cash interest and interest rate step-up provisions and the
transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) and to be issued under the
Indenture.
Person shall mean an individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm
or other legal entity.
Prospectus shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including,
without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus
filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as
amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of
any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all
amendments and supplements thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
Purchase Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Registered Exchange Offer shall mean the proposed offer of the Issuers to issue and deliver
to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the
-3-
Commission
from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount
of the New Securities.
Registration Statement shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement,
including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all
exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
Securities shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Shelf Registration shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.
Shelf Registration Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.
Shelf Registration Statement shall mean a shelf registration statement of the Issuers
pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New
Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule
that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement,
including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all
exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
Trustee shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.
underwriter shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof
under a Shelf Registration Statement.
2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Issuers shall prepare and, not later than 180
days following the date of the original issuance of the Securities (or if such 180th day
is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), shall use their best efforts to file with
the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange
Offer. The Issuers shall use their best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
to become effective under the Act within 300 days of the date of the original issuance of the
Securities (or if such 300th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
Day).
(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall
promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange
Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such
Holder is not an Affiliate of any Issuer, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of
such Holders business, has no arrangements with any Person to participate in the distribution of
the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating
in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without
any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the
securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.
-4-
(c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall:
(i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related
documents;
(ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days and not
more than 30 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or, in
each case, longer if required by applicable law);
(iii) use their best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
continuously effective under the Act, supplemented and amended as required, under the Act to
ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the
Exchange Offer Registration Period;
(iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an
address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York city, which may be the Trustee, or an
Affiliate of the Trustee;
(v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of
business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is
open;
(vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, provide a
supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Issuers are conducting the
Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital
Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), and Morgan Stanley and Co.,
Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation that the Issuers
have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the New
Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the
Issuers information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer
is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or
understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities; and
(vii) comply in all respects with all applicable laws.
(d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers
shall:
(i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to
the Registered Exchange Offer;
-5-
(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) all
Securities so accepted for exchange; and
(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of
Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the
Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
(e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder
using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Securities (x)
could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position
of the Commission in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991) and Exxon
Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commissions
letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any
secondary resale transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the
selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K
under the Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for
Securities acquired by such Holder directly from any Issuer or one of its Affiliates. Accordingly,
each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the
Issuers that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer:
(i) any New Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course
of business;
(ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any Person to
participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning
of the Act; and
(iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Issuers.
(f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the
Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an
unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Issuers shall issue and deliver to
such Initial Purchaser or the Person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf
Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange
for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Issuers shall use their best
efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as
for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.
3. Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable
interpretations thereof by the Commissions staff, the Issuers determine upon advice of their
outside counsel that they are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated
by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated
within 360 days of the date hereof; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to
Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange
Offer
-6-
and that are held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer; (iv) any
Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the
Registered Exchange Offer; or (v) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in
the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such
Initial Purchaser does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities
constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that
an Initial Purchaser deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of
Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for
such Securities shall result in such New Securities being not freely tradeable; and (y) the
requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New
Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New
Securities being not freely tradeable), the Issuers shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with subsection (b) below.
(b) (i) The Issuers shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 180 days after
so required or requested pursuant to this Section 3), file with the Commission and thereafter shall
use their best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act a Shelf Registration
Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by
the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by
such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however,
that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by
it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by
all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided,
further, that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange
for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Issuers may, if permitted by
current interpretations by the Commissions staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation
S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations under this subsection with respect thereto,
and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as,
and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.
(ii) The Issuers shall use their best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement
continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the
Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years from the date of
issuance of the Securities or the New Securities, covered thereby, as applicable, or such shorter
period that will terminate when all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by the
Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (in any
such case, such period being called the Shelf Registration Period). The Issuers shall be deemed
not to have used their best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the
requisite period if they voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Securities
covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless (A)
such action is required by applicable law; or (B) such action is taken by the Issuers in good faith
and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Issuers obligations hereunder),
including the acquisition or divestiture of
assets, so long as the Issuers promptly thereafter comply with the requirements of Section
4(k) hereof, if applicable.
-7-
(iii) The Issuers shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and
any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement
or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable
requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission; and (B) not to contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading.
4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration
Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following
provisions shall apply.
(a) The Issuers shall:
(i) furnish to each of you, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing
thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any
Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement,
if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including all documents incorporated by
reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use their best efforts to reflect in
each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as you reasonably
propose;
(ii) to the extent permitted under the Act, include the information set forth in Annex
A hereto on the front cover of the Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting
or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
(iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item
507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement; and
(iv) to the extent required under the Act, in the case of a Shelf Registration
Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the
Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.
(b) The Issuers shall ensure that:
-8-
(i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming
part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with
the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and
(ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes
effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(c) The Issuers shall advise you, the Holders of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration
Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has
provided in writing to the Issuers a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if
requested by you or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing
(which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend
the use of the Prospectus until the Issuers shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):
(i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the
Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has
become effective;
(ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;
(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;
(iv) of the receipt by the Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension
of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the
initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and
(v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, the statements therein are not
misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
(d) The Issuers shall use their best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending
the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for
sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest possible time.
(e) The Issuers shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration
Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any
post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if
the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by
reference therein).
-9-
(f) The Issuers shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of
Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many
copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf
Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably
request. The Issuers consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto
by each of the selling Holders of securities in connection with the offering and sale of the
securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf
Registration Statement.
(g) The Issuers shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at
least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment
thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so
requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).
(h) The Issuers shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and
each other Person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period,
without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such Person may reasonably request. The
Issuers consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial
Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other Person that may be required to deliver a
Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the
New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
(i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any
Registration Statement, the Issuers shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the
Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall
reasonably request and will maintain such qualification in effect so long as required;
provided that in no event shall the Issuers be obligated to qualify to do business in any
jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject them to
service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, the Registered
Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction
where they are not then so subject.
(j) The Issuers shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely
preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or
sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such
denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.
-10-
(k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c) (ii) through (v) above,
the Issuers shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration
Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required
document so that, as thereafter delivered to initial purchasers of the securities included therein,
the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period
of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 and the
Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 3(b) shall each be extended by the number of
days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c)
to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known
Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this
Section.
(l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall provide
a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such
Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New
Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
(m) The Issuers shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and
shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable after the effective
date of the applicable Registration Statement an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of
Section 11(a) of the Act.
(n) The Issuers shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a
timely manner.
(o) The Issuers may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf
Registration Statement to furnish to the Issuers such information regarding the Holder and the
distribution of such securities as the Issuers may from time to time reasonably require for
inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Issuers may exclude from such Shelf Registration
Statement the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a
reasonable time after receiving such request.
(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall enter into such and
take all other appropriate actions (including if requested an underwriting agreement in customary
form) in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and
in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain
indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 (or
such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing
Underwriters, if any) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6.
(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall:
-11-
(i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be
registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such
Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders
or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents and properties of the Issuers and their subsidiaries;
(ii) cause the Issuers officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant
information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney,
accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for
similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information
that is designated in writing by the Issuers, in good faith, as confidential at the time of
delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such
underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection
with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the
public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of
confidentiality;
(iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered
thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily
made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters
including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;
(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers and updates thereof (which counsel and
opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing
Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any,
covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten
offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and
underwriters;
(v) obtain cold comfort letters and updates thereof from the independent certified
public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public
accountants of any subsidiary of any Issuer or of any business acquired by the Issuers for
which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the
Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered
thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type
customarily covered in cold comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten
offerings; and
(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the
Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence
compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuers.
The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section shall be performed at
(A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and
(B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required
thereunder.
-12-
(r) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall:
(i) make reasonably available for inspection by such Initial Purchaser, and any
attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Initial Purchaser, all relevant
financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the
Issuers and their subsidiaries; and
(ii) cause the Issuers officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant
information reasonably requested by such Initial Purchaser or any such attorney, accountant
or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due
diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that is
designated in writing by the Issuers, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery
of such information shall be kept confidential by such Initial Purchaser or any such
attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court
proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally
or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality.
(s) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by
Holders to the Issuers (or to such other Person as directed by the Issuers) in exchange for the New
Securities, the Issuers shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that
such Securities are being canceled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event shall the
Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
(t) The Issuers will use their best efforts (i) if the Securities have been rated prior to the
initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New
Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement; or (ii) if the Securities were
not previously rated, to cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with
at least one nationally recognized statistical rating agency, if so requested by Majority Holders
with respect to the related Registration Statement or by any Managing Underwriters.
(u) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a
member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or assist in the distribution (within the
meaning of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the Conduct
Rules)) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales
agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such Broker-Dealer in
complying with the requirements of such Conduct Rules, including, without limitation, by:
(i) if such Conduct Rules shall so require, engaging a qualified independent
underwriter (as defined in such Conduct Rules) to participate in the preparation of the
Registration Statement, to exercise usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto
-13-
and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an
underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield
of such Securities;
(ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the
indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof; and
(iii) providing such information to such Broker-Dealer as may be required in order for
such Broker-Dealer to comply with the requirements of such Rules.
(v) The Issuers shall use their best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the
registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration
Statement.
5. Registration Expenses. The Issuers shall bear all expenses incurred in connection
with the performance of their obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any
Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements
of one firm or counsel designated by the Majority Holders to act as counsel for the Holders in
connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse
the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection
therewith.
6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Issuers jointly and severally agree to
indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be,
covered by any Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and each Affiliate thereof
and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each
Exchanging Dealer), the directors, officers, employees and agents of each such Holder and each
Person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act
against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any
of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law
or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
(or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or
in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission
to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, and agree to
reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action; provided, however, that the Issuers will not be liable in any
case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon
any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein
in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuers by or on
behalf
-14-
of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in
addition to any liability which the Issuers may otherwise have.
The Issuers also jointly and severally agree to indemnify or contribute as provided in Section
6(d) to Losses of each underwriter of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered
under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees or agents and each
Person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification
of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and
shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such
agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.
(b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial
Purchaser and each Affiliate thereof and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated
in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Issuers, each of their directors, each of their officers who signs such Registration Statement and
each Person who controls the Issuers within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to
the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers to each such Holder, but only with
reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf
of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.
This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise
have.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the
commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be
made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of
the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve
it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise
learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of
substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party
from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in
paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the
indemnifying partys choice at the indemnifying partys expense to represent the indemnified party
in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not
thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the
indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall
be satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying partys election to
appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have
the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall
bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel
chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with
a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action
include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified
parties which are different from or additional to those available to the
-15-
indemnifying party; (iii)
the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to
represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such
action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate
counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the
prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of
any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect
of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified
parties are actual or potential parties to such
claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional
release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or
proceeding.
(c) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is
unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each
applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the
aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively Losses) to which such
indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the
other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such
Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser or any
subsequent Holder of any Security or New Security be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount
in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a
New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth
on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount
in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such
underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation
provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying
party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one
hand, and such indemnified party, on the other
-16-
hand, in connection with the statements or omissions
which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits
received by the Issuers shall be deemed to be equal to the sum of (x) the total net proceeds from
the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth on the cover page of the Final
Memorandum and (y) the total amount of additional interest which the Issuers were not required to
pay as a result of registering the securities covered by the Registration Statement which resulted
in such Losses. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the
total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum,
and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving
Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by any
underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set
forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which
resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether any alleged untrue statement or omission relates to information provided by the
indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of
the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the
Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does
not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this paragraph (d), no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of
such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each Person who controls a Holder
within the
meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent
of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each Person who
controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of any
Issuer who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of any Issuer shall have
the same rights to contribution as the Issuers, subject in each case to the applicable terms and
conditions of this paragraph (d).
(e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Issuers or any of the officers, directors
or controlling Persons referred to in this Section hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of
securities covered by a Registration Statement.
7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as
the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten
offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders.
(b) No Person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration
Statement, unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Persons Securities or New Securities, as the
case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the
Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all
questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents
reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
8. No Inconsistent Agreements. No Issuer has, as of the date hereof, entered into,
nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities
that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the
provisions hereof.
9. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions
of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents
to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers have obtained the
written consent of the Majority Holders (or, after the consummation of any Registered Exchange
Offer in accordance with Section 2 hereof, of the Holders of a majority aggregate principal amount
New Securities affected thereby); provided that, with respect to any matter that directly
or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers
-17-
shall obtain the
written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification,
supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the
foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a
matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the
case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or
indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on
the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered
under such Registration Statement.
10. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier
guaranteeing overnight delivery:
(a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Issuers in
accordance with the provisions of this Section, which address initially is, with respect to
each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture,
with a copy in like manner to Salomon Smith Barney Inc.;
(b) if to you, initially at the respective addresses set forth in the Purchase
Agreement; and
(c) if to the Issuers, initially at their address set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.
The Initial Purchasers or the Issuers by notice to the other parties may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
11. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without the need for an express
assignment or any consent by the Issuers thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New
Securities. The Issuers hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of
Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of
this Agreement as if an original party hereto.
12. Counterparts. This agreement may be in signed counterparts, each of which shall
an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
13. Headings. The headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect
the construction hereof.
-18-
14. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the
State of New York.
15. Severability. In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained
herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in
every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or
affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be
enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
16. Securities Held by the Issuers, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders
of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required
hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by any Issuer or its Affiliates (other
than subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be
Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be
counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required
percentage.
-19-
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and
return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall
represent a binding agreement among the Issuers and the several Initial Purchasers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEDIACOM BROADBAND CORPORATION
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and
accepted as of the date first above written.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
BANC OF AMERICA LLC
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
HARRIS NESBITT CORP.
|
|
|
By:
|
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
-20-
ANNEX A
Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange
Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New
Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the
meaning of the Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may
be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for
Securities where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Issuers have agreed that, starting on the Expiration
Date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business one year after the Expiration Date,
they will make this Prospectus available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such
resale. See Plan of Distribution.
ANNEX B
Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account in exchange for
Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Securities. See Plan of distribution.
ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange
Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New
Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities
where such Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. The Issuers have agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close
of business one year after the Expiration Date, they will make this Prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In
addition, until _____, 200___, all dealers effecting transactions in the New Securities may be
required to deliver a prospectus.
The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Securities by brokers-dealers.
New Securities received by Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may
be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the New Securities or a combination of such methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing
market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or
through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions
from any such Broker-Dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Securities. Any Broker-Dealer
that resells New Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange
Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Securities may be
deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Act and any profit of any such resale of
New Securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such Persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging
that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit
that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Act.
For a period of one year after the Expiration Date, the Issuers will promptly send additional
copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any Broker-Dealer
that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Issuers have agreed to pay all
expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of
the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify
the holders of the Securities (including any Broker-Dealers) against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Act.
[If applicable, add information required by Regulation S K Items 507 and/or 508.]
ANNEX D
Rider A
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF
THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
Rider B
If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New
Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has not arrangements or understandings with any
Person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a
Broker-Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it
represents that the Securities to be exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and
by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter
within the meaning of the Act.
EX-12.1
Exhibit 12.1
Mediacom Broadband LLC
Schedule of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended |
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except ratio amounts) |
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) before income taxes |
|
$ |
(27,244 |
) |
|
$ |
10,082 |
|
|
$ |
34,852 |
|
|
$ |
24,565 |
|
|
$ |
13,861 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
76,790 |
|
|
|
82,536 |
|
|
|
86,125 |
|
|
|
64,223 |
|
|
|
71,481 |
|
Amortization of capitalized interest |
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
503 |
|
|
|
695 |
|
|
|
510 |
|
|
|
600 |
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs |
|
|
2,248 |
|
|
|
2,365 |
|
|
|
2,099 |
|
|
|
2,248 |
|
|
|
1,729 |
|
Interest component of rent expense (a) |
|
|
1,687 |
|
|
|
2,086 |
|
|
|
2,137 |
|
|
|
1,616 |
|
|
|
1,714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings available for fixed charges |
|
$ |
53,595 |
|
|
$ |
97,572 |
|
|
$ |
125,908 |
|
|
$ |
93,162 |
|
|
$ |
89,385 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed Charges: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
76,790 |
|
|
|
82,536 |
|
|
|
86,125 |
|
|
|
64,223 |
|
|
|
71,481 |
|
Capitalized interest |
|
|
4,056 |
|
|
|
3,425 |
|
|
|
1,270 |
|
|
|
920 |
|
|
|
1,131 |
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs |
|
|
2,248 |
|
|
|
2,365 |
|
|
|
2,099 |
|
|
|
2,248 |
|
|
|
1,729 |
|
Interest component of rent expense (a) |
|
|
1,687 |
|
|
|
2,086 |
|
|
|
2,137 |
|
|
|
1,616 |
|
|
|
1,714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed charges |
|
$ |
84,781 |
|
|
$ |
90,412 |
|
|
$ |
91,631 |
|
|
$ |
69,007 |
|
|
$ |
76,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.08 |
|
|
|
1.37 |
|
|
|
1.35 |
|
|
|
1.18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficiency of earnings over fixed charges |
|
$ |
(31,186 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) One-third of rent expense is the portion deemed representative of the interest
factor. |
EX-23.1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Mediacom Broadband LLC
and Mediacom Broadband Corporation of our report dated March 15, 2005 relating to the financial
statements and financial statement schedule of Mediacom Broadband LLC, which appears in such
Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the headings Experts in
such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
December 23, 2005
EX-25.1
Exhibit 25.1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A
TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2) [ ]
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
New York
|
|
01-0622605 |
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization if not a U.S.
national bank)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number) |
|
|
|
767 Third Avenue,
31stFloor
|
|
10017 |
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
Law
Debenture Trust Company of New York, 767 Third Avenue,
31stFloor
New York, NY 10017, Attn: Jasmine Marrero (212) 750-7464,
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for services)
|
|
|
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC
|
|
MEDIACOM BROADBAND CORPORATION |
(Exact name of obligor as specified
in its charter)
|
|
(Exact name of obligor as specified
in its charter) |
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
Delaware |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
|
|
06-1615412
|
|
06-1630167 |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
100 Crystal Run Road
Middletown, New York
|
|
10941 |
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
81/2% Senior Notes due 2015
(Title of the indenture securities)
Item 1. General information.
Furnish the following information as to the trustee-
|
a. |
|
Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject. |
|
|
|
Name |
|
Address |
Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York
|
|
2 Rector Street, New York, NY |
|
|
10006, and Albany, NY 12203 |
|
b. |
|
Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers. |
Yes
Item 2. Affiliations with the obligor.
If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
Item 3. Not applicable
Item 4. Not applicable
Item 5. Not applicable
Item 6. Not applicable
Item 7. Not applicable
Item 8. Not applicable
Item 9. Not applicable
Item 10. Not applicable
Item 11. Not applicable
Item 12. Not applicable
Item 13. Not applicable
Item 14. Not applicable
Item 15. Not applicable
Item 16. List of exhibits.
List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility.
|
1. |
|
A copy of the articles of association of the trustee as now in effect. |
|
|
2. |
|
A copy of the certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business, if not
contained in the articles of association. |
|
|
4. |
|
A copy of the existing bylaws of the trustee, or instruments corresponding thereto.
|
|
|
6. |
|
The consents of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. |
|
|
7. |
|
A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the
requirements of its supervising or examining authority. |
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 the trustee, Law Debenture
Trust Company of New York, a trust company organized and existing under the laws of New York,
has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the
19th day of December 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York |
|
|
(Trustee)
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Boris Treyger |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boris Treyger |
|
|
|
|
Assistant Vice President |
Exhibit 25.1
Exhibit 1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FIRST. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of New York shall be located
in the City and State designated in its Organization Certificate.
SECOND. The annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on the date fixed
by the Directors, and each successive annual meeting shall be held within thirteen months after
the date of the preceding annual meeting, for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting
such other business as may properly come before the meeting. Special meetings of the shareholders
may be called by the Board of Directors. Such meetings shall be held within or without the State
of New York. Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation in
this State, or at such other places, within or without the State of New York as the Directors may
from time to time fix. If no designation is made, the meeting shall be held at the Corporations
registered office in the State of New York. Except as otherwise provided herein, or by law or in
its Organization Certificate (such Certificate and any amendments thereof being hereinafter
collectively referred to as the Certificate), a quorum shall be present at all meetings of
shareholders of the Corporation if the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on
that matter are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. Except as otherwise provided by
law or the By-Laws, at each meeting of shareholders, each shareholder of the Corporation entitled
to vote thereat shall be entitled to one vote for each share registered in its name on the books
of the Corporation.
THIRD. The first Board of Directors and all subsequent Boards of the Corporation shall consist of
not less than five or more than eight Directors and shall comply with all regulations pertaining
thereto of the Banking Department of the State of New York. The Board of Directors or shareholders
all have the power, in the interim between annual and special meetings of the shareholders, to
increase or decrease the number of Directors of the Corporation. No decrease shall shorten the
term of the incumbent Directors. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, or any committee
thereof, the presence of a majority of the entire Board, or such committee thereof, shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the
Certificate or these By-Laws.
FOURTH. The Corporations officers shall have such titles and duties as shall be stated in these
By-Laws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these By-Laws.
The officers of the Corporation may consist of a president, one or more vice-presidents, a
secretary and a treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors may determine from
time to time. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except for the offices of
president and secretary which must be held by
separate people, unless all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation is owned by one
person or entity.
FIFTH. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be
uncertificated shares. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, which shall not be more than
fifty, nor less than ten days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of
shareholders, as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice
of, or to vote at, any meeting of shareholders, or to consent to any proposal without a meeting, or
for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividends, or
allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action. If no record date is fixed, the
record date for shareholders entitled to a notice of meeting shall be at the close of business on
the day preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if no notice is given, the day on which the
meeting is held; the record date for determining shareholders of record for any other purpose shall
be at the close of business on the date on which the resolution of the Directors relating thereto
is adopted.
SIXTH. Subject to applicable 1aw and the Certificate, dividends may be declared and paid out of
earned surplus only, in such amounts, and at such time or times as the Board of Directors may
determine, so long as the Corporation is not insolvent when such dividend is paid or rendered
insolvent by the payment of such dividend.
SEVENTH. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed and shall be subject to change by the
Board of Directors from time to time, subject to applicable law.
EIGHTH. The corporate seal, if any, shall be in such form as shall be prescribed and altered, from
time to time, by the Board of Directors.
NINTH. The initial By-Laws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the Incorporators at its
organizational meeting. All By-Laws of the Corporation shall be subject to alteration or repeal,
and new By-Laws may be made, by a majority vote of the shareholders at the time entitled to vote
in the election of Directors even though these By-Laws may also be altered, amended or repealed by
the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have power to make, adopt, alter, amend and
repeal, from time to time, By-Laws of the Corporation.
Exhibit 2
|
|
|
|
|
State of New York Banking Department |
Whereas, the organization certificate of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, New York,
New York, has heretofore been duly approved and said Law Debenture Trust Company of New York has
complied with the provisions of Chapter 2 of the Consolidated Laws.
Now Therefore, I, Michael J. Lesser as Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, do
hereby authorize the said Law Debenture Trust Company of New York to transact the business of a
limited purpose trust company at 767 Third Avenue, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York within
the State.
|
|
|
|
|
In witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand
and affixed the official seal of the Banking
Department, this 8th day of
May in the year two thousand and two. |
|
|
Michael Lesser |
|
|
|
|
|
Deputy Superintendent of Banks |
Exhibit 4
BY-LAWS
OF
LAW
DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
ARTICLE I- OFFICES
The registered office of the Corporation in the State of New York shall be located in the
City and State designated in its Organization Certificate. The Corporation may also maintain
offices at such other places within or without the State of New York as the Board of Directors
may, from time to time, determine, subject to regulatory agency approval.
ARTICLE II- MEETINGS OF SHARREHOLDERS
Section 1. Annual Meetings:
The annual
meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on the
date fixed by the
Directors, and each successive annual meeting shall be held within thirteen months after the
date
of the preceding annual meeting, for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such
other business as may properly come before the meeting. Annual and special meetings may be
conducted via telephone or tele-conferencing.
Section 2. Special Meetings:
(a) Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the Board of Directors. Such
meetings shall be held within or without the State of New York.
(b) If, for a period of thirteen months after the formation of the Corporation or the last annual
meeting, there is a failure to elect a sufficient number of Directors to conduct the business of
the Corporation, the Board of Directors shall call a special meeting for the election of Directors.
(c) If such special meeting as referred to in subsection (b) of this Section of these By-Laws is
not called by the Board of Directors within two weeks after the expiration of such period or
if it is called but there is a failure to elect such Directors for a period of two months
after the expiration of such period, holders of the shares entitled to vote in an election of
Directors may make a written demand to the Corporation to call a special meeting for the
election of Directors specifying the date and month of such meeting, which shall not be less
than sixty nor more than ninety days from the date of such written demand.
Section 3. Place of Meetings:
Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation in this State,
or at such other places, within or without the State of New York as the Directors may from time to
time fix. If no designation is made, the meeting shall be held at the Corporations registered
office in the State of New York.
- 1 -
Section 4. Notice of Meetings:
(a) Written
or printed notice of each meeting of shareholders, whether annual or
special, stating the time when and place where it is to be held shall be served either personally, by
facsimile or by first class mail, by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, or the
officer or the person calling the meeting, not less than ten or more
than sixty days before the
date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed time shall have been waived before or
after the taking of such action, upon each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting,
and to any other shareholder to whom the giving of notice may be required by law. Notice of a
special meeting shall also state the business to be transacted or the purpose or purposes for
which the meeting is called and shall indicate that it is being issued by, or at the direction of,
the person or persons calling the meeting. If, at any meeting, action is proposed to be taken that
would, if taken, entitle shareholders to dissent and receive payment for their shares pursuant to
the New York Business Corporation Law; the notice of such meeting shall include a statement of
that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when
deposited in the United States
mail addressed to the shareholder as it appears on the share transfer records of the Corporation.
(b) It shall not be necessary to give notice of an adjourned meeting to the shareholders of
record
if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned is announced at the meeting at which
the adjournment is taken, and at the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that might
have been transacted on the original date of the meeting. However, if after the adjournment
the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date.
Section 5. Shareholders List:
(a) After fixing a record date for a meeting, the officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
Corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all its shareholders entitled
to notice of the meeting, arranged by voting group with the address of, and the number, class and
series, if any, of shares held by each shareholder. The shareholders list must be produced at
any shareholders meeting upon the request of any shareholder.
Section 6. Quorum:
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, or by law or in its Organization Certificate
(such Certificate and any amendments thereof being hereinafter collectively referred to as the
Certificate), a quorum shall be present at all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation if the
holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on that matter are represented at the meeting
in person or by proxy.
(b) The subsequent withdrawal of any shareholder from the meeting, after the commencement of a
meeting, or the refusal of any shareholder represented in person or by proxy to vote, shall have no
effect on the existence of a quorum, after a quorum has been established at such meeting.
- 2 -
(c) Despite the absence of a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, the shareholders
present may adjourn the meeting.
Section 7. Voting:
(a) Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these By-Laws, any corporate action
(excluding the election of Directors which requires the affirmative vote of a plurality of shares
entitled to vote) receiving the affirmative vote of a majority of shares entitled to vote on that
matter, represented either in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is
present, shall be the act of the shareholders of the Corporation.
(b) Except as otherwise provided by law or these By-Laws, at each meeting of shareholders, each
shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat shall be entitled to one vote for each
share registered in its name on the books of Corporation.
Section 8. Proxies:
(a) Each shareholder entitled to vote or to express consent or dissent without a meeting may do so
either in person or by proxy, so long as such proxy is executed in writing by the shareholder,
by his attorney-in-fact thereunto duly authorized in writing by the
shareholder, by another person or persons duly authorized by the shareholder or by the
shareholders authorized officer, director, employee or agent,
signing such writing or
causing the shareholders signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means,
including, but not limited to facsimile signature, to act as the shareholders proxy.
(b) The writing necessary for a valid proxy may be a written document, or a telegram,
cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission in favor of the person who will be the holder
of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent
duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such
transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic
transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be
reasonably determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was
authorized by the shareholder.
(c) Any
copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of
the writing or
transmission created pursuant to subsection (b), above, may be substituted or used in lieu of the
original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or
transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other
reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
Section 9. Action Without a Meeting:
Unless otherwise provided for in the Certificate, any action to be taken at any annual or
special shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting on the written and signed consent
of all
- 3 -
the shareholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, setting forth the
action so taken.
Section 10. Inspectors:
There shall be one or more inspectors at any shareholders meeting, appointed by the Board of
Directors, to act at any such meeting or any adjournment and make a written report thereof. The
Board of Directors may appoint an alternate inspector or inspectors to replace any inspector who
fails to perform his job in a satisfactory way. If no alternate
inspectors has been appointed and the person or persons appointed as inspector is unable to act at a shareholders meeting, the person
presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.
ARTICLE III- BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. Number, Term, Election and Qualifications:
(a) The first Board of Directors and all subsequent Board of the Corporation shall consist of
not less than five or more than eight Directors and shall comply with
all regulations pertaining
thereto of the Banking Department of the State of New York. The Board of Directors or
shareholders all have the power, in the interim between annual and special meetings of the
shareholders, to increase or decrease the number of Directors of the
Corporation. No
decrease shall shorten the term of the incumbent Directors. A
Director must be at least eighteen
years of age, but need not be a shareholder of the Corporation unless the Certificate of the
Corporation or there By-Laws so require.
(b) Except as may otherwise be provided herein or in the Certificate, the members of the Board of
Directors of the Corporation shall be elected at the first annual shareholders meeting and at each
annual meeting thereafter by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the
holders of shares entitled to vote in the election.
(c) The first Board of Directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of
shareholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until there is a
decrease in the number of Directors. Thereafter, Directors will be elected at the annual meeting of
shareholders
and shall hold office until annual meeting of the shareholders next succeeding
their election or until his/her prior death, resignation or removal.
Section 2. Duties and Powers:
The Board
of Directors shall be responsible for the control and management of
the business and
affairs, property and interests of the Corporation, and may exercise all powers of the
Corporation, except such as those which under New York State law or under the Certificate or by
these By-Laws are expressly conferred upon or reserved to the shareholders or any other person or
persons named therein.
- 4 -
Section 3. Regular Meetings: Notice:
(a) A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held either within or without the
State of New York at such time and at such place as the Board of Directors shall fix.
(b) No notice shall be required of any regular meeting of the Board of Directors and, if
given, need not specify the propose of the meeting; provided, however, that in case the
Board of
Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any regular meeting when such time and place
was fixed before such change, notice of such action shall be given to each Director who shall not
have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken in the manner set forth in these
By-Laws with respect to special meetings, unless such notice shall be waived in the manner set
forth in these By-Laws.
Section 4. Special Meetings: Notice:
(a) Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as
may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.
(b) Except as otherwise required by law, written notice of special meetings shall be mailed or
sent by facsimile directly to each Director, addressed to him/her at his/her residence or usual
place of business, or delivered orally, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is
to be held.
(c) Notice of any special meeting shall not be required to be given to my Director who shall
attend such meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its
commencement the lack of notice to
him/her, or who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting. Notice of
any adjourned meeting shall not be required to be given.
Section 5. Chairperson:
The Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present, shall preside at all meetings of the
Board of Directors. If there shall be no Chairperson, or he or she
shall be absent, then the president shall preside and, in his or her absence, any other Director chosen by the Board of
Directors shall preside.
Section 6. Quorum:
(a) At all meetings of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, the presence of a
majority of the entire Board, or such committee thereof, shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate or these
By-Laws.
(b) A majority of the Directors present at the time and place of any regular or special
meeting may adjourn the same from time to time without notice, whether or not a quorum
exists.
- 5 -
Section 7. Manner of Acting:
(a) At all meetings of the Board of Directors, each Director present shall have one vote,
irrespective of the number of shares of stock, if any, which he or she may hold.
(b) Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate or these By-laws, action approved by
a majority of the votes of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board or any committee
thereof, at which a quorum is present, shall be the act of the Board
of Directors, or any committee
thereof
(c) Any action authorized in writing made prior or subsequent to such action, by all of the
Directors entitled to vote thereon and filed with the minutes of the Corporation shall be the act
of the Board of Director, or any committee thereof, and have the same force effect as if the
same had been passed by unanimous vote at a duly called meeting of the Board or committee for all
purposes and may be stated as such in any document filed with the minutes of the proceedings of
the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
(d) Where appropriate communications facilities are reasonably available, any or all directors
shall have the right to participate in any Board of Directors meeting, or a committee of the Board
of Directors meeting, by means of conference telephone or any means of communications by which all
persons participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.
Section 8. Vacancies:
(a) Any vacancy in the Board of Directors occurring by reason of an increase in the number
of Directors, or by reason of the death, resignation, disqualification, removal or inability to
act of any Director, or other cause, shall be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of the
remaining Directors, though less than a quorum of the Board or by a sole remaining Director, at
any regular meeting or special meeting of the Board of Directors called for that purpose.
(b) The shareholders, not the Board of Directors, may fill vacancies in the Board of Directors
occurring in the Board by reason of removal of the Directors without cause, unless the Certificate
provides that Directors of the Corporation may also fill such vacancies resulting from removal
without cause.
(c) Unless otherwise provided for by law, the Certificate or these By-Laws, when one or more
Directors shall resign from the Board and such resignation is effective at a future date, a
majority of the Directors, then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the
power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote otherwise to take effect when such resignation or
resignations shall become effective.
Section 9. Resignation:
A Director may resign at any time upon his or her written resignation being submitted to the
- 6 -
Corporation. Such resignation need not be accepted by the Corporation to be effective, unless
otherwise stated in the resignation.
Section 10. Removal:
One or more or all the Directors of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause at
any time by the shareholders, at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose.
Section 11. Compensation:
The Board of Directors may authorize and establish reasonable compensation of the Directors
for services to the Corporation as Directors, which may include, but not be limited to, attendance
at any annual or special meeting of the Board.
Section 12. Committees:
The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, may from
time to time designate from among its members one or more committees, and alternate members
thereof, as they deem desirable, each consisting of two or more members, with such powers and
authority (to the extend permitted by law and these By-Laws) as may be provided in such
resolution. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and, unless otherwise
stated by law, the Certificate or these By-Laws, shall be governed by the rules and regulations
stated herein regarding the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV- OFFICERS
Section 1. Number, Qualification, Election and Term of Office:
(a) The
Corporations officers shall have such titles and duties as shall be stated in these By-
Laws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these By-Laws.
The officers of the Corporation may consist of a president, one or more vice-presidents, a
secretary and a treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors may determine from
time to time. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except for the offices of
president and secretary which must be held by separate people, unless all of the issued and
outstanding stock of the Corporation is owned by one person or entity.
(b) The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the regular
annual meeting of the Board following the annual meeting of shareholders.
(c) Each officer shall hold office until the annual meeting of the Board of Directors next
succeeding his or her election, and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and
qualified, subject to earlier termination by his or her death, resignation or removal.
Section 2. Resignation:
- 7 -
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the
Corporation. The validity of such resignation is effective when given to the Corporation;
regardless of whether or not the Board of Directors has accepted such resignation or if a
successor has been appointed.
Section 3. Removal:
Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, and a
successor elected by the Board at any time.
Section 4. Compensation:
The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the
Board of Directors.
ARTICLE V- SHARES OF STOCK
Section 1. Certificate of Stock:
(a) The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be
uncertificated shares.
(b) Certificates shall state upon the face thereof:
|
(i) |
|
that the Corporation is formed under the laws of the State of New York; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the name of the person or persons to whom such shares are issued; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
the number and class of stares, and the designation, if any
of the series which
such certificate represents; and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
that such shares are transferable in the manner provided by law and in these By-Laws. |
(c) Certificates
shall be signed, (either manually or by facsimile), by the Chairperson,
Vice-Chairperson, President or Vice-President and Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the
Treasurer
or Assistant Treasurer, and may-be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation or a
facsimile thereof.
(d) In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such
certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be
issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he/she were such officer at the date of its
issue.
(e) Certificates shall be issued in such form not inconsistent with the Certificate and as shall be
- 8 -
approved by the Board of Directors. Such certificates shall be numbered and registered on the
books of the Corporation in the order in which they were issued.
(f) Except as otherwise provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of
uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing
shares of the same class and series shall be identical.
Section 2. Lost or Destroyed Certificates:
The Board
of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any
certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation
alleged to have been lost. The
Board of Directors may require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate, or his or her
legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient .to indemnity the Corporation
against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of
any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate before issuing a new
certificate or certificates in place of any certificate or certificates issued by the Corporation
allegedly lost or destroyed.
Section 3.
Transfers of Shares:
(a) Transfers or registration of transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made on the
stock transfer books of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his or her attorney
duly authorized by a written power of attorney; and in the case of shares represented by
certificates, only after the surrender to the Corporation of the certificates representing such
shares with such shares properly endorsed, with such evidence of the authenticity of such
endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require,
and the payment of all stock transfer taxes due thereon.
(b) The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares as the
absolute owner thereof for all purposes and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any
legal, equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share or shares on the part of any other
person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly
provided by law.
Section 4. Record Date:
(a) The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, which shall not be more than fifty, nor less than
ten days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of shareholders, as the record
date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of, or to vote at, any
meeting of shareholders, or to consent to any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of
determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividends, or allotment of any rights,
or for the purpose of any other action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for
shareholders entitled to a notice of meeting shall be at the close of
business on the day
preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if no notice is given, the day on which the
meeting is held; the record date for determining shareholders of record for any other purpose
shall be at the close
- 9 -
of
business on the date on which the resolution of the Directors relating thereto is adopted.
(b) A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a shareholders meeting is
effective for any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date
for the adjourned meeting.
ARTICLE VI- DIVIDENDS
Subject to applicable law and the Certificate, dividends may be declared and paid out of
earned
surplus only, in such amounts, and at such time or times as the Board of Directors may
determine, so long as the Corporation is not insolvent when such dividend is paid or rendered
insolvent by the payment of such dividend.
ARTICLE VII- FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed and shall be subject to change by the
Board of Directors from time to time, subject to applicable law.
ARTICLE VIII- CORPORATE SEAL
The corporate seal, if any, shall be in such form as shall be prescribed and altered, from time to
time, by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IX- AMENDMENTS
Section 1. Initial By-Laws:
The initial By-Laws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the Incorporators at its organizational
meeting.
Section 2. By Shareholders:
All By-Laws of the Corporation shall be subject to alteration or repeal, and new By-Laws may be
made, by a majority vote of the shareholders at the time entitled to vote in the election of
Directors even though these By-Laws may also be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of
Directors.
Section 3. By Directors:
The Board of Directors shall have power to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal, from time to
time, By-Laws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE X- INDEMNIFICATION
- 10 -
The Corporation shall indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to
be made party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee, agent
or controlling shareholder of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a Director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including
counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by
him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the full extent permitted by
applicable law. Such indemnification may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, include
advances of his or her expenses in advance of final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding,
subject to the provisions of any applicable statute. The Directors shall have the power to purchase
and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any persons who are or were at any time Directors,
officers or employees of any Relevant Company (as defined below) including (without prejudice to
the generality of the foregoing) insurance against liability incurred by such persons in respect of
any act or omission in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of their duties and/or
in the exercise or purported exercise of their powers and/or otherwise in relation to their
duties, powers or offices in relation to any Relevant Company.
For the purposes hereof Relevant Company shall mean the Corporation, any holding company of the
Corporation or any other body, whether or not incorporated,in which the Corporation or such holding company or any
other body, whether or not incorporated, has or had any interest whether direct or indirect or
which is in any way allied to or associated with the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the
Corporation or of any such other body.
ARTICLE XI- WAIVER OF NOTICE
(a) Shareholders:
Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate or these By-Laws to the
shareholders of the Corporation of a meeting of Shareholders, a written waiver of notice
submitted to the Corporation before or after the meeting or the attendance at the meeting by any
shareholder, shall constitute a Waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends
the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the lack of
notice thereof, prior to the
conclusion of the meeting.
(b) Directors:
Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate or these By-Laws to the
Directors of the Corporation of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, a written waiver of
notice submitted to the Corporation before or after the meeting or the attendance at the meeting by
any Director, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person
attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the lack of notice thereof prior to
the commencement of the meeting.
- 11 -
Theses By-Laws have been adopted as the By-Laws of the Corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ WILLIAM F. CONNELL |
|
|
|
|
|
Secretary |
Dated: March 2, 2002
- 12 -
|
|
|
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
767 Third Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017
Telephone: (212)750-6474 Fax:(212)750-1361
Email: new.york@lawdeb.com
|
|
Exhibit 6 |
August 9, 2005
To Whom It May Concern:
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, Law Debenture
Trust Company of New York (Law Debenture) hereby consents that reports of examinations by
Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities pertaining to Law Debenture may be furnished by
such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.
If you have any questions, please contact Daniel Fisher, Senior Vice President, Law Debenture
Trust Company of New York at (212) 750-6474.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Daniel R. Fisher |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daniel R. Fisher
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Senior Vice President |
Exhibit 7
T-1 Item 16
Consolidated Report of Condition (attached as Exhibit A hereto) of
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
of 767 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017,
a limited purpose trust company (LDTC-NY) and U.S. subsidiary of Law Debenture Corporation plc,
London, England (Law Debenture), at the close of business December 31, 2004, published with the
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council/Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, and in accordance with Chapter 2 of the Consolidated Laws of the State of New York Banking
Department license granted on May 8, 2002.
Subsequent to this Consolidated Report of Condition dated December 31, 2004, a Guarantee and Keep
Well Agreement (attached as Exhibit B hereto) was executed by subsidiaries of Law Debenture, to
effect capitalization of LDTC-NY in the total aggregate amount of $50,000,000, on July 12, 2002.
I, Nancy Jo Kuenstner, President and Director of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York do
hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in
conformance with instructions
issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my
knowledge and belief.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate the 31st day of March, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nancy Jo Kuenstner |
|
|
|
|
|
Nancy Jo Kuenstner
President and Director
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York |
I, Daniel R. Fisher, Senior Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, do hereby
attest that the signature set forth above is the true and genuine signature of Nancy Jo Kuenstner,
President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attested by:
|
|
/s/ Daniel R. Fisher
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
(Exhibit A)
FFIEC 041
page RC-1
11
Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial
and State-Chartered Savings Banks for December 31,2004
All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollar. Unless otherwise Indicated,
report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the quarter.
Schedule RCBalance Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar Amount In Thousands |
|
Rcon |
|
all |
|
Mill |
|
Thou |
|
|
|
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Cash and balances due from depoasitory Institution (from Schedule RC-A): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a. Noninterest- bearing balance and currency and coin1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0081 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
1.a. |
|
b. Interest-bearing balances2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0071 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
670 |
|
|
|
1.b. |
|
2. Securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1754 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.a. |
|
b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1773 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.b. |
|
3. Federal funds add and securities purchased under agreements to resell: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a. Federal funds sold |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8987 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.a. |
|
b. Securities purchased under agreement to resell3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8988 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.b. |
|
4. Loans and lease financing receivables (from Schedule RC-C): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a. Loans and leases held for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.a. |
|
b. Loans and leases, net of uneemad income |
|
|
5528 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.b. |
|
c. LESS: Allowance for loan and leases losses |
|
|
3123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.c. |
|
d. Loan and leases, net of uneemad income and allowance (Item 4.b minus 4.c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8529 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.d. |
|
5 Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
6. Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized losses) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2145 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
6. |
|
7. Other real assets owned (from Schedule RC-M) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
|
8.
Investments In unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from Schedule RC-M) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2130 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. |
|
9. Customers liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. |
|
10. Intangible assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a. Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.a. |
|
b. Other lntangible assets(from Schedule RC-M) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.b. |
|
11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2160 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212 |
|
|
|
11. |
|
12. Total assets (sum of Items 1 through 11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
954 |
|
|
|
12.` |
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Includes cash item in process of collection and unposted details. |
|
2 |
|
Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading. |
|
3 |
|
Includes all securities reals agreement, regardless of maturity |
FFIEC 041
Page PC-2
12
Schedule RCContinued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar Amounts In Thousands |
|
Rcon |
|
Bill |
|
MII |
|
Thou |
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Deposits: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.a. |
|
(1) Noninterest-bearing |
|
|
6631 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.a. |
(1) |
(2) Interest-bearing |
|
|
6636 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.a. |
(2) |
b. Not applicable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a. Federal funds purchased 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8993 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.a. |
|
b. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8995 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.b. |
|
15. Trading liabilties (from Schedule RC-D) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15. |
|
16. Other borrowed money (includes mortgage Indebtedness and obligations under
capitalized leases) (from Schedule RC-M) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3190 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16. |
|
17. Not applicable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. Banks liability on acceptances executed and outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2920 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. |
|
19. Subordinated notes and debentures 4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19. |
|
20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2930 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
20. |
|
21. Total liabilities (sum of item 13 through 20) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2948 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21. |
|
22. Minority Interest in consolidated subsidiaries |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22. |
|
EQUITY CAPITAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23. Prepetual preferred stock and related surplus |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3838 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
23. |
|
24. Common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
|
24. |
|
25. Surplus
(exclude all surplus related to preferred stock) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3830 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(855 |
) |
|
|
26. |
|
26 a. Retained earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3832 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26.a. |
|
b.
Accumulated other comprehensive income 5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8530 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26.b. |
|
27. Other equity capital components 6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
A130 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27. |
|
28. Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
523 |
|
|
|
28. |
|
29. Total liabilites, minority interest, and equity capital (sum of
items 21, 22, and 26) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
954 |
|
|
|
29. |
|
Memorandum
To be reported with the March Report of Condition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RCON |
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
1. Indicate
in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the most
comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by
independent external auditors
as of any date during 2003 |
|
|
6724 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M.1. |
|
|
|
|
1. Independent audit of the
bank conducted in accordance with
generally accepted auditing
standards by a certified public
accounting firm which submits a report
on the bank
|
|
4. Directors, examination of the
bank conducted in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards
by certified public accounting firm
(may be required by state chartering
authority) |
|
|
|
2. Independent audit of the
banks parent holding company
conducted in accordance with
generally accepted auditing
standards by a certified public
accounting firm which submits a
report on the consolidated holding
company (but not on the bank
separately)
|
|
5. Director, examination of the
bank performed by other external
auditor (may be required by state
chartering authority)
6. Review of
the banks financial statements by
external auditors |
|
|
|
3. Attantion on bank
managements assertion on the
affectiveness of the banks
internal control over financial
reporting by a certified public accounting firm
|
|
7. Completion of the banks
financial statements by external
auditors
8. Other audit procedures
(excluding tax prepration work )
9. No external audit work |
|
|
|
l |
|
Includes total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and savings deposits. |
|
2 |
|
Reports overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances in
Schedule RC, item 18, Other borrowed
money. |
|
3 |
|
Includes all securities repurchase aggrement, regardless of maturity. |
|
4 |
|
Includes interest-life preferred stock and related surplus. |
|
5 |
|
Includes net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities,
accaumulated net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges , and minimum
pension liability adjustment. |
|
6 |
|
Includes treasury stock and unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares. |
(Exhibit B)
GUARANTEE AND KEEP WELL AGREEMENT
This
Guarantee and Keep Well Agreement (the Agreement) dated
as of July ,2002 is entered into by and among Law Debenture Guarantee Limited (the Guarantor), LDC Trust
Management Limited (the Parent), and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York (the Trust
Company).
WHEREAS,
the Guarantor and the Trust Company are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Parent;
WHEREAS, in order to enable the Trust Company to conduct its corporate trust business and meet
qualification requirements of documents pertaining to its acceptance of trust appointments, the
Trust Company requires combined capital and surplus of U.S. $50,000,000; and
WHEREAS, the Parent and the Guarantor have determined that the execution and delivery by them
of this Agreement is necessary in order for the Trust Company to conduct, promote and attain
corporate trust business in the United States.
Now, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein and intending to be legally bound by this
Agreement, each of the Guarantor, the Trust Company and the Parent hereby agree as follows:
1. Stock Ownership.
During the term of this Agreement, the Parent will own, indirectly or directly, all of
the capital stock of the Trust Company and the Guarantor; provided, however, that, upon
sixty (60) days prior written notice to and the consent of the Trust Company (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Guarantor may sell, transfer or otherwise
assign any such capital stock (or any interest therein) that it now owns or may hereafter
acquire.
2. Covenants of the Parent.
It is understood and agreed by all parties hereto that the obligations under Section 3(a)
are solely those of the Guarantor and no recourse can be had in connection therewith
against the Parent.
(a)
The Parent agrees that during the term of this Agreement, it shall
not, without the prior written consent of the Trust Company and the Guarantor,
unless it has already contributed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount (as
defined below), cause the Guarantor to consolidate with or merge into any other
corporation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve the Guarantor (or otherwise cause
the Guarantor to suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution), or sell,
transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets,
whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, to any person, except (i) the merger or consolidation of the Guarantor
and any person, provided, that the surviving corporation is the Guarantor and (ii) sales,
transfers, leases and other dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of the
Guarantors business, provided, that such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of
assets does not materially adversely affect the Guarantors ability to perform its
obligations hereunder.
(b) If, during the term of this Agreement, the Guarantor is unable or refuses to
perform its obligations under section 3(a) of this Agreement, the Parent may, at its option
or at the request of the Trust Company, cause such obligations to be performed. During the
term of this Agreement, the Parent agrees to monitor the financial condition and management
of the Guarantor and the Trust Company.
3. The Guarantee
(a) The Guarantor hereby guarantees a combined capital and
surplus to the Trust Company in the amount of U.S. $ 50
million CBJMJ; provided, however, that the maximum amount of capitalization shall not at
any time exceed U.S. $50,000,000 in the aggregate (the Maximum
Aggregate Capitalization Amount). Under no circumstances shall the
Guarantor be required to pay or contribute any amounts in excess of the
Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount hereunder.
(b) If, during the term of this Agreement, the Trust Company is
unable to make timely payment of any debt, liability or other obligation as
the same shall become due (the Guaranteed Obligations), the Trust
Company shall request from the Guarantor, and the Guarantor promptly
shall provide the Trust Company, pursuant to its obligations under (a)
above, such funds (in the form of cash or liquid assets in an amount
sufficient to permit the Trust Company to make timely payment in respect
of such debt, liability or other obligation) as equity, provided, however,
that such Guaranteed Obligations shall not in the aggregate exceed the
Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount. Any request for payment
pursuant to this section shall specifically identify the debt, liability or
other obligation in respect of which the Trust Company is unable to make
timely payment and with respect to which the Trust Company seeks funds
not to exceed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount. Each of
the Trust Company and the Guarantor hereby acknowledges that any funds
provided by the Guarantor pursuant thereto shall be used solely to make
payment with respect to such identified Guaranteed Obligation and not for
any other purposes. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement as
provided hereunder or otherwise, this Agreement shall continue in effect
or be reinstated with respect to the payment of a debt, liability or an
obligation which is rescinded or must otherwise be returned upon the
insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, dissolution or liquidation of the
Trust Company, all as though such payment had not been made, provided, however, that such
Guaranteed Obligations shall not in the aggregate exceed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization
Amount.
(c) Any payments made hereunder by the Guarantor to the
Trust Company within 30 days after the end of a quarterly period shall be
deemed to have been made as of the end of such period.
(d) This Agreement may be amended from time to time by
mutual written consent of duly authorized officers of each of the
Guarantor, the Parent and the Trust Company.
(e) This Agreement may be terminated only upon written
notification to the Trust Company by the Guarantor and the Parent, and in
no event shall termination occur earlier than ninety days following such
written notification. Unless so terminated, this Agreement shall remain in
effect for the duration of the Trust Companys conducting of trust business
in the United States.
(f) The Guarantor hereby waives any failure or delay on the
part of the Trust Company in asserting or enforcing any of its rights or in
making any claims or demands hereunder. The Trust Company may at
any time, without the Guarantors consent, without notice to the Guarantor
and without affecting or impairing the Trust Companys rights, or
impairing the Guarantors obligations hereunder, do any of the following
with respect to any obligation: (a) grant renewals and extensions of time,
for payment or otherwise, (b) accept new or additional documents,
instruments or agreements relating to or in substitution of said obligation,
or (c) otherwise handle the enforcement of its respective rights and
remedies in accordance with its business judgment.
(g) Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall give to
any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns
hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under this Agreement.
(h) The covenants herein set forth shall be mutually binding upon, and inure to the
mutual benefit of the Guarantor and its successors and assignees, the Trust Company and its
respective successors and assignees, and to the Parent and its respective successors and assignees.
(i) The obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement are absolute and unconditional
and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, suspended,
discharged, terminated or otherwise affected by, any circumstance or occurrence whatsoever,
including, without limitation:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement
or any other document or instrument relating hereto;
(ii) any extension or renewal for one or more periods (whether
or not longer than the original period) or change in the time, manner,
or place or payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the
Guaranteed Obligations;
(iii) any change in the ownership of capital stock of the Trust
Company or any change in the identity or structure of the Trust Company,
whether by consolidation, merger or otherwise;
(iv) any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to
departure from the terms of this Agreement; or
(v) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
defense available to, or a discharge of, the Guarantor in respect of the
Guaranteed Obligations in respect of this Agreement.
4. Representations and Warranties
(a) The Guarantor hereby represents that:
(i) the Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation; and
(ii) the Guarantor has the requisite power and authority
to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement,
and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery
and performance by it of this Agreement.
(b) The Parent hereby represents that the Parent owns
directly
or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding voting
common stock of the Trust Company and the Guarantor.
5. Governing Law and Submission to Jurisdiction
(a) Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without
regard to principles of conflicts of law.
(b) The Parent and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably consent to
and hereby submit themselves to the jurisdiction of the United States
District Court of the Southern District of New York (the New York Court) solely in connection with any proceeding relating hereto.
(c) The Parent and the Guarantor hereby severally represent and warrant each
in respect of itself alone that it has no right to immunity from the
service of process or jurisdiction or any judicial proceedings of any competent court located
pursuant to section (b) above or from execution of any judgment in the United States
or from the execution or enforcement therein of any arbitration decision in
respect of any suit, action, proceeding or any other matter solely arising out of or
relating to its obligations under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby, and to the extent that the Parent or the Guarantor is or becomes entitled to
any such immunity with respect to the service of process or jurisdiction or any
judicial proceedings of any competent court located pursuant to section (b) above, and
to the extent permitted by law, it does hereby and will irrevocably and
unconditionally agree not to plead or claim any such immunity solely with respect to
its obligations hereunder or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection
with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantor, the Trust Company and the Parent
have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as
of this 12 day of July 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LAW DEBENTURE GUARANTEE LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Caroline J Banszky
Caroline J Banszky
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LDC TRUST MANAGEMENT LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
Title:
|
|
/s/ Julian Mason-Jess
Julian Mason-Jess
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY:
Name:
|
|
/s/ N J Kuenstner
N J Kuenstner
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
President |
|
|
EX-99.1
Exhibit 99.1
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
of
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC
MEDIACOM BROADBAND CORPORATION
Offer to Exchange their 81/2% Senior Notes due 2015
which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act),
for any and all of their outstanding 81/2% Senior Notes due 2015
that were issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated [ ], 2006
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [ ] (THE
EXPIRATION DATE), UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN
PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
If you wish to accept the Exchange Offer, this Letter of Transmittal should be completed,
signed and submitted to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the Exchange Agent):
|
|
|
|
|
By Mail:
|
|
By Facsimile Transmission: |
|
By Overnight Mail or Courier: |
Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas |
c/o DB Services Tennessee, Inc.
|
|
(for eligible institutions only)
|
|
c/o DB Services Tennessee, Inc. |
Reorganization Unit
P.O. Box 292737
Nashville, TN 37229-2737
|
|
Fax: (615) 835-3701
To Confirm by Telephone:
(615) 835-3572
For Information Call:
(800) 735-7777
|
|
Corporate Trust & Agency Services
Reorganization Unit
648 Grassmere Park Road
Nashville, TN 37211 |
DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR
TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE
WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
IS COMPLETED.
This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed either if (a) any certificate(s) representing
the Notes (as defined herein) are to be forwarded herewith to the Exchange Agent or (b) tenders of
Notes to the Exchange Agent are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry
transfer set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled The Exchange OfferBook-Entry
Delivery Procedure and an Agents Message (as defined below) is not delivered. Certificate(s)
representing the Notes or book-entry confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Notes into the
Exchange Agents account at The Depository Trust Company (DTC), as well as this Letter of
Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required
signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be
received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth above on or prior to the Expiration Date.
Tenders by book-entry transfer may also be made by delivering an Agents Message in lieu of this
Letter of Transmittal. The term book-entry confirmation means a confirmation of a book-entry
transfer of Notes into the Exchange Agents account at DTC. The term Agents Message means a
message, transmitted by DTC to and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a
book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from the
tendering participant, which acknowledgement states that such participant has received and agrees
to be bound by this Letter of Transmittal and that Mediacom Broadband LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, and Mediacom Broadband Corporation, a Delaware corporation (collectively, the
Issuers), may enforce this Letter of Transmittal against such participant.
Holders (as defined herein) of Notes whose certificate(s) (the Certificate(s)) for such
Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Certificate(s) and all other
required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete
the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled Exchange
OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedure.
DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE
EXCHANGE AGENT.
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
ALL TENDERING HOLDERS COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING BOX:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES TENDERED |
|
|
If blank, please print name(s) and address(es) |
|
|
|
|
|
of registered Holder(s), exactly as name(s) appear on |
|
|
Notes |
|
|
Note Certificate(s) |
|
|
(Attach additional list if necessary) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount of |
|
|
Principal Amount of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate |
|
|
Notes Represented |
|
|
Notes Tendered |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number(s) of Notes* |
|
|
by Certificate(s) |
|
|
(if less than all)** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Need not be completed by Holders tendering by book-entry transfer. |
|
|
|
|
** |
|
Notes may be tendered in whole or in part in multiples of $1,000. All Notes held shall be deemed tendered unless a
lesser number is specified in this column. See Instruction 4. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(BOXES BELOW TO BE CHECKED BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY)
|
|
|
o |
|
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Tendering
Institution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DTC Account Number
______________ Transaction Code Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
o |
|
CHECK HERE AND ENCLOSE A PHOTOCOPY OF THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1): |
|
|
|
|
|
Name(s) of Registered
Holder(s) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Window Ticket Number (if
any) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Execution of Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If Guaranteed Delivery is to be made by Book-Entry Transfer: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Tendering Institution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DTC Account Number
______________ Transaction Code Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
o |
|
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED BY BOOK ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE DTC ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE. |
|
|
|
o |
|
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
- 2 -
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuers the above described principal amount of the
Issuers 81/2% Senior Notes due 2015 (the Notes) in exchange for an equivalent amount of the
Issuers 81/2% Senior Notes due 2015 (the Exchange Notes), which have been registered under the
Securities Act, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated [
], 2006 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the Prospectus), receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, and in this Letter of Transmittal (which, together with the
Prospectus, constitute the Exchange Offer).
Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Notes
tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if
the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or
amendment), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to or upon the order of the Issuers
all right, title and interest in and to such Notes as are being tendered herewith. The undersigned
hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact
(with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent is also acting as agent of the Issuers in connection
with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Notes, with full power of substitution (such
power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) subject only to
the right of withdrawal described in the Prospectus, to (i) deliver Certificate(s) for Notes to the
Issuers together with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order
of, the Issuers, upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigneds agent, of the Exchange
Notes to be issued in exchange for such Notes, (ii) present Certificate(s) for such Notes for
transfer, and to transfer the Notes on the books of the Issuers and (iii) receive for the account
of the Issuers all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such
Notes, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and
authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the Notes tendered hereby and that, when
the same is accepted for exchange, the Issuers will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title
thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and that the Notes
tendered hereby are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies. The undersigned will, upon
request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuers or the Exchange Agent
to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Notes
tendered hereby, and the undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of August 30, 2005 by and among the Issuers and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston, LLC.,
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Harris Nesbitt Corp. (the
Registration Rights Agreement). The undersigned has read and agrees to all of the terms of the
Exchange Offer.
The name(s) and address(es) of the registered Holder(s) of the Notes tendered hereby should be
printed above, if they are not already set forth above, as they appear on the Certificate(s)
representing such Notes. The Certificate number(s) and the Notes that the undersigned wishes to
tender should be indicated in the appropriate boxes above.
If any tendered Notes are not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, or if
Certificate(s) are submitted for more Notes than are tendered or accepted for exchange,
Certificate(s) for such nonexchanged or nontendered Notes will be returned (or, in the case of
Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, such Notes will be credited to an account maintained at
DTC), without expense to the tendering Holder, promptly following the expiration or termination of
the Exchange Offer.
The undersigned understands that the tenders of Notes pursuant to any one of the procedures
described in Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering Initial Notes in the Prospectus and in the
instructions attached hereto will, upon the Issuers acceptance for exchange of such tendered
Notes, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuers upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. The undersigned recognizes that, under certain
circumstances set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuers may not be required to accept for exchange
any of the Notes tendered hereby.
Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled Special Issuance Instructions below,
the undersigned hereby directs that the Exchange Notes be issued in the name(s) of the undersigned
or, in the case of a book-entry transfer of Notes, that such Exchange Notes be credited to the
account indicated above maintained at DTC. If applicable, substitute Certificate(s) representing
Notes not exchanged or not accepted for exchange will be issued to the undersigned or, in the case
of a book-entry transfer of Notes, will be credited to the account indicated above maintained at
DTC. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under Special Delivery Instructions, please deliver
Exchange Notes to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigneds signature.
- 3 -
By tendering Notes and executing this Letter of Transmittal, or effecting delivery of an
Agents Message in lieu thereof, the undersigned hereby represents and agrees that (i) the
undersigneds principal residence is in the state of (fill in state) ___, (ii) the
undersigned is not an affiliate of the Issuers, (iii) any Exchange Notes to be received by the
undersigned are being acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (iv) the undersigned has no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning
of the Securities Act) of Exchange Notes to be received in the Exchange Offer, (v) if the
undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such Exchange Notes and
(vi) the undersigned acknowledges that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the
purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of
the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the Staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in no-action letters that are discussed in the section
of the Prospectus entitled Exchange OfferRegistration Rights Agreement. The Issuers may require
the undersigned, as a condition to the undersigneds eligibility to participate in the Exchange
Offer, to furnish to the Issuers (or an agent thereof) in writing information as to the number of
beneficial owners within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act on behalf of whom the
undersigned holds the Notes to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer. If the undersigned is a
broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, it
represents that the Notes to be exchanged for Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a
Prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and
by delivering a Prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter
within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The Issuers have agreed that, subject to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement,
the Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
Participating Broker-Dealer (as defined below) in connection with resales of Exchange Notes
received in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired by such Participating Broker-Dealer
for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for a
period ending 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to the
Exchange Notes (the Effective Date) (subject to extension under certain limited circumstances
described in the Prospectus) or, if earlier, when all such Exchange Notes has been disposed of by
such Participating Broker-Dealer. In that regard, each broker-dealer who acquired Notes for its
own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a Participating
Broker-Dealer), by tendering such Notes and executing this Letter of Transmittal or effecting
delivery of an Agents Message in lieu thereof, agrees that, upon receipt of notice from the
Issuers of the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any fact which makes any statement
contained in the Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which causes the Prospectus to omit
to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by
reference therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or of
the occurrence of certain other events specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, such
Participating Broker-Dealer will suspend the sale of Exchange Notes pursuant to the Prospectus
until the Issuers have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or
omission and has furnished copies of the amended or supplemented Prospectus to the Participating
Broker-Dealer or the Issuers have given notice that the sale of the Exchange Notes may be resumed,
as the case may be. If the Issuers give such notice to suspend the sale of the Exchange Notes, it
shall extend the 180-day period referred to above during which Participating Broker-Dealers are
entitled to use the Prospectus in connection with the resale of Exchange Notes by the number of
days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including
the date when Participating Broker-Dealers shall have received copies of the supplemented or
amended Prospectus necessary to permit resales of the Exchange Notes or to and including the date
on which the Issuers have given notice that the sale of Exchange Notes may be resumed, as the case
may be.
As a result, a Participating Broker-Dealer who intends to use the Prospectus in connection
with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
notify the Issuers, or cause the Issuers to be notified, on or prior to the Expiration Date, that
it is a Participating Broker-Dealer. Such notice may be given in the space provided above or may
be delivered to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth in the section of the Prospectus
entitled The Exchange OfferExchange Agent.
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the
Issuers to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Notes
tendered hereby. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of
Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal
representatives, trustees in bankruptcy, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the
undersigned. Except as stated in the Prospectus, this tender is irrevocable.
The undersigned, by completing the box entitled Description of Notes Tendered above and
signing this letter, will be deemed to have tendered the Notes as set forth in such box.
- 4 -
IMPORTANT
HOLDERS: SIGN HERE
(Please Complete Substitute Form W-9 herein)
Signature(s) of Holder(s)
(Must be signed by the registered Holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on Certificate(s) for
the Notes hereby tendered or on a security position listing or by person(s) authorized to become
registered Holder(s) by certificates and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of corporation or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please provide the following information
and see Instructions 2 and 5 below.)
|
|
|
Capacity
(full title): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Include Zip Code)
|
|
|
|
Area Code and Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
|
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(See Instructions 2 and 5 below)
Authorized Signature:
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Please Type or Print)
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Firm: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Include Zip Code)
|
|
|
|
Area Code and Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
|
- 5 -
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(SIGNATURE GUARANTEE(S) REQUIREDSEE
INSTRUCTIONS 2 AND 6)
TO BE COMPLETED ONLY if Exchange Notes
or Notes not tendered or not accepted for
exchange are to be issued in the name of
someone other than the Registered
Holder(s) of the Notes whose name(s)
appear(s) in one or both of the boxes on
page 3.
|
|
|
o
|
|
Notes not tendered to or not accepted for exchange are to be issued to: |
|
|
|
o
|
|
Exchange Notes are be issued to: |
|
|
|
Name |
|
|
|
|
|
(PLEASE PRINT)
|
|
|
|
Address |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
|
|
|
|
|
(TAX IDENTIFICATION OR
|
SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER)
|
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SIGNATURE GUARANTEES REQUIREDSEE
INSTRUCTIONS 2 AND 6)
TO BE COMPLETED ONLY if Exchange Notes or Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be sent
to someone other than the Registered Holder(s) of the Notes whose name(s) appear(s) in one or both of the
boxes on page 3, or to such Registered Holder at an address other than shown in one or both of such boxes.
|
|
|
o
|
|
Notes not tendered to: |
|
|
|
o
|
|
Exchange Notes to: |
|
|
|
Name |
|
|
|
|
|
(PLEASE PRINT)
|
|
|
|
Address |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
|
- 6 -
INSTRUCTIONS
Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer
1. Delivery of Letter of Transmittal and Certificates; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. This Letter
of Transmittal is to be completed either if (a) Certificate(s) are to be forwarded herewith or (b)
tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer set forth in
the section of the Prospectus entitled Exchange OfferBook-Entry Delivery Procedure and an
Agents Message is not delivered. Certificates, or timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of
such Notes into the Exchange Agents account at DTC, as well as this Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees,
and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date. Tenders by book-entry
transfer may also be made by delivering an Agents Message in lieu thereof. Notes may be tendered
in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000.
Holders who wish to tender their Notes and (i) whose Notes are not immediately available or
(ii) who cannot deliver their Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to
the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who cannot complete the procedures
for delivery by book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Notes by properly
completing and duly executing a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery pursuant to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery
Procedure. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible
Institution (as defined below); (ii) a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery, substantially in the form made available by the Issuers, must be received by the Exchange
Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date; and (iii) the Certificate(s) (or a book-entry
confirmation) representing all tendered Notes, in proper form for transfer, together with a Letter
of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required
signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be
received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the
Expiration Date, all as provided in the section of the Prospectus entitled Exchange
OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedure.
The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or transmitted by facsimile or mail
to the Exchange Agent, and must include a guarantee by an Eligible Institution in the form set
forth in such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. For Notes to be properly tendered pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedure, the Exchange Agent must receive a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery on
or prior to the Expiration Date. As used herein and in the Prospectus, Eligible Institution
means a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act as an eligible
guarantor institution, including (as such terms are defined therein): (i) a bank; (ii) a broker,
dealer, municipal securities broker or dealer or government securities broker or dealer; (iii) a
credit union; (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing
agency; or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association.
The method of delivery of Certificates, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required
documents is at the option and sole risk of the tendering Holder, and the delivery will be deemed
made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, then registered
mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, or overnight delivery service is recommended.
In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.
The Issuers will not accept any alternative, conditional or contingent tenders. Each
tendering Holder, by execution of a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), waives any right
to receive any notice of the acceptance of such tender.
2. Guarantee of Signatures. No signature guarantee on this Letter of Transmittal is required if:
|
i. |
|
this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder (which term, for
purposes of this document, shall include any participant in DTC whose name appears on a
security position listing as the owner of the Notes (the Holder)) of Notes tendered
herewith, unless such Holder(s) has completed either the box entitled Special Issuance
Instructions or the box entitled Special Delivery Instructions above; or |
|
|
ii. |
|
such Notes are tendered for the account of a firm that is an Eligible
Institution. |
In all other cases, an Eligible Institution must guarantee this signature(s) on this Letter of
Transmittal. See Instruction 5.
3. Inadequate Space. If the space provided in the box captioned Description of Notes Tendered is
inadequate, the Certificate number(s) and/or the principal amount of Notes and any other required
information should be listed on a separate signed schedule which is attached to this Letter of
Transmittal.
4. Partial Tenders and Withdrawal Rights.
Tenders of Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000. If less than all the
Notes evidence by any Certificate submitted are to be tendered, fill in the principal amount of
Notes which are to be tendered under the column entitled Principal Amount of Notes Tendered (if
less than all) in the box entitled Description of Notes Tendered on page 2. In such case, new
Certificate(s) for the remainder of the Notes that were evidenced by your old Certificate(s) will
only be sent to the Holder of the Notes, promptly after the Expiration Date. All Notes represented
by Certificates delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless
otherwise indicated.
- 7 -
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Notes may be withdrawn at any time on or prior
to the Expiration Date. In order for a withdrawal to be effective on or prior to that time, a
written notice of withdrawal or facsimile transmission of such notice of withdrawal must be timely
received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth above or in the Prospectus on or
prior to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person
who tendered the Notes to be withdrawn, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be withdrawn,
and (if Certificates for Notes have been tendered) the name of the registered Holder of the Notes
as set forth on the Certificate for the Notes, if different from that of the person who tendered
such Notes. If Certificates for the Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the
Exchange Agent, then prior to the physical release of such Certificates for the Notes, the
tendering Holder must submit the serial numbers shown on the particular Certificates for the Notes
to be withdrawn and the signature on the notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution, except in the case of Notes tendered for the account of a Eligible Institution. If
Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the
section of the Prospectus entitled Exchange OfferBook-Entry Delivery Procedure, the notice of
withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the
withdrawal of Notes, in which case a notice of withdrawal will be effective if delivered to the
Exchange Agent by written, telegraphic, telex or facsimile transmission. Withdrawals of tenders of
Notes may not be rescinded. Notes properly withdrawn will not be deemed validly tendered for
purposes of the Exchange Offer, but may be retendered at any subsequent time on or prior to the
Expiration Date by following any of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus
entitled Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering Initial Notes.
All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such
withdrawal notices will be determined by the Issuers, in their discretion, whose determination
shall be final and binding on all parties. The Issuers, any affiliates or assigns of the Issuers,
the Exchange Agent or any other person shall not be under any duty to give any notification of any
irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give any such
notification. Any Notes which have been tendered but which are withdrawn will be returned to the
Holder thereof without cost to such Holder promptly after withdrawal.
5. Signatures on Letter of Transmittal; Assignments and Endorsements. If this Letter of
Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Notes tendered hereby, the signature(s)
must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the Certificate(s) without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If any Notes tendered hereby is owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners
must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
If any tendered Notes are registered in different name(s) on several Certificates, it will be
necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal (or facsimiles
thereof) as there are different registrations of Certificates.
If this Letter of Transmittal or any Certificate(s) or bond powers are signed by trustees,
executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting
in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and, unless
waived by the Issuers, must submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuers, in their sole
discretion, of each such persons authority to so act.
When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered owner(s) of the Notes listed and
transmitted hereby, no endorsement(s) of Certificate(s) or separate bond power(s) is required
unless Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of a person other than the registered Holder(s).
Signature(s) on such Certificate(s) or bond power(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered owner(s) of the
Notes listed, the Certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed
exactly as the name or names of the registered owner(s) appear(s) on the Certificate(s), and also
must be accompanied by such opinions of counsel, certifications and other information as the
Issuers or the Trustee for the Notes may require in accordance with the restrictions of transfer
applicable to the Notes. Signatures on such Certificate(s) or bond powers must be guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution.
6. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions. If Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of a
person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal, or if Exchange Notes are to be sent to
someone other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal or to an address other than that shown
above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Certificates for
Notes not exchanged will be returned by mail or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, by crediting
the account indicated above maintained at DTC. See Instruction 4.
7. Irregularities. The Issuers will determine, in their discretion, all questions as to the form
of documents, validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any
tender of Notes, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The Issuers
reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders determined by it not to be in proper form
or the acceptance of which, or exchange for which, may, in the view of counsel to the Issuers, be
unlawful. The Issuers also reserve the absolute right, subject to applicable law, to waive any of
the conditions of the Exchange Offer set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled Exchange
OfferConditions to the Exchange Offer or any conditions or irregularities in any tender of Notes
of any particular Holder whether or not similar conditions or irregularities are waived in the case
of other Holders. The Issuers interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions
- 8 -
hereto) will be final and binding. No
tender of Notes will be deemed to have been validly made until all irregularities with respect to
such tender have been cured or waived. The Issuers, any affiliates or assigns of the Issuers, the
Exchange Agent, or any other person shall not be under any duty to give notification of any
irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
8. Questions, Requests for Assistance and Additional Copies. Questions and requests for assistance
may be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of
this Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of the Prospectus, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
and the Letter of Transmittal may be obtained from the Exchange Agent or from your broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee.
9. Backup Withholding; Substitute Form W-9. Under U.S. federal income tax law, a Holder
(including, for purposes of this section, beneficial owners of the Notes) whose tendered Notes are
accepted for exchange is required to provide the Exchange Agent with such Holders correct taxpayer
identification number (TIN) on Substitute Form W-9 below. If the Exchange Agent is not provided
with the correct TIN, the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) may subject the Holder or other
payee to a $50 penalty. In addition, payments to such Holders or other payees with respect to
Notes exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be subject to backup withholding at a rate equal
to 28%.
The box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 may be checked if the tendering Holder has not
been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If
the box in Part 2 is checked, the Holder or other payee must also complete the box captioned
Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below in order to avoid backup withholding.
Notwithstanding that the box in Part 2 is checked and the box captioned Certificate of Awaiting
Taxpayer Identification Number is completed, the Holder will be subject to backup withholding on
all payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Exchange Agent.
The Exchange Agent will retain such amounts withheld during the 60-day period beginning with the
date it receives the Substitute Form W-9. If the Holder furnishes the Exchange Agent with its TIN
within 60 days after the date of the Substitute Form W-9, the amounts retained during the 60-day
period will be remitted to the Holder and no further amounts shall be retained or withheld from
payments made to the Holder thereafter. If, however, the Holder has not provided the Exchange
Agent with its TIN within such 60-day period, amounts withheld will be remitted to the IRS as
backup withholding. In addition, backup withholding will apply to all payments made thereafter
until a correct TIN is provided.
Certain Holders (including, among others, corporations, financial institutions and certain
foreign persons) may not be subject to the backup withholding and reporting requirements. Such
Holders (other than foreign persons) should nevertheless complete the attached Substitute Form W-9
and write Exempt on the face thereof, to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. A foreign
person may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting a properly completed and appropriate IRS
Form W-8 (instead of Substitute Form W-9), signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that
Holders exempt status. Please consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for additional guidance on which Holders are exempt
from backup withholding.
Backup withholding is not an additional U.S. federal income tax. Rather, the U.S. federal
income tax liability of a person subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax
withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided
that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
10. Waiver of Conditions. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or
all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.
11. No Conditional Tenders. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted.
All tendering Holders of Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right
to receive notice of the acceptance of Notes for exchange.
Neither the Issuers, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated to give notice of
any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Notes nor shall any of them incur any
liability for failure to give any such notice.
12. Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates. If any Certificate(s) representing Notes have been
lost, destroyed or stolen, the Holder should promptly notify the Exchange Agent. The Holder will
then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the Certificate(s). This
Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing
lost, destroyed or stolen Certificate(s) have been followed.
13. Security Transfer Taxes. Holders who tender their Notes for exchange will not be obligated to
pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith. If, however, Exchange Notes are to be delivered
to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered Holder of the Notes
tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Notes in
connection with the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer tax (whether imposed on
the registered Holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If
satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the
Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering
Holder.
- 9 -
MUST BE COMPLETED BY TENDERING HOLDER(S)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAYERS NAME: Law Debenture Trust Company of New York |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUBSTITUTE
Form W-9
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
|
|
|
Part 1PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT
AND CERTIFY BY
SIGNING AND DATING
BELOW
|
|
|
TIN:
|
|
Social Security Number or
Employer Identification Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payers Request for
Taxpayer Identification
Number (TIN)
|
|
|
Part 2TIN Applied for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certification: Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
(1) |
|
the number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am
waiting for a number to be issued to me); |
|
(2) |
|
I am not subject to backup withholding either because (a) I am exempt from backup
withholding or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS)
that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
dividends or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding;
and |
|
(3) |
|
I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). |
Certification InstructionsYou must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by
the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting of interest or
dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were
subject to backup withholding, you received another notification from the IRS that you were
no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). (Also see instructions
in the attached Guidelines.)
|
|
|
NOTE: |
|
FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING ON ANY PAYMENTS
MADE TO YOU IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR
CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. |
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU ARE AWAITING (OR WILL
SOON APPLY FOR) A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer
identification number has not been issued to me, and
either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application
to receive a taxpayer identification number to the
appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social
Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to
mail or deliver an application in the near future. I
understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer
identification number before reportable payments are
made, all reportable payments made to me will be
subject to backup withholding until I provide such
number.
- 10 -
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number for the Payee (You) to Give the Payer.
Social security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employee
identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. All
Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. IRS is the Internal
Revenue Service.
The table below will help determine the taxpayer identification number to give the payer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Give the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Give the EMPLOYER |
|
|
|
|
SOCIAL SECURITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IDENTIFICATION |
For this type of account: |
|
number of |
|
For this type of account |
|
number of |
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Individual
|
|
The individual
|
|
|
6.
|
|
|
Sole proprietorship
|
|
The owner3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Two or more individuals
(joint account)
|
|
The actual owner of the
account, or if combined funds,
the first individual on the
account1
|
|
|
7. |
|
|
A valid trust,
estate, or pension
trust
|
|
The legal entity4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Custodian account of a
minor (Uniform Gift to
Minors Act)
|
|
The minor2
|
|
|
8. |
|
|
Corporate
|
|
The corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
a. The usual revocable
savings trust account
(grantor is also trustee)
|
|
The grantor-trustee1
|
|
|
9. |
|
|
Association, club,
religious, charitable,
educational, or other
tax-exempt organization
|
|
The organization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b. So-called trust
account that is not a
legal or valid trust
under state law
|
|
The actual owner1
|
|
|
10. |
|
|
Partnership
|
|
The partnership |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
Sole proprietorship
|
|
The owner3
|
|
|
11. |
|
|
A broker or
registered nominee
|
|
The broker or nominee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. |
|
|
Account with the
Department of
Agriculture in the name
of a public entity
(such as a state or
local government,
school district, or
prison) that receives
agricultural program
payments
|
|
The public entity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one
person on a joint account has a social security number, that persons number must be
furnished. |
|
(2) |
|
Circle the minors name and furnish the minors social security number. |
|
(3) |
|
You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or doing
business as name. You may use either your social security number or your employer
identification number (if you have one). |
|
(4) |
|
List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not
furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless
the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) |
|
|
|
NOTE: |
|
If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be
that of the first name listed. |
- 11 -
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
Obtaining a Number
If you dont have a taxpayer identification number or you dont know your number, obtain Form SS-5,
Application for a Social Security Card, at the local Social Security Administration office, or Form
SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, by calling 1 (800) TAX-FORM, and apply for a
number.
Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding
Payees specifically exempt from backup withholding include:
|
|
An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an
individual retirement account (IRA), or a custodial account under
Section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of
Section 401(f)(2). |
|
|
The United States or a state thereof, the District of Columbia, a
possession of the United States, or a political subdivision or
wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the
foregoing. |
|
|
An international organization or any agency or instrumentality
thereof. |
Payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:
|
|
A financial institution. |
|
|
A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the
United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the
United States. |
|
|
A real estate investment trust. |
|
|
A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a). |
|
|
An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the
Investment Company Act of 1940. |
|
|
A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or who
is listed in the most recent publication of the American Society
of Corporate Secretaries, Inc., Nominee List. |
|
|
A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission |
|
|
A foreign central bank of issue. |
Payments of dividends and patronage dividends generally exempt from backup withholding include:
|
|
Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under
Section 1441. |
|
|
Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the
United States and that have at least one nonresident alien
partner. |
|
|
Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money. |
|
|
Payments made by certain foreign organizations. |
|
|
Section 404(k) payments made by an ESOP. |
Payments of interest generally exempt from backup withholding include:
|
|
Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note:
You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600
or more and you have not provided your correct taxpayer
identification number to the payer. |
|
|
Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt- interest
dividends under Section 852). |
|
|
Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens. |
|
|
Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451. |
|
|
Payments made by certain foreign organizations. |
|
|
Mortgage interest paid to you. |
Certain payments, other than payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are
exempt from information reporting are also exempt from backup withholding. For details, see the
regulations under Sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N.
Exempt payees described above must file Form W-9 or a substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible
erroneous backup withholding. FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE EXEMPT ON THE
FACE THEREOF, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.
Privacy Act Notice.
Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct taxpayer identification number to payers, who
must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the number for identification purposes and may
also provide this information to various government agencies for tax enforcement or litigation
purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax
returns. Payers must generally backup withhold on taxable interest, dividend, and certain other
payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain
penalties may also apply.
Penalties
(1) Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification NumberIf you fail to furnish your taxpayer
identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless
your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
(2) Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to WithholdingIf you make a false statement
with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.
(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying InformationWillfully falsifying certificates or affirmations
may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT
OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.
- 12 -
EX-99.2
Exhibit 99.2
INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDER AND/OR
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY
PARTICIPANT FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)
of
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC
MEDIACOM BROADBAND CORPORATION
Offer to Exchange their 8½% Senior Notes due 2015
which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act),
for any and all of their outstanding 8½% Senior Notes due 2015
that were issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated [ ], 2005
To Registered Holder(s) and/or Participant(s) of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility:
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus, dated November [ ], 2005 (the
Prospectus) of Mediacom Broadband LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Mediacom
Broadband Corporation, a Delaware corporation (collectively, the Issuers), and the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal (the Letter of Transmittal), that together constitute the Issuers offer
(the Exchange Offer). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to
them in the Letter of Transmittal.
This will instruct you, the registered holder(s) and/or book-entry transfer facility
participant(s), as to action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the
81/2% Senior Notes due 2015 (the Notes) held by you for the account of the undersigned.
The aggregate face amount of the Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill
in amount):
$ ___of the Notes.
With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate
box):
|
|
|
o
|
|
TO TENDER the following Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (Insert principal amount of Notes to be
tendered, which may only be tendered in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 of the principal amount of
such notes): |
|
|
$___. |
|
|
|
o
|
|
NOT TO TENDER any Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned. |
If the undersigned instructs you to tender any of the Notes held by you for the account of the
undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized (a) to make, on behalf of the undersigned
(and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and
warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the
undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations that (i) the
undersigneds principal residence is in the state of (fill in state) ___, (ii) the
undersigned is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned,
(iii) the undersigned is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement
or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iv)
the undersigned acknowledges that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
distributing the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act), in connection with a secondary
resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of
the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in no-action letters that are
discussed in the section of the Prospectus entitled Exchange OfferRegistration Rights Agreement,
and (v) the undersigned is not an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 under the Act, of the Issuers
or any of their subsidiaries; (b) to tender such Notes and to agree, on behalf of the undersigned,
to accept the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and
in the Letter of Transmittal; and (c) to take such other action as necessary under the Prospectus
or the Letter of Transmittal to effect the valid tender of such Notes.
The Issuers may require the undersigned, as a condition to the undersigneds eligibility to
participate in the Exchange Offer, to furnish to the Issuers (or an agent thereof), in writing,
information as to the number of beneficial owners, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, on behalf of whom the undersigned holds the Notes to
be exchanged in the Exchange Offer. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive
Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, it represents that the Notes to be
exchanged for Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a Prospectus in connection with any resale
of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a Prospectus, such
undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
SIGN HERE
|
|
|
Name of beneficial owner(s): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number: |
|
|
|
|
|
- 2 -
EX-99.3
Exhibit 99.3
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
of
MEDIACOM BROADBAND LLC
MEDIACOM BROADBAND CORPORATION
Offer to Exchange their 8½% Senior Notes due 2015
which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act),
for any and all of its outstanding 8½% Senior Notes due 2015
that were issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act
Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated [ ], 2006
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [Insert
Date] (THE EXPIRATION DATE) UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE
WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
This form must be used by holders of 81/2% Senior Notes due 2015 (the Notes) of Mediacom
Broadband LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Mediacom Broadband Corporation, a Delaware
Corporation (collectively, the Issuers), who wish to tender Notes to the Exchange Agent pursuant
to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the section entitled Exchange OfferGuaranteed
Delivery Procedure of the Issuers Prospectus, dated [ ], 2006 (the Prospectus), and in
Instruction 1 to the related Letter of Transmittal. Any holder who wishes to tender Notes pursuant
to such guaranteed delivery procedures must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Letter of Transmittal.
If you wish to accept the Exchange Offer pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures, this
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be completed, signed and
submitted to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the Exchange Agent):
|
|
|
|
|
By Mail:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
c/o DB Services Tennessee, Inc.
Reorganization Unit
P.O. Box 292737
Nashville, TN 37229-2737
|
|
By Facsimile Transmission:
(for eligible institutions only)
Fax: (615) 835-3701
To Confirm by Telephone:
(615) 835-3572
For Information Call:
(800) 735-7777
|
|
By Overnight Mail or Courier:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
c/o DB Services Tennessee, Inc.
Corporate Trust & Agency Services
Reorganization Unit
648 Grassmere Park Road
Nashville, TN 37211 |
Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above or transmission
of this instrument via facsimile to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a
valid delivery.
This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal
is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution under the instructions thereto, such
signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter
of Transmittal.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the principal amount of Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in the Prospectus and in Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal.
The undersigned hereby tenders the Notes listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8½% Senior Notes due 2015 |
|
|
Certificate Number(s) (if known) of Notes or |
|
|
Aggregate Principal |
|
|
Aggregate Principal |
|
|
Account Number at the Book-Entry Facility |
|
|
Amount Represented |
|
|
Amount Tendered |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures of Registered Holder(s) or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signatory:
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):
|
|
|
|
Area Code and Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed
by the Holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear
on certificates for Notes or on a security
position listing as the owner of Notes, or by
person(s) authorized to become Holder(s) by
endorsements and documents transmitted with this
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by
a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian,
attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting
in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
person must provide the following information.
Please print name(s) and address(es)
- 2 -
GUARANTEE
(Not to be used for signature guarantee)
The undersigned, a firm which is a member of
a registered national securities exchange or of
the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., or is a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United
States, or is otherwise an eligible guarantor
institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, guarantees deposit with the Exchange
Agent of the Letter of Transmittal (or manually
signed facsimile thereof), with any required
signature guarantees or an Agents Message (in
the case of a book-entry transfer), together with
the Notes tendered hereby in proper form for
transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry
transfer of such Notes into the Exchange Agents
account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility
described in the Prospectus under the section
entitled Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery
Procedure and in the Letter of Transmittal) and
any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, within three New York Stock
Exchange trading days following the Expiration
Date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of firm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Authorized Signature)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Please Print) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Area Code and Tel. No.
|
|
|
|
Dated
|
|
|
|
, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DO NOT SEND SECURITIES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF SECURITIES MUST
BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, AN EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
- 3 -
INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
1. Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. A properly completed and duly executed
copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to
the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other
required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and sole risk of the Holder(s), and the
delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by
mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. As an
alternative to delivery by mail, the Holder(s) may wish to consider using an overnight or hand
delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a
description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal.
2. Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is
signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Notes referred to herein, the signature must correspond
with the name(s) written on the face of the Notes without alteration, enlargement, or any change
whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a participant of the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Notes, the
signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the
Notes.
If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered
Holder(s) of any Notes listed or a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the
registered Holder(s) appears on the Notes or signed as the name of the participant shown on the
Book-Entry Transfer Facilitys security position listing.
If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator,
guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and submit with the Letter of
Transmittal evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of such persons authority to so act.
3. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests for assistance and
requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the
address specified herein. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.
- 4 -